AGSL Pamphlets 34-95

Pamphlet 34 – 95

Asia and Australia

Box #	Primary Author	Secondary Authors	Title	Year	Notes
33	Range, Paul		Die Flora der Isthmuswuste	1921
33	Ricchieri, Giuseppe		Dal Cairo ad Assuan	1925	Duplicate
33	N/A		The River of Egypt	1871
33	Robinson, Phil		In Osman Digna's Garden	rec 1918
33	Rolfe, Deette		Environmental Influences in the Agriculture of Ancient Egypt	1917
33	Rudkowski, Wilhelm		Landeskunde von Aegypten	1888
33	Russell, John E.		The Agriculture of the Nile Valley	1891
33	Russell, Josiah C.		The Population of Medieval Egypt	1966
33	Sanford, K.S.		The Pliocene and Pleistocene Deposits of Wadi Qena and of the Nile Valley between Luxor and Assiut (Qau)	1929
33	Schafer, H. und Schmidt, K.		Die altnubischen christlichen Handschriften der Koniglichen Bibliothek zu Berlin	1907
33	Schafer, H. und Schmidt, K.		Die ersten Bruchstucke christlicher Literatur in altnubischer Sprache	1906
33	Schwally, Friedrich		Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Lebens der mohammedanischen Stadter, Fellachen und Beduinen im heutigen Agypten	1912
33	Schweinfurth, G.		Discours prononce au Claire. La Séance d'Inauguration. Le 2 Juin, 1875	1875
33	Shaker, Abdelmonem		Egypt Today	rec 1960
33	Sidky, Abd-El-Razzak		Egypt's Agrarian Policy under the New Regime	n.d.
33	Smith, G. Elliot		The Influence of Ancient Egyptian Civilization in the East and in America	1916
33	Spiegelberg, Wilhelm		Die Schrift und Sprache der alten Agypter	1907
33	Stromer, E.		Geographische Beobachtungen in den Wusten Agyptens	1913
33	Sutton, L.J.		The Climate of Egypt	1946
33	N/A		The Tour of the Nile	1875
33	Trautvetter, D.A.		The Nile	1884
33	Vroman, A.J.		On the Red Sea Rift Problem	1961
33	Wiedemann, Alfred		Die altesten Beziehungen zwischen Aegypten und Griechenland	1883
34	C.W.J.		Aleppo	1916
34	Abbott, Jacob		Memoirs of the Holy Land	1852
34	Abbott, Lymann		Home Life in the East	1876
34	Abboud, Sammy H.		From the Dead Sea- Hopes for New Prosperity	1967
34	Abu-Lughod, Ibrahim		The Arab-Israeli Confrontation of June 1967	1969
34	Aharoni, Y; Evenari, L; Shanan, L; Tadmor, N.H.		The Ancient Desert Agriculture of the Negev. An Israelite Agricultural Settlement at Ramat Matred.	1960
34	N/A		Aiton's Travels in the East	1852
34	Albaum, Melvin		Cooperative Agricultural Settlement in Egypt and Israel	1966
34	Albright, William Foxwell		Exploring Sinai with the University of California Expedition	1948
34	Albright, William Foxwell		A Millenium of Biblical History in the Light of Recent Excavations	1930
34	Almagia, Roberto		Note sulla Palestina Meridionale	1923
34	Almagia, Roberto		Informo ad una antica carta della Palestina	1954
34	Ankel, Otto		Grundzuge der Landesnatur des Westjordanlandes	1887
34	Ashbel, D.		The Climate of Palestine and Adjacent Countries during the year 5707 (1946-47)	1948
34	Ashbel, D.		The Fogs which Ascend from the Dead Sea to the Mountains of Jerusalem	1937
34	Ashbel, D.		Meteorological Normals of Israel	1951
34	Ashbel, D.		On the Importance of Dew in Palestine	1936
34	Ashbel, D.		Der Scirocco (Hamsin) Palastinas	1934/35
34	Ashbel, D.		The Temperature of Jerusalem Oct. 1930-Oct. 1935	1935
34	Ashbel, D.		The Ultra-Violet Radiation in Jerusalem	1936
34	Ashkenazi, Touvia		Fundamental Problems of the Population in Palestine	1948
34	Aubert de la Rue, E.		Les Gisements Miniers et Mineraux des Etats du Levant sous Mandat Francais	1932
34	Awad, Hassan		L'Evolution Structurale des Pays du Levant et les Regions Voisines, d'apres L. Picard	1947
34	Awad, Hassan		A New Type of Deser "Cuesta" in Central Sinai	1953
34	Awad, Hassan		L'Ouadi Ba'Ba'A Un cas de l'inadaptation du reseau hydrographique a la structure au Sinai	1951
34	Awad, Hassan		La Peninsule du Sinai. Problemes morphologiques	1941
34	Awad, Hassan		Presentation d'une Carte Morphologique du Sinai	1952
34	Awad, Hassan		Signification Morphologique des Depots Lacustres de la Montagne du Sinai Central	1953
34	Awad, Hassan		La Surface pre-Nubienne dans le Sinai Montagneux Central	1949
34	Ayoub, Antoine		Reforme Agraire et Propriete Rurale. Le Cas de la Syrie	1971
34	Baehr, Karl		Arab and Jewish Refugees- Problems and Prospect	1953
34	Barocelli, Pietro		L'Egitto ed il Sinai	1913
34	Ben-Gurion, David		Celebrating Israel's Fifth Anniversary: A Review of Progress and an Outline of Problems of the Future	1953
34	Bernstein, Peretz		Israel's Economy	1951	Zionist Quarterly (Summer)
34	Bonasera, Francesco		Lo Stato d'Israele e i suci problemi	1965
34	N/A		British Statesmen on the Palestine Land Transfers Regulations (Cmd. 6180)	1940
34	Broido, Ephraim		Jews, Arabs, and the Middle East	1944
34	Brower, A.R.H.		The Ghab Project in Syria	rec 1955
34	Brutzkus, Eliezer		Planug einer neuen Siedlungsstruktur in Israel	1964
34	Brutzkus, Eliezer		Principes et Tendances de l'Amenagement National en Israel	rec 1964
34	Cattan, Henry		To Whom Does Palestine Belong?	1970
34	Clapp, Frederick G.		Geology and Bitumens of the Dead Sea Area, Palestine and Transjordan	1936
34	Clapp, Frederick G.		The Site of Sodom and Gomorrah	1936
34	Comay, Michael		Arab Refugees and Middle East Peace	1967
34	Combier, Ch.		Essai d'une Formule de Classification des Climats du Levant	1948
34	N/A		Crossing the Desert	1847
34	Curtiss, Samuel Ives		The Emperor William in the Holy Land	1889
34	Dafni, Rinna		The Negev	1960
34	Dayan, Moshe		Israel's Border and Security Problems	1955
34	Dor, Abraham		Negev's Mineral Resources	1951
34	Dubertret, Louis		Apercu de Geographie Physique sur le Liban, l'Anti-Liban et la Damascene	1948
34	Dubertret, Louis		Etats du Levant sous Mandat Francais	1933
34	Dussaud, Rene		La Palmyrene et l'Exploration de M. Alois Musil	1929
34	Eddington, G.H.		Lower Palestine during the Great War	1922-24
34	Eig, A.		On the Phytogeographical Subdivision of Palestine	1938
34	Elazari-Volcani, J.		Rational Planning of Agricultural Settlement in Palestine	1933
34	Eredia, Filippo		Le precipitazioni acquee in Palestina	1920
34	Evenari, M; Aharoni, Y; Shanan, L; Tadmor, N.H.		The Ancient Desert Agriculture of the Negev. III. Early Beginnings	1958
34	Evenari, M; Shanan, L; Tadmor, N.H.		The Ancient Desert Agriculture of the Negev Chain Well Systems in the Wadi Arava	1959
34	Evenari, M; Aharoni, Y; Shanan, L; Tadmor, N.H.		Ancient Agriculture in the Negev	1961
34	Farbridge, Maurice H.		The Industrial Development of Palestine	n.d.
34	Feigin, H; Oppenheimer, L; Kadmon, J		Budgetary Funds as a Factor in Determining the Economic Prospects of Cooperative Smallholders Settlements in Israel	1950
34	Feitelberg, Lionel		Moledeth Bnei Brith: A New Adventure in Living	1949
34	Fevret, Maurice		Un Village du Liban El Mtaine	1950
34	Field, Henry		Sinai Sheds New Light on the Bible	1948
34	Finley, John H.		From Beersheba	1919
34	Fohs, F. Julius		Geology and the Petroleum and Natural Gas Possibilities of Palestine and Sinaitic Peninsula	1927
34	Francolini, Bruno		Note etniche e demografiche sulla Siria e il Libano	1949
34	N/A		French Relations with Syria and the Lebanon	1945
34	Gautier, E.F.		Une Excursion a Palmyre	1928
34	Hume, W.F.		A Brief History of North Sinai and of Pelusium, the Border Fortress of Egypt	1917
34	Hume, W.F.		The French Expedition in North Sinai	1917
34	Hume, W.F.		Rift Valleys of Eastern Sinai: Geology of Eastern Sinai	1901
34	Hume, W.F.		The Rift Valleys and Geology of Eastern Sinai	1900
34	N/A		Israel and the Arab States: The Issues in Dispute	1951
34	N/A		The Jewish Case. The Place of Palestine in the Solution of the Jewish Question	rec 1945
34	Murray, G.W.		Gebel Hammam Farun	1913
34	N/A		The Mutual Security Program in the Near East	1953
34	Naville, Edouard		The Geography of the Exodus	1924
34	Oberhummer, E.		The Sinai Problem	1912
34	N/A		Palestine: The Solution-The Arab Proposals and the Cast on which they Rest	1947
34	Seward, A.C.		Carboniferous Plants from Sinai	1932
34	Shulewitz, Yehudah		Geographic Names in Israel	1949
34	Lord Snell		Britsh Statemen on the White Paper	1939
34	Sheridan		The Desert Waters of Northern Sinai	1913	The Cairo Scientific Journal vol. VII No. 77
34	Wilson, Edward L.		From Sinai to Shechem	1888
34	Wilson, Edward L.		Sinai and the Wilderness	1888
34	N/A		Worldwide Jewish Migration 1951-1957	1957
34	Wysner, Glora M.		Dilemma in Palestine	1944
35	N/A		The Meaning of "Secure Borders"	rec 1974
35	Berchin, M. and Gottman, J.		La vie Politique dans l'Etat d'Israel	1951
35	N/A		Development Towns in Israel	1964
35	N/A		An Excursion to Damascus and Ba'albek	1848
35	Doron, P.H.		Planning Irrigation Blueprint for Israel	1950
35	Gertz, Aaron		The Social Structure of Jewish Settlement in Palestine No. 3	1946
35	Gertz, Aaron		The Social Structure of Jewish Settlement in Palestine No. 3	1947	Second Edition
35	Gibert, Andre	Fevret, Maurice	La Djezireh Syrienne et son Reveil Economique	1953
35	Gottmann, Jean		Le "creuset" des populations en Israel	1951
35	Gottmann, Jean		Ebauche d'un portrait d'Israel	1953
35	Gottmann, Jean		Notes sur l'Etat d'Israel	1951
35	Gouraud, General		La France en Syrie	1922
35	N/A		Haifa	rec 1952
35	Harman, Avraham		Agricultural Settlement	1963
35	Harriz, Michel		See, Know, Enjoy Baalbek	1955
35	Hartog, Anna E.		The Jewish Communal Settlements in Palestine	1945
35	Hichens, Robert		From Nazareth to Jerusalem/From Jericho to Bethlehem/Jerusalem/Holy Week in Jerusalem	1910
35	Hirsch, Siegfried		Viehzucht und Milchwirtschaft in Syrien	1932
35	Honigmann, Ernst		Historiche Topographie von Nordsyrien im Altertum	1923
35	Honigmann, Ernst		Nordsyrische Kloster in vorarabischer Zeit	1922
35	Horowitz, David		Jewish colonisation in Palestine	1937
35	Hubbard, G.D.		Agriculture in Palestine	1951
35	Imbeaux, Edouard		Projet de mise en valeur des chutes a creer entre la Mediterranee et la mer Morte	1925
35	N/A		Israel- A Documentary Record	rec 1952
35	N/A		Background Notes on Regional Water Development in the Middle East	1953	Israel Office of Information
35	N/A		Israel Welcomes You. Information and Regulations for Visitors to Israel	n.d.
35	Kallner-Amiran, D.H.		Geomorphology of the Central Negev Highlands	1950-51
35	Kimble, George H.T.		The New Israel	1951
35	King, William H.		The Jews and Palestine	1939
35	Klein, Samuel		Die Kustenstrasse Palastinas	1923
35	Lacoste, Henry		La restitution du plan antique d'Apamee de Syrie	1961
35	Laugenie, Jean		Le Port de Beyrouth	1956
35	Leary, Lewis Gaston		The Cedars of Lebanon	1903
35	Leary, Lewis Gaston		Going Down from Jerusalem to Jericho	1911
35	Lewis, Norman N.		The Frontier of Settlement in Syria, 1800-1950	1955
35	Linke, Max		Syrien und Palestina in der Karte des Ptolemaus	1964
35	Littmann, Enno		Beduinen-und Drusen-Namen aus dem Hauran-Gebiet	1921
35	Lowdermilk, Walter C.		Palestine and the Refugee Problem II. Agriculture	rec 1940
35	McClure, S.S.		Bethlehem	1896
35	Marcus, A.		Industry in Israel	1959
35	Mayerson, Philip		The Ancient Agricultural Remains of the Central Negeb: Methodology and Dating Criteria	1960
35	Mayerson, Philip		Ancient Agricultural Remains in the Central Negeb: The Teleilat El- Anab	1959
35	Melamid, Alexander		The Political Geography of the Gulf of Aqaba	1957
35	Menchikovsky, Felix		The Soil and Hydrological Conditions of the Jordan Valley as Causes of Plant Diseases	1931
35	Merrill, Selab		The Jaffa and Jerusalem Railway	rec 1918
35	Morettino, Alessandro		La coltura dell'olivo in Israele nel quadro delle colture arboree	1962
35	Mountchoice, Joseph		The Real Solution of the Jewish Problem and the Jewish State	1947
35	Nevinson, Henry W.		The New Zion	1927
35	Newcombe, S.F.		The Future of Palestine	rec 1937
35	von Oppenheim, Max Freiherr		Bericht uber seine Reise durch die Syrische Wuste nach Mosul	1894
35	N/A		L'Organisation de la Syrie sous le Mandat Francais	1921
35	Orni, E.		Forms of Settlement	1950
35	Orni, E.		Huleh. Background and Development	1952
35	N/A		Palestine and the Refugee Problem IV. The Sea	rec 1940
35	Partsch, J.		Palmyra, eine Historisch-Klimatische Studie	1922
35	Picard, L.		Inferences on the Problem of the Pleistocene Climate of Palestine and Syria drawn from Flora, Fauna and Stratigraphy	1937
35	N/A		Refugees in the Middle East: A Solution in Peace	1967
35	N/A		The Republic of Lebanon	1947
35	Ravikovitch, S.		The Aeolian Soils of the Northern Negev	1952	reprint from Desert Research
35	Rihaout, Abdulkader		Le Crac des Chevaliers. Guide touristique et archeologique	1961
35	Rowe, Alan		The Discoveries at Beth-Shan During the 1926 Season	1927
35	Rowe, Alan		The Expedition at Beisan	1927
35	Samuel, Herbert		An Interim Report on the Civil Administration of Palestine during the period 1st July, 1920-30 June 1921	1921
35	Zabarsky, A.		The Jewish Co-operative Movement in Palestine	1944
35-36	Alouf, Michel M.		Histoire de Baalbek par un de ses habitants	1890
35-36	Bernard, Augustin		La Syrie et les Syriens	1919
35-36	Blanchard, Raphael		La Faculte de Medecine de Beyrouth	1912
35-36	Brunnow, R.		Reisebericht	1896
35-36	Hantzsche, Julius Casar		Talysch. Eine geographische Skizze	1867
35-36	N/A		Das Heilige Land aus der Vogelschau. Darstellung der Orte und Stadte welche in der Heiligen Schrift erwahnt sind	1854
35-36	Horowitz, David		Palestine and the Middle East: An Essay in Regional Economy	1943
35-36	Hull, Edward		The Prehistoric Changes which have occurred in the Dead Sea of Palestine	rec 1915
35-36	Kruger, G.		Eine Reise in's heilige Land im 4 Jahrhundert	n.d.
35-36	Kubitschek, Wilhelm		Die Mosaikkarte Palastinas	1898
35-36	v. Landau, Wilhelm		Beitrage zur Altertumskunde des Orients	1903
35-36	Lieder der Baume		Wintertraumereien in meinem Garden in Ramleh	1914
35-36	Linson, Corwin Knapp		Sunset near Jerusalem: The Evening Glories of a Semi-Tropical Sky	1906
35-36	Newton, Edward		A Tourist in Spite of Himself - Jerusalem	1930
35-36	von Oppenheim, Max Freiherr		Bericht uber seine Reise durch die Syrische Wuste nach Mosul #4	1894	Also in PB 35
35-36	Rey, E.-G.		Notice sur le Cavea de Roob ou Scheriat-el-Mandour	1886
35-36	Rey, E.-G.		Etude sur la Topographie de la Ville d'Acre au XIIIe Siecle	1879
35-36	Robinson, Charles S.		Where was "The Place Called Calvary?"	1888
35-36	de Rohden, Paulus		De Palaestina et Arabia. Provinciis Romanis Questions Selectae	1885?
35-36	Serruys, Washington		Notice sur le Liban	1900
35-36	N/A		The Site of Solomon's Temple Discovered	n.d.	Scribner's Vol. XI
35-36	Smend, Rudolf		Beitrage zur Geschichte und Topographie des Ostjordanlandes	1902
35-36	Tomkins, H.G.		The Life of Abraham Illustrated by Recent Researches	n.d.
35-36	Van de Velde, C.W.M.		Notes on the Map of the Holy Land	1865
35-36	Van Raemdonck, J.		La Geographie Ancienne de la Palestine	1884
36	Almagia, Roberto		Notizie sull'incremento recente della citta di Gerusalemme	1950
36	N/A		Beyrouth	rec 1938
36	N/A		Bibliography on Physical Planning of Cooperative and Collective Agricultural Settlements in Israel	1970
36	N/A		Byblos	1936
36	van Dyke, Henry		A Journey to Jerash	1908
36	Ravikovitch, S.		The Aeolian Soils of the Northern Negev	n.d.	Ktavim
36	Schmidt, Dana Adams		The Dead Sea Comes Back to Life	1953
36	Shwadran, Benjamin		The Palestine Commissions of Inquiry and Their Reports	1946
36	Soskin, S.E.		Small Holding and Irrigation. The New Form of Settlement in Palestine	1920
36	N/A		So, You're going to Israel. Concise and Handy Guide for the American Tourist	1949
36	Stern, W; Jacobs, M; Schmorsk, S		Hydro-Geological Research. Coastal Plain Underground Water South of Nahr Rubin	1956
36	Super, Arthur Saul		Absorption of Immigrants	1963
36	N/A		La Syrie Economique	rec 1960
36	Thomson, William M.		The Palestine of Today	1879-80
36	Tolkowsky, S.		Aphek	rec 1923
36	de Vaumas, Etienne		[Various reprints on physical geography and geology of Syria, Lebanon, and Palestine.]	rec 1957
36	Weber, William		Der Arabische Meerbusen. I. Theil, Historisches und Morphologisches mit einer Tiefenkarte	1888
36	Weinryb, Bernard D.		The Jewish Village in Palestine	1947
36	Weinryb, Bernard D.		Palestine's Citrus Industry	1947
36	Weitz, Joseph		The Heights of Naphtali vol. 1 no. 5	1949
36	Weitz, Joseph		Palestine's Agricultural Potentialities	n.d.
36	Wilson, Edward L.		The Sea of Galilee	1887
36	Wilson, Edward L.		Some Wayside Places in Palestine	1890
36	Wirth, Eugen		Religionsgeographische Probleme am Beispiel der Syrisch- Libanesischen Levante	1965
36	Wirth, Eugen		Zur Socialgeographie der Religionsgemeinschaften im Orient	1965
36	N/A		Le Liban, Pays d'Art et de Tourisme	rec 1938
36	Revusky, Abraham		The Absorptive Capacity of Palestine	1944
36	Riccardi, Riccardo		La "Biblioteca Bio-Bibliografica della Terra Santa" del P. Golubovich	1926
36	Rindfleisch, George		Die Landschaft Hauran in romischer Zeit und in der Gegenwart	1898
36	Samne, Georges		La Question Syrienne	1918
36	Sayegh, Fayez		The Arab Plight in the Holy Land	rec 1955
36	Scheltema, Johan F.		Jerusalem and the Holy Land	n.d.	The North American Review Vol. CCVII-No. 751
36	Schneider, Alfonse Maria		Bericht uber eine Reise nach Syrien und Jordanien Nr. 4	1952
36	Schroetter, Herman		Das Tote Meer. Beitrag zur physikalischen Geographie und Belneologie mit Bermerkungen zur Flora der Ufergelande	1924
36	Seide, Jacob		Outline of Medical Geography of Israel	1955-56
36	Selo, Fawzi (Prime Minister)		Achievements of Syria's Government of the New Regime during the Last Three Months	1952	The Directorate General of Information, Damascus
36	Shanan, L; Tadmor, N; Evenari, M		The Ancient Desert Agriculture of the Negev II Utilization of Runoff from Small Watersheds	1958	Ktavim, Vol. 9
36	Shanan, L; Tadmor, N; Evenari, M		The Ancient Desert Agriculture of the Negev VII Exploitation of Runoff from Large Watersheds	1961	Ktavim, Vol. II No. 1 May
36	Sidebotham, Herbert		The Future of Palestine	1921	British Palestine Committee
36	Silcox, Claris Edwin		Impasse in the Holy Land	1947
36	N/A		Sports d'Hiver au Liban. Guide du Cirque des Cedres	rec 1938
36	Stace, W.T.		The Zionist Illusion	1947
36	Streim, H.L.		The Seifs on the Israel-Sinai Border and the Correlation of their Alignment	1954	Bulletin of the Research Council of Israel, Vol. IV, Sept.
36	N/A		Syria and Lebanon. Holidays off the Beaten Track	rec 1938
36	N/A		Syria: Land of Health, Beauty, and Sun	rec 1960
36	Syrkin, Marie		Oriental Jews in Israel	1952
36	Tadmor, N.H.;Evenari, M; Shannan, L; Hillel, D		The Ancient Desert Agriculture of the Negev I Gravel Mounds and Gravel Strips Near Shivta (Sbelta)	1959?
36	Tinnes, Dana J.		Ancient Tyre's "Thousand Years of Grandeur"	1928	The Quarterly Journal of U. North Dakota Vol. 19
36	N/A		Le Tourisme en Syrie et au Liban	rec 1938
36	Vaufrey, R.		L'Acheuleen Superieur de la Grotte d'Oumm-Qatafa IV Palentologie	1931	L'Anthropologie
36	de Vaumas, Etienne		L'Age Exact de la Grand Nappe Volcanique de la Syrie du Nord	1958	Bull. De la Societe de Geographie d'Egypte T. XXXI
36	de Vaumas, Etienne		Les Terrasses d'Abrasion Marine de la Cote Libanaise	1947	Bull. De la Societe de Geographie d'Egypte T. XXII
36	de Vaumas, Etienne		Montagnes du Proche Orient. L'Amanus et le Djebel Ansarieh. Etude Morphometrique	rec 1957
36	de Vaumas, Etienne		La Repartition Confessionnelle au Liban et l'equilibre de l'Etat Libanais	rec 1956
36	Weir, T.H.		The Future of Palestine	1918-1920	Proceedings of the Royal Philosophical Society of Glasgow, Vol. L
36	Weitz, Joseph		Settlement: Report from the Negeb. Record of Pioneer Outposts- Civilisation Returns to Desert	1946	Palestine and Middle East Vol. XVIII
36	Wirth, Eugen		Die Ackerebenen Nordostsyriens	1964
36	Wirth, Eugen		damaskus-Aleppo-Beirut	1956
36	Tadmor, N.H.; Shannan, L; Evenari, M		The Ancient Desert Agriculture of the Negev. VI. The Ratio of Catchment to Cultivated Area	1960	Ktavim, Vol. 10
36	Wirth, Eugen		Junge Wandlungen der Kulturlandschaft in Nordostsyriend und dem Syrischen Euphrattal	1963
36	Wirth, Eugen		Die Nutzung des Jordanwassers und ihre Probleme	1965
36	Wilbuschewitsch, N.		The Industrial Development of Palestine	rec 1921
36	Willis, Bailey		Earthquakes in the Holy Land	1928	Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, Vol. 18
36	Zemach, S.		Der alexandrinische Klee (rifolium alexandrinum) in Palastina	1931
36.1	Wilson, Edward L.		From Dan to Beersheba	1888	The Century Magazine vol. XXXV
36.1	Wilson, Edward L.		Round About Jerusalem	1890?	The Century Magazine, Vol. XXXVIII
37	Ashkenazi, Touvia		La tribu arabe: ses elements	1946-49
37	N/A		Attraversp la Regione di Adalia	1915
37	N/A		Bahrein, Treasure Island of the Persian Gulf	1950	Standard Oil Co. of CA, Bulletin, Vol. 34
37	Bauer, Eliezer		Bibliography of the Arabs: the Arabs in the Past and Present: Their Economic, Cultural, and Political Life in Arabic	1944
37	Behn, Ernst		Jemen, Grundzuge der Bodenplastik und ihr Einfluss auf Klima und Lebewelt	1910
37	Bowen, Richard LeBaron Jr.		Pearl Fisheries of the Persian Gulf	1951
37	N/A		The Buraimi Dispute	rec 1956
37	Candler, Edmund		Lawrence of the Hejaz	1926
37	Crary, Douglas D.		Recent Agricultural Developments in Saudi Arabia	1951	Geogr. Rev. Vol. XLI
37	Deflers, M.A.		Esquisses di Geographie Botanique	1894
37	Eicher, D.H.; Yackel, M.P.		Exploration Gets Results in Saudi Arabia	1951
37	N/A		Qatar	rec 1973	Embassy of the State of Qatar
37	N/A		Facts about Aden Colony and Protectorate and Kamaran Island	1956
37	Field, Henry		Racial Types from South Arabia	1936
37	Field, Henry		Sulle caratteristiche geografiche dell'Arabia Settentrionale	1934
37	Filali, Mustapha		Structures Sociales en Arabie Seoudite	1966
37	Forde, G. Daryll		The Habitat and Economy of the North Arabian Badawin	1933
37	Galdston, Iago		Medical Explorers of Arabia	1937
37	N/A		General Bibliography on the Arabian Peninsula, Palestine, Syria and the Lebanon	1942
37	N/A		General Summary of Jordan National Parks and Conservation Program	rec 1965
37	Geritz, Alfred		Die Charakterenwicklung der Araber im Kalifenreich in ihrer Abhangigkheit von Landschaften und Lebensformen	1930	Duplicate
37	Goepel, John		Guide and Souvenir of Aden	rec 1950
37	Grad, Charles		Voyages dans l'Arabie Petree	1886	Le Tour de Monde vol. LXIII
37	Hammond, Phillip C.		Petra, The Excavation of the Main Theater	1962-63
37	N/A		Handbook on the Persian Gulf	1953
37	Helfritz, Hans		Episoden aus Suedarabien Die Kunst im Lande der Janrtausend alte n Kultur	rec 1934
37	Helfritz, Hans		Wie Wird Suedarabien Regiert? Ergebnisse Meiner zweiten Suedarabien expedition. Durchquerung Sudwestarabiens vom Indischen Ozean Wovon und wie Leben die Jemeniten	rec 1934
37	Holm, Donald August		Dome-shaped Dunes of Central Nejd, Saudi Arabia	1952
37	Hourani, Cecil A.		The Arab League in Perspective	1947	Middle East Journal, Vol. 1 April
37	N/A		Jerash, A Brief History and some Photographs	rec 1962
37	N/A		Official Guide to Jerash	rec 1962	Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan, Dept. of Antiquities
37	Kaden, Woldemar		Das Gibraltar des Ostens und Assab	n.d.
37	N/A		The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia	[1959]
37	N/A		Kuwait, Pearl of the Arabian Gulf	1963	The New York Times
37	Lamare, Pierre		Observations geologique sur l'Yemen	1923
37	Lesch, Walter		Arabien, Eine landeskundliche Skizze	1931
37	Lesch, Walter		Arabien. Eine landeskundliche Skizze	1930
37	Maxwell-Darling, R.C.		The Outbreak Areas of the Desert Locust in Arabia	1937	Bulletin of Entomological Research Vol 28
37	Miles, George C.		Ali B. Isa's Pilgrim Road: An Inscription of the Year 304 H (916-917 A.D.)	1955	Bulletin de l'Institut d'Egypt, T. XXXVI
37	Moltedo, Guido		Le sette Mussulmane in Arabia	1920
37	Musil, Alois		The Alleged Desiccation of Arabia and the Islamic Movement	1928
37	Musil, Alois		Bemerkungen zur Karte von Arabia Petraea	1907
37	Musil, Alois		In Nordostarabien und Sudmesopotamien	1913
37	Nath, V.		Economic Development Regional Cooperation: Kuwait	1972
37	Nyberg, H.S.		En Mekkapilgrim pa Saladins tid	1945
37	N/A		Petra. A Brief History and some Photographs	rec 1962
37	Philby, H. St. John		To a Lost Kingdom. A Journey to Sheba Across the Burning Sands of Ancient Arabia	1937
37	N/A		Political and Economic Progress in Aden Protectorate	1956
37	N/A		The Proposed Arabian Pipe Line. A Threat to our National Security	rec 1944
37	Raswan, Carl R.		Migration Lines of Arabian Bedouins	1929	Manuscript
37	Raswan, Carl R.		Vocabulary of Bedouin Words Concerning Horses	1945	Journal of Near Eastern Studies Vol. IV
37	Rathjens, C. Und Wissman, H.V.		Lanschaftskundliche Beobachtungen im sudlichen Hedjaz	1947
37	Riccardi, R.		L'Arabia Centrale secondo I risultati delle ultime esplorazioni	1927
37	Rossini, C. Conti		Iscrizioni Sabee	1925
37	Rotman-Roman, David		Sur quelques roches d'epanchement de l'Yemen	1924
37	Sanguinetti, Edward P.		Impressions in Burnoose and Saddle	n.d.
37	N/A		Saudi Arabia	1966	Emergent Nations Vol. 2
37	N/A		Saudi Arabia. An Ancient Land with a Promising Future	1964
37	N/A		Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency, Research Department, Statistical Summary	1965
37	Schechtman, Joseph		The end of Galut Yemen	1950
37	Schoy, C.		Ortsbestamningar I den Arabiska Astronomien	1922
37	Schweinfurth, Georg		Erinnerungen von einer Fahrt nach Sokotra	n.d.
37	Serjeant, R.B.		Some Irrigation Systems in Hadramawt	1964	Bull. School of Oriental and African Studies vol. XXVII
37	Solch, Johann		Bithynische Stadt im Altertum	n.d.
37	Suter, H.		Die Araber als Vermittler der Wissenschaften in deren Ubergang vom Orient in den Occident	1897
37	Tewfik, Mohamed/Huzayyin, S.A.		The Desert Locus. Movements in Sout-West Arabia/Notes on Climatic Conditions in South-West Arabia	1944
37	Thralls, Warren H.	Hasson, R.C.	Saudi Arabia's Oil	1957
37	Toukan, B.A.		A Short History of Trans-Jordan	1945
37	N/A		The Truth about Kuwait. The Republic of Iraq	1961
37	Twitchell, K.S.		Water Resources of Saudi Arabia	1944	Geographical Review, Vol. 34
37	Uhden, Richard		Konrad Millers "Mappae Arabicae"	1933
37	Van der Meulen, D.	H. von Wissmann	Voorloopig verslag van een reis in Hadramaut en de omliggende gebieden	1932
37	Vesey-Fitzgerald		From Hasa to Oman by Car. Appendixes	1951	Geogr. Rev vol. 41 No. 4 October
37	Waldmann. Leo		Petrographische Beschreibung der von L. Kober im nordlichen Hegas und im Taurus gesammelten Gesteine	1926
37	Weber, Otto		Eduard Glasers Forschungsreisen in Sudarabien	1909
37	von Weisel, Wolfgang		New Light on Arabia	1927
37	Weiss, Leopold		More Travels in Arabia. Through Central Arabia. In the Kingdom of Nejd	1929
37	Werdecker, Josef		Neue Karte eines Teiles von Nordwest-Jemen	1934
37	v. Wissman, H	Rathjens, C; Kossmat, F	Beitrage zur Tektonik Arabiens	1942
37	von Wissman, H.		Arabien und Seine Kolonialen Ausstrahlungen eine Geographisch- Geschichtliche Skizze	1941
37	von Wissman, Hermann		Arabien, Bauern, und Bedouinenland	1942
37	von Wissman, Hermann		Geographische Grundlagen und Fruhzeit der Geschichte Sudarabiens	1953
37	N/A		Your Arabian Nights	n.d.	Express Touring Co.
37	Raswan, Carl R.		Asil- Arabische Pferde	1931
37	N/A		Petroleum Development in Oman	1967	Petroleum Development (Oman) Ltd.
38	Asiaticus		India: What has Become of the Anglo-German Agreement?	1915
38	N/A		The Bagdad Railway Negotiations	1917	2 copies
38	Bartsch, Gerhart		Vorlaufiger Bericht uber eine Reise nach Mittel-Anatolien	1930
38	Bauer, G.		Luftzirkulation und Niederschlagsverhaltnisse in Vorderasien	1935
38	C.W.J.		Westward of Erzeroum	1916
38	Candler, Edmund		The old Baghdad-Kermanshah Road	1918
38	Capra, Giuseppe		La Colonizzazione Agraria in Siria e Asia Minore	1915
38	Chabanier, E.		Connaissance de la Mer Rouge	1936
38	Dow, Sterling	Chadwick, John	The Cambridge Ancient History: The Linear Scripts and the Tablets as Historical Documents volumes I and II	1971
38	Garstang, John		The Hulaya River Land and Dadassas. A Crucial Problem in Hittite Geography	1944
38	Gelb, L.J.		Studies in the Topography of Western Asia	1938
38	Ghisleri, Arcangelo		Uno Sguardo Sintetico Sull'Asia Minore	1919
38	Gotze, Albrecht		Kleinasien zur Hethiterzeit. Eine geographische Untersuchung	1924
38	Gugenberger, Odomar		Beitrage zur geologie Kleinasiens mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des anatolischen Lias	1928
38	von Gwinnner, Arthur		The Baghdad Railway and the Question of British Co-operation	1909
38	Honigmann, E.		Charsianon Kastron	1935
38	Honigmann, E.		Die Notitia des Balileios von Lalimbana	1934
38	Honigmann, Ernst		Studien zur Notitia Antiochena	n.d.
38	Honigmann, E.		Sur quelques eveches d'Asie Mineure	1935
38	Hubbard, George D.		Turkish Grottoes of Yarim Burgaz	1932
38	Huntington, Ellsworth		Through the Great Canon of the Euphrates River	1902
38	King, J.S.		Descriptive and Historical Account of the British Outpost at Perim Straits of Ba'b el Mander	rec 1940
38	Lane, Robert		Oil Strategy in the Middle East	1942
38	Lynch, H.F.B.		The Baghdad Railway: The New Conventions	1911
38	Lynch, H.F.B.		The Baghdad Railway	1911
38	Ungad, Arthur		Die altesten volkerwanderungen Vorderasiens	1923
38	Velenovsky, J.		Arabske rostliny z posledni cesty Muslovy r. 1915. Plantae arabicae ex ultimo itinere A Musilia. 1915	1921-22
38	Walpole, Frederic		The Ansayrii	1851
38-39	Bjurstedt, R.J.		Germany's Railway Problems in Asiatic Turkey	1919
38-39	Buresch, Dr.		Reisebericht	1894
38-39	N/A		The Commercial Future of Baghdad	1917
38-39	Dominian, Leon		Distribution of Mineral Products and Railways in Asia Minor	n.d.
38-39	Dominian, Leon		Geographical Influences in the Determination of Spheres of Foreign Influences in Asiatic Turkey	1914	Bulletin, Geographical Society of Philadelphia, Vol. XII October
38-39	v. Fritsch, K.		Acht Tage in Kleinasien	rec 1912
38-39	Ganzenmuller, Konrad		Kura Kawar-Ukerewe Njansa	1891
38-39	Goltz, C. v.d.		Spazierritt langs der anatolischen Bahn	1889
38-39	Hirschfeld, G.		Ein Ausflug in den Norden Kleinasiens	n.d.
38-39	Juthner, Julius	Knoll, Fritz; Patsch Karl; Swoboda, Heinrich	Verlaufiger Bericht uber eine Archaologische Expedition nach Keinasian	1903
38-39	Martel, E.-A.		Konia	1914	La Nature, No. 2126
38-39	Olmstead, A.T.; Charles, B.B.;Wrench, J.E.		Travels and Studies in the Nearer East. Volume I, Part II, Hittite Inscriptions	1911
38-39	Schwarz, Paul		Zum Verstadnis des Makrizi	1913
38-39	N/A		Statistics of the Population of Thrace and Asia Minor	n.d.	Greek Bureau of Foreign Information
38-39	Winckler, Hugo		Die im Sommer 1906 in Kleinasien ausfuhrten Ausgrabungen	1906
38-39	Wood, J.T.		Discoveries at Ephesus, etc.	1877	Newspaper clippings and magazine articles
39	Balls, W. Lawrence		The Cotton Crop of Egypt	1908	The Cairo Scientific Journal vol. VII No. 22
39	Geraud, A.		A New German Empire: The Story of the Baghdad Railway	1914	The Nineteenth Century and After, No. 448
39	Palazzo, Luigi		La presente campagna idrografica-scientifica nel Mar Rosso nei riguardi del magnetisma terrestre	1923
39	Paribeni, Roberto		Memorie e Diritti d'Italia nel Mediterraneo Orientale	1918
39	Porter, Paul A.		The Gulf of Aqaba: An International Waterway	1957
39	N/A		A Ride to Magnesia	1847	Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine Vol. 61
39	Sachau, Eduard		Vom asiatischen Reich der Turkei	1915
39	N/A		The Smyrna Fig Harvest	1890
39	Schoenberg, Phillip Ernest		The Evolution of Transport in Turkey (Eastern Thrace and Asia Minor) Under Ottoman Rule, 1856-1918	1977	Middle Eastern Studies V. 13 No. 3
39	N/A		Statistics of Shipping, Exports and Imports in Asiatic Turkey	1914	British Consular Reports Vol. 95
39	Stebbin, W.P. DeLane		Along the Line of the Baghdad Railway	1917
39	Sterneck, Robert		Schematische Theorie der Gezeiten des Schwarzen Meeres	1922
39	Vechapeli, G.		La Georgie Turque. Lasistan, Trebizonde et Contree du Tchorokh	1919
39	Vellay, Charles		Smyrne ville grecque	1919
39	Villa, Mario		The Earthquakes in Asia Minor and the Balkans	1928
39	N/A		A Visit to Sardis	1883
39	Waldstein, Charles		The Temple of the Ephesian Artemis, and the Ancient silver Patera from Bernay	1886
39	Warman, Cy		Through the Dardanelles	rec 1918
39	Weismantel, Otto		Die Erdbeben des vorderen Kleinasiens in geschichtlicher Zeit	1891
39	Woods, H. Charles		The Baghdad Railway in the War	1917
40	N/A		Adjaristan	rec 1956
40	Akodus, I.A.; Zarubin, H.		Guide through the Caucasian National Park (In Russian)	1930
40	Aliev, Umar		Kara-Khalk (In Russian)	1927
40	N/A		Ararat and the Armenian Highlands	1849	Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine Vol. 65
40	N/A		Armenia and the Settlement	1919	The Armenian Bureau, London
40	N/A		L'Armenia Sovietique	rec 1956
40	Avakian, Anne M.		Armenia and the Armenians in Academic Disertations	1974
40	N/A		Armenia's Charter	1918
40	Arsharuni, A.M.; Gaikuni, S.G.		Through Ingushetii Sketches (In Russian)	1931
40	Ashkhatsava, M.		Ways of Development of the Abkhazian History (In Russian)	1925
40	Avetisian, S. Ter		Monuments of the Antiquity of Karabakh and the Scythian Problem (In Russian)	1924
40	Avotorkhanov, A.		A Brief Historico-Cultural and Economic Outline of the Chechen Country (In Russian)	1931
40	Bagril, A.V.		Folk Literature of the Caucasus. Material for a Bibliographical Index (In Russian)	1926
40	Bardavelidze, V.V.		Experiment of Sociological Study of Khevsur Religious Beliefs (In Russian)	1933
40	Barkhash, L.		First Skiing Trip in Svanetia: Crossing the Main Caucasian Range on Skis (In Russian)	1933
40	Benndorf, Paul		Durch die Krim und den Kaukasus Reisebriefe	1899
40	Bialetskii, K.A. et al		Our Union. Georgia (In Russian)	1929
40	Bonnet, Pierre		Sur l'existence du Danien et de l'Eocene inferieur en Transcaucasie meridionale	1924
40	N/A		Brief Survey of the National Economy of Trans-Caucasia: Collection of Articles (In Russian)	1926
40	Bryce, Viscount O.M.		The Future of Armenia	1918
40	Buxton, Harold		Armenia and the Settlement	1919	The East and the West, January
40	Buxton, Harold		The Armenian Church	1919	The Armenian Bureau, London
40	N/A		Caucasica, Catalougue No. 1 (In Russian	1931
40	N/A		Caucasus and Crimea	n.d.	Tours in the Soviet Union
40	Christoff, Hellmut		Kurden und Armenier	1935
40	N/A		Claims of the Peace Delegation of the Republic of Caucasian Azerbeidjan presented in the Peace Conference in Paris	1919
40	Clarke, Hyde		On the Prehistoric Relations of the Populations of Asia and Europe in Reference to Paleo-Asiatic, Caucaso-Tibetan, Paleo-Georgian, etc.	1871?
40	N/A		Communications avec l'Armenie	n.d.
40	Cook, Ralph Elliot		The United States and the Armenian Questions, 1894-1924	1957
40	Cotteau, Edmond		Voyage au Caucase et Transcaspienne	1887-1888
40	Demidov, G.		Mountain Regions of Georgia (In Russian)	1931
40	N/A		Description of Boundary between Georgia and Azarbaidjan	1920?
40	Gazdanova, S.B.		Through the Mountains and the Flat-Land of North Ossetia. A Brief Guide (In Russian)	1933
40	N/A		The Frontier between Armenia and Turkey as Decided by President Woodrow Wilson, November 22, 1920	1920	Armenian National Committee
40	Ghisleri, Arcangelo		L'Armenia e gli Armeni	1916	Emporium, Vol. XLIII, April
40	Groths, Hugo		Der russisch-turkische Kriegsschauplatz (Kaukasien un Armenien)	1915
40	Ghisleri, Arcangelo		I Mussulmani dell'Armenia	1916
40	N/A		Gruzinskaia SSR/Azerbaidzhanskaia SSR/Armianskaia SSR (In Russian)	1956
40	Guinness, Walter		Impressions of Armenia	1918	The Armenian Bureau, London
40	Gurka-Kriazhin, V.R.		The Khevsufs, 1928 (In Russian)	1928
40	von Hahn		Erster Versuch einer Erklarung kaukasischer geographischer Namen (zirka 2000)	1910
40	Hahn, Carl		Kurzes Lehrbuch der Geographie Georgiens	1924
40	Hamm, Margherita Arlina		The Armenian Tragedywith nine illustrations	rec 1918
40	Harbord, James G.		Report of the American Military Mission to Armenia	1919
40	Harbord, James G.		Report of the American Military Mission to Armenia	1920	Senate Document 266, Washington
40	Heybrock, Werner		Some Results of a Scientific Mission in Central Caucasus (In Russian)	1934	Izvestia de la Societe Russia Geographie, Leningrad, Vol. LXVI
40	Heybrock, Werner		Aus den Ergebnissen einer Studienreise in den zentralen Kaukasus Teil III, Adai-Choch- und Tepligebiet	1936	Zeitschrift fur Gletscherkunde, Bd. XXIV
40	Hippeau, Edmond		Les Republiques du Caucase: Georgie-Azerbaidjan	1920
40	Kashinskii, P.A.		Medicinal Mud in the Northern Caucasus (In Russian)	1935
40	Kemal Bey, Ismail		Armenia and the Armenians	1917
40	Kuftin, B.A.		Prehistoric Culture Sequence in Transcaucasia	1946	Southwestern Journal of Anthropology, Vol. 2
40	Leclercq, Jules		An Excursion to Ararat (In Russian)	1893
40	Leclercq, Jules		La Question Armenienne	1892
40	Lisovskii, N.		The Sukhum Military Road: a Guide	1936
40	Little, Edward C.		The Armenian Question in the American House of Representatives	1918	Congressional Review, March 4th
40	Lynch, H.F.B.		The Ascent of Mount Ararat	1896
40	Martel, E.-A.		1. Reflexions sur Altamira 2. L'oxydation des squelettes prehistoriques 3. Les Dolmens tailles du Caucase Occidental	1905
40	Massal'skii, E.; Finn, E. and others		Through the Caucasus: Collection of Tourist Sketches (In Russian)	1930
40	Meeker, Ralph		Through the Caucasus	1887
40	Meillet, A.		The Armenian Nation	n.d.	2 copies, 1 a duplicate
40	N/A		Memorandum May 27, 1920	1920
40	N/A		A Memorandum Relating to the Armenian Question	1945	Armenian National Committee
40	Menardos, Simos		Greece and Armenia	1919
40	Merzbacher, Gottfried		Der Elbrus im Kaukasus	rec 1913
40	Morgenthau, Henry		The Tragedy of Armenia	1918
40	Mysovskii, I.E.		From Nal'chik to Sukhum: Across Mt. Elbrus, Teberda River, and along the Sukham Military Road (In Russian)	1928
40	Naveriami, S.		Itinerary to Svanetia by the Tviber Mountain Pass [for tourists] (In Russian)	1930
40	Nikolaeva, N.		The Ascent of Mt. Elbrus: Notes of a Participant of the Ascent of the Eastern Summit of Mt. Elbrus, Aug. 1928 (In Russian)	1930
40	Nikolaeva, N.		Tetnul'd (In Russian)	1931
40	Oestreich, Karl		Der Kaukasus	1909
40	Orynianskip, A.A;Fadeev, A.V.		Tourist's Companion through Abkhazia: Itinerary Guide (In Russian)	1931
40	N/A		The Ossetian Military Road	rec 1954
40	N/A		The Plight of Armenian and Assyrian Christians	1918	The Armenian Bureau, London
40	Powers, Harriet G.		In Armenian Villages	1889
40	Ramsay, W.M.		The War of Moslem and Christian for the Possession of Asia Minor	1906
40	Richter, Zinaida		In the Sunny Abkhazia and Khevsuretia (In Russian)	1930
40	Robinson, Emily J.		The Armenians	rec 1919	The Armenian Bureau, London
40	Rockwell, William Walker		Armenia. A List of Books and Articles	n.d.	American Committee for Armenian and Syrian Relief, NY
40	Sella, Vittorio		Fotografie del Causa so Centrale	1889
40	Semenov, Leonid		Archaelogical and Ethnographical Explorations in Ingushia in 1925-27 (In Russian)	1928
40	Shkovskii, V.		Mountainous Georgia (In Russian)	1930
40	Shcheblykin, I.P.		A Guide to the Ingush Autonomous Obfast (In Russian)	1929
40	Shidlovskii, V.I.U.		Sukhum SSR of Abkhazia (In Russian)	1925
40	Sieger, Robert		Die Schwankungen der Hocharmenischen Seen seit 1800	1888
40	Stelletskii, Lgn.		Through the Forgotten Caucasus (In Russian)	1931
40	Stevens, C.L. McCluer		The Armenian Trek	1918	The Armenian Bureau, London
40	Stonov, Dmitrii		Two Journeys through Karachai (In Russian)	1930
40	Tcherkesoff, V.		La Georgie: ses Traditions et ses Droits Politiques	1919
40	Turchinovich, F.		Giseldon River Electric Power Station Construction (In Russian)	1930
40	Vorobev, V.; Semenovskii, V.		A Journey into the Mountains	1930
40	Williams, A.K.		Geographical Outline of Indushetia (In Russian)	1928
40	Zarzecki, S.		La Question Kurdo-Armenienne	1914	La Revue de Paris, 2le annee. No. 8
41	Hammy, E.T.		Notice sur une Mappemonde Portogaise Anonyme de 1502	1887	Bull. de Geog. Historique et descriptive nr. 4
41	Legrain, Leon		The Pilgrim of the Moon at UR of the Chaldees	1926	The Museum Journal, September
41	Yonge, Ena L.		National Atlases: A Summary	1957	The Geographical Review V. XLVII No. 4
41/42	Olmstead, A.T.		Assyrian Government of Dependencies	1918	American Political Science Review, Vol. XII
41/42	Toffteen, Olaf A.		Researches in Assyrian and Babylonian Geography	1908
41/42	Winckler, Hugo (translator)		Die Gesetze Hammurabis, Konigs von Babylon um 2250 v. Chr. Das alteste Gesetzbuch der Welt	1902
42	Derby, Orville A.		Nota Sobre a Geologia e Paleontologia de Matto-Grosso	n.d.	Archivos do Museu Nacional
42	Olmstead, A.T.		The Political Development of Early Babylonia	1917	American Journal of Semitic Lang. and Lit. V. XXXIII no. 4
42	Rubio, Angel		"Tras las Sombras de Hammurabi y de su Ley"	1938	"Panama-America"
42	Von Hagen, Victor W.		"Horror of the Tomissa Crossing"	rec 1976	Reprinted from the Geographical Magazine, London
42	Ward, William Hayes		The Babylonian Seals	rec 1918
42	Woolley, C. Leonard		The Expedition at Ur of the Chaldees	1927	The Museum Journal, June
43	Andrews, Fred H.		Painted Neolithic Pottery in Sistan Discovered by Sir Aurel Stein	1925
43	Ashkenazi, Touvia		Native River Boars in Iraq	1957
43	Batten, Dennis J.		Cave Exploration on Jebel Baradost, Iraq	1951
43	Benjamin, S.G.W.		The City of Teheran	1885	The Century Magazine, V. XXXI
43	Benjamin, S.G.W.		Domestic and Court Customs of Persia	1884?	Harpers New Monthly Magazine V. LXXII
43	Benjamin, S.G.W.		High Life in Persia	1890	The Cosmopolitan, V. IX
43	Benjamin, S.G.W.		Mountaineering in Persia	1886	Century Vol. XXXI
43	Bobek, Hans		Das Katenwesen von Iran (Persien)	1936
43	Bobek, Hans		Die Landschaftgestaltung des Sudkaspischen Kustentieflands	rec 1936
43	Bobek, H.		Nature and Implications of Quaternary Climatic Changes in Iran	rec 1963
43	Bobek, Hans		Die Salzwusten Irans als Klimazeugen	1961
43	Boesch, Hans		Das Klima des Nahen Ostens Nachtrag: Qaiyarah	1947
43	Borchardt, Paul		Erwiderung	1927
43	Browe, John H. et al		A Nutrition Survey of the Armed Forces of Iran	1961	American Journal of Clinical Nutrition vol. 9
43	Clapp, Frederick G.		Old and New in Historic Persia	1934
43	Clapp, Frederick G.		Recent Explorations in Eastern Iran	1938	Proceedings of the Iran Society, Vol. II
43	Codrai, R.A.T.		"The Gem which Dims the moon": Pearl Diving in the Persian Gulf	1952	Iraq Petroleum Vol. 2 No. 4
43	Cox, Percy		Some Gulf Memories	1928
43	Desio, A.		Appunti geografici e geologici sulla catena dello Zardeh Kuh in Persia	1934	Memorie Geologiche e Geografiche di Giotto Dainelli, Vol. IV
43	Desio, Ardito		Una Spedizione Italiana ai Monti della Persia	1934
43	Desio, Ardito		Sull'esistenza di piccoli ghiacciai nella Persia occidentale	1934	Bollettino del Comitado Glaciologico Italiana No. 14
43	Dieulafoy, Jane		The Excavations at Susa	1887	Harpers New Monthly Magazine V. LXXV
43	Donaldson, George		The Land of the Shah	1896	Godey's Magazine, V. CXXXIII
43	Eredia, Filippo		Sul Clima di Bagdad	1917	Boll. Della Reale Societa Geografica Italiana, Fasc. VI
43	Field, Henry		Mountain Peoples of Iraq and Iran	1951	American Journal of Physical Anthropology, Vol. 9
43	Fischel, Walter J.		The Jews of Kurdistan a Hundred Years Ago	1944
43	Fox, William C.		Baghdad. A City in Transition	1968
43	Frodin, John		Tukiska Armenien och Kurdistan	1948
43	N/A		From Stamboul to Tabriz	1852	Blackwood's Magazine, Vol. 72
43	N/A		General Bibliography on Iran, Iraq, and Afghanistan	1942
43	Goblot, Henri		Le Probleme de l'Eau en Iran	1962
43	Melamid, Alexander		The Shatt al-Arab Boundary Dispute	1968	Reprinted from the Middle East Journal Vol 22 No. 3
43	N/A		Iraq	n.d.	The Arab World, Consulate General Republic of Iraq, NY
43	Wilson, W.C.F.		Caves and Rockshelters in Northern Iraq	1955
43/44	Bakupin, F.		Sketches of Persia (In Russian)	1875
43/44	Justi, Ferdinand		Beitrage zur alten Geographie Persiens	1869
43/44	Oppenheim, Max		Journey through the Syrian Desert and Mesopotamia to Mosul and Bagdad in 1893	1902
43/44	Parfit, Canon J.T.		Mesopotamia, the Key to the Future	1917
43/44	Rausch v. Traubenberg, Paul		Hauptverkehrswege Persiens	1890
43/44	Rockwell, William Walker		The Pitiful Plight of the Assyrian Christians in Persia and Kurdistan	1916
43/44	Tschmaler, Ignaz		Studie zu Dr. Pietschmanns photogrammetrischen Aufnahmen in Mesopotamien im Jahre 1910	1911
43/44	N/A		The World's New Granary	1915
44	N/A		Conditions in Iran with Supplementary Material	1946
44	N/A		Conditions in Iraq	1946
44	de Vaumas, Etienne		Etudes Irakiennes	1955	Bulletin de la Societe de Geographiq d'Egypte, T. XXVIII
44	N/A		Exodus from Iraq	1950
44	Fateh, Mostafa Khan		Taxation in Persia	1928
44	Ganji, M.H.		The Climates of Iran	1955	Bulletin de la Societe de Geographiq d'Egypte, T. XXVIII
44	Ghirshman, R.		The Island of Kharg	1965	Third Printing
44	Ghirshman, R.		The Island of Kharg	1960	First Printing
44	Goblot, Henri		Dans l'Ancien Iran, Les Techniques d l'Eau et la Grande Histoire	1963
44	Goblot, Henri		Le Role de l'Iran dans les Techniques de l'Eau	1961
44	Gotthardt, Wilhelm		Studien uber das Klima von Iran	1889
44	N/A		Guide to Iran	1967
44	Hasbrouck, Jan		Iran Developing Its Vast Economic Potential	1957
44	Heim, Arnold		Auf die drei hochsten Vulkane von Iran	1952
44	Hewett, John P.		Some Impressions of Mesopotamia in 1919	1920
44	Howell, Evelyn		River Control in Mesopotamia	1922
44	Huntington, Ellsworth		The Depression of Sistan in Eastern Persia	1905
44	N/A		Iran: Land of Art, History, and Culture	rec 1957
44	N/A		Transliteration of Farsi Geographic Names to Latin Alphabet	1966	Iran. National Geographic Organization
44	N/A		Iraq	rec 1945	Royal Iraq Legation, Washington
44	N/A		Iraq	1930	The Royal Air Force Quarterly v.1 no.2 April
44	N/A		Iraq Oil in 1952	1952?	Published by Iraq Petroleum Company
44	N/A		Iraq Oil in 1953	1953?	Published by Iraq Petroleum Company
44	N/A		Iraq Oil in 1954	1954?	Published by Iraq Petroleum Company
44	N/A		Iraq Oil in 1957	1957?	Published by Iraq Petroleum Company
44	N/A		Iraq Oil in 1959	1959?	Published by Iraq Petroleum Company
44	N/A		Iraq Oil in 1960	1960?	Published by Iraq Petroleum Company
44	N/A		Iraq Oil in 1961	1961?	Published by Iraq Petroleum Company
44	N/A		Iraq Oil in 1962	1962?	Published by Iraq Petroleum Company
44	Karib, Ruel B.		A Persian's Praise of Persian Ladies	1918
44	N/A		Kharg Island. Crude Oil Export Terminal Development	1966
44	N/A		Kharg Terminal. Port Information	1967
44	Koelz, Walter N		Persian Diary, I	1957	The Asa Gray Bulletin, Ann Arbor, Michigan
44	Landberger, E.		Beitrag zur Geologie von Persien	1926
44	Law, H.D.G.		The Romance of the Persian Gulf in the 17th and 18th Centuries	1927
44	Lees, G.M.		The Geology of the Oilfield Belt of Iran and Iraq	rec 1938
44	Lees, G.M.	Falcon, N.L.	The Geographical History of the Mesopotamian Plains	1952	The Geographical Journal, Vol. CXVIII
44	Legrain, Leon		The Joint Expedition to UR of the Chaldees	1925
44	Levy, Reuben		A Note on the Marsh Arabs of Lower Iraq	rec 1926	Journal of American Oriental Society, Vol. 44 (2 copies)
44	Lloyd, Seton		Iraq	n.d.	Oxford Pamphlets on Indian Affairs No. 13
44	Martel, E.-A.		Le chemin de fer de Bagdad	1911
44	Marz, Josef		Geopolitische Probleme am Perischen Gulf	1925
44	Maunder, Annie S.D.		Iranian Migrations before History	1916
44	Meister, Irene W.		Soviet Policy in Iran, 1917-1950. A Study in Techniques	1954
44	Melamid, Alexander		Persian Gulf Waters	1954
44	Mendras, H.		La Reforme Agraire en Iran	1965
44	N/A		Mesopotamia	1916	Blackwood's Magazine, No. MCCXIV
44	Minorsky, V.		Geographical Factors in Persian Art	rec 1939	Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies, Vol. IX
44	Minorsky, V.		Maragha	rec 1935
44	Minorsky, V.		Mazandaran	1931
44	Minorsky, V.		Tabriz	1928
44	Minorsky, V.		Teheran	rec 1935
44	Minorsky, V.		Tus (In French)	1932
44	Minorsky, V.		Urmiya	1932
44	Minovi, M.; Minorsky, V.		Nasir al-Din Tusi on Finance	1941	Bull. School of Oriental and African Studies vol. X
44	Mirza, Sayyed; Hassan Khan Taqizadeh		Modern Persia	1934
44	Muhammad, Khan Bahadur Agha Mirza		Some New Notes on Babiism	1927
44	Neligan, A.R.		Persian Baths	1928
44	N/A		List of Works in the New York Public Library Relating to Persia	1915
44	Oberhummer, Eugen		Der Name Turan	1918
44	Peterson, A. Delbert		Bibliography on the Climate of Iraq	1956
44	Philipoff, George W.		The Persian Province of Luristan and the Opium Trade	rec 1927
44	Pinto, Olga		II. Veneziano Gasparo Balbi ed il suo Viaggio in Mesopotamia	1932	Rendiconti d ella R. Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei Serie Sesta, V. VIII
44	Pithawalla, Maneck B.		Physiographic Divisions of the Iran Plateau	1946	Journal of the University of Bombay, Vol. XIV
44	Pope, Arthur Upham		Persian Art and Culture	1928
44	Powell, E. Alexander		By Camel and Car to the Peacock Throne	1923
44	Price, Morgan Philips		A Journey through Azerbaijan and Persian Khurdistan	1913
44	Raouf, Adnan		Shatt-al-Arab: Iraq and Iran	1970
44	Rausch v. Traubenberg, Paul		Hauptverkehrswege Persiens	1890	Second Copy? See line 2344
44	von Schierbrand, Wolf		Woman's Lot in Persia	n.d.
44	Simpson, Maurice C.		The Indo-European Telegraph Department	1928
44	Snead, Rodman E.		Bibliography on the Makran Regions of Iran and West Pakistan	1970	2 copies
44	Steen, Wickham		A Great Adventure. The Romance of Persian Oil Industry as Social Service	1928
44	Stein, Aurel		An Archeological Tour in the Ancient Persis	rec 1936	Reprinted from Iraq col. III No. 2
44	Stein, Aurel		An Archeological Tour in the Ancient Persis	1935	The Geographical Journal, V. LXXXVI
44	Stein, Aurel		Early Relations Between India and Iran	1937
44	Stein, Aurel		Surveys on the Roman Frontier in Iraq and Trans-Jordan	1940	The Geographical Journal, V. XCV June
44	Stoddard, David T.		Narrative of the late Revival among the Nestorians	1847
44	Stratil-Sauer		Studien zum Klima der Wuste Lut und ihrer Randgebiete	1952
44	N/A		The Tide in the Affairs of Iraq	1952	Iraq Petroleum Vol. 1 No. 11
44	Wilber, Donald N.		Recent Persian Contributions to the Historical Geography of Iran	rec 1953
44	Wilson, Arnold T.		The Beauties of Persia	1926
44	Wilson, Arnold T.		National and Racial Characteristics of the Persian Nation	1929
44	Wirth, Eugen		Irak und Syrische Wuste	1967
44	Wirth, Eugen		Irak. Landeskundlich-statistische Ubersicht eines Entwicklungslandes	158/59
44	Wirth, Eugen		Landschaft und Mensch im Binnendelta des unteren Tigris	1955
44	Wright, H.E. Jr.		The Geological Setting of Four Prehistoric Sites in Northeastern Iraq	1952	Bull. Of the American School of Oriental Research, No. 128 December
44	N/A		A World to be Discovered. Nassirya and the Marshland	rec 1967
44	Wright, H.E. Jr.		Geologic Aspects of the Archaeology of Iraq	1955	Reprinted from Sumer v. XI No. 2
44	Wallen, Axel		Mesopotamiens Hydrografi I Forntiden och I Framtiden	1914
44	Wilson, Arnold T.		A Periplus of the Persian Gulf	1927
44	Wilson, Arnold T.		A Summary of Scientific Research in the Persian Gulf	1926	Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society V. XXXI
44	Wilson, Arnold T.		The Persian Gulf	1924
44	Wilson, Arnold T.		A Voyage up the Persian Gulf	n.d.
45	Bochkarev, Pavel Stepanovich		Afghanistan. Geographical Outline (In Russian)	1956
45	Desio, Ardito		Ricognizioni Geologische nell'Afghanistan	1969	Bolletino della Societa Geologica Italiana V. LXXIX
45	English, Paul Ware		The Preindustrial City of Heart, Afghanistan	1968
45	Fischer, Ludolph		Afghanistan- Kreuzweg Mittleasiens	1954
45	Fischer, Ludolph		Arztlicher Brief uber Afghanistan	1953
45	Fischer, Ludolph	Hauser, Georg	Untersuchungen uber die Mineralquellen Afghanistans	1954
45	Krawez, A.		Zur Wirtschaftlichen Entwicklung Afghanistans	1964	Zeitschrift fur Wirtschaftsgeographie. Vol. 8
45	Reiner, E.		Neure Statistiche Angaben zu Afghanistan	1966
45	Reiner, E.		Afghanistan	n.d.
46	Ahmed, Aziz		Challenge to Free Asia's Survival. The Kashmir Dispute	1959
46	Auden, J.B.		Resume of Geological Results, Shaksgam Expedition, 1937	1938	Himalayan Journal, Vol. X
46	N/A		The Background of the Kashmir Problem	rec 1949
46	Biasutti, Renato		Balti e Ladaki	1916	Rivista di Antopologia, V. XX
46	Billimotia, N.M.		Bibliography of Publications on Sind and Baluchistan	1930
46	Calciati, Cesare		Esplorazione delle Valli Kondus e Hushee nel Karakoram Sud- Orientale	1914
46	N/A		Heart und die afghanische Grenzfrage	rec 1912
46	Huntington, Ellsworth		The Value of Kashmir	1906	Bulletin of the AGS Vol. XXXVIII
46	Kane, P.V.		Ancient Geography and Civilization of Muharashira	1917
46	N/A		Kashmir callingA Tourist Guide	1952
46	N/A		The Kashmir Dispute through Neutral Eyes	1951
46	N/A		The Kashmir Issue	1962	Pakistan Mission to the United Nations, New York
46	N/A		Kashmir and the United Nations-1962 Background Report	1962
46	Khan Daultana	Mian Mumfaz Muhammad	Kashmir Dispute in Present-Day Perspective	rec 1966	The Punjab Literary League, Lahore
46	Morris, T.O.		The Bain Boulder-Bed: A Glacial Episode in the Siwalik Series of the Marwat Kundi Range and Shekh Budin, North-West Frontier Province, India	1938	Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London, Vol. XCIV
46	N/A		Peril and Opportunity in Kashmir	1961	Info. Division, Embassy of Pakistan , Washington D.C.
46	Pithawalla, Maneck B.		A Geographical Analysis of the Lower Indus Basin(SIND)	1936	Part I
46	Pithawalla, Maneck B.		A Geographical Analysis of the Lower Indus Basin(SIND)	1937	Part II
46	Pithawalla, Maneck B.		A Geographical Analysis of the Lower Indus Basin(SIND)	1937	Part III
46	Pithawalla, Maneck B.		A Bibliography of Sind (Publications of Geographical Value	1939
46	Pithawalla, Maneck B.		The Problem of Communications in Sind	1939
46	Pithawalla, Maneck B.		Reclaiming the Indian Desert	1948	Science and Culture, Vol. 13 March
46	Stein, Aurel		The Indo-Iranian Borderlands: Their Prehistory in the Light of Geography and of Recent Explorations	1934	Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, Vol. LXIV
46	de Terra, H.		First Scientific Field Report of the Yale North India Expedition 1935 covering the period from February 2nd until April 20th	rec 1936
46	N/A		Tragedy of Kashmir	rec 1959	Government of Pakistan, Karachi
46	N/A		The Story of Kashmir	1951	United Nations. Security Council. Pakistan Delegation
46	Urquhart, D.		The Edinburgh Review and the Affghan War	1843
46	Wadia, D.N.		Note on the Geology of Nanga Partbat (Mt. Diamier), and adjoining Portions of Chilas, Gilgit District, Kashmir	n.d.	Records of the Geological Survey of India, Vol. LXVI
46	Workman, William Hunter		Features of Karakoram Glaciers connected with Pressure, especially of Affluents	1913	Zeitschrift fur Gletscherkunde, Bd. VIII
46	Workman, William Hunter		Physical Characteristics of the Siachen Basin and Glacier System	1914
46	N/A		World Opinion on Kashmir No. 1	1951	Pakistan Mission to the United Nations, New York
46	Yate, C.E.		Baluchistan	1906
47	Collins, Mark		The Geographical Data of the Raghuvamsa and Dasakumaracarita	1907
47	Davids, T.W. Rhys		Recent Discoveries Concerning the Buddha. The Identification of his Birthplace and one of the Burial-Places of his Ashes	1902
47	Hawthorne, Julian		England in India	rec 1918
47	Inlow, E. Burke		The McMahon Line	1964
47	Worman, Eugene C.		The "Neolithic" Problem in the Prehistory of India	1949	Journal of the Washington Acadamy of Sciences Vol. 39
47/48	Blackborne, Robert		The Case of the Gobernour and Company of Merchants of London Trading to the East-Indies	n.d.
47/48	Crawshay, Geo		The Immediate Cause of the Indian Mutiny	1857
47/48	Dunlop, Alexander Murray		The Affghan War	1861
47/48	Hirth, Friedrich		Das Reich Malabar nach Chao Ju-kua	1895	T'oung-Pao Vol. VI
47/48	N/A		Juggernaut	1858	Harpers New Monthly Magazine, 57
47/48	Kunstmann, Friedrich		Dis Kenntniss Indians im funfzehnten Jahrhunderte	1863
47/48	Schoff, Wilfred H.		Tamil Political Divisions in the First Two Centuries of the Christian Era	1913	Journal of the American Oriental Society, vol. XXXIII
47/48	Sloss, Robert		Some Facts about India. Interviews with Lord Islington during Novemer, 1916	1917
47/48	Urquhart, D.		The Rebellion of India	1857
48	Mahoney, James Waite		India in the Commonwealth	1957
49	Cooper, Clayton Sedgwick		Bible Study in India	1910
49	Crawshay, Geo		Proselytism Destructive of Christianity and Incompatible with Political Dominion	1858
49	Mankad, Harilal Rangildas		Patala the Hindu Antipodes	1937	Reprinted from The Poona Orientalist Vol. II
49	Oldenberg, Herman		Indien und die Relionswissenschaft	1906
49	Pizzagalli, A.M.		La Lingua Sacra dell'India	1926	Scientia Vol. XL
49	Poussin, Louis de la Villee		Indianisme	1928	Acad. R. de Bel. Bull. de la Classes des Lettres, tome XIV
49	Urquhart, D.		The Sraddha, The Keystone of the Brahminical, Buddhistic, and Arian Religions	1858
49	Wiseman, J.D.H.		International Committee on the Nomenclature of Ocean Bottom Features. Interim Report	1951
50	Abs, Herman J; Franks Oliver; Sproul, Allan		Bankers' Mission to India and Pakistan, February-March 1960	1960
50	Ahmad, Kazi Said-Ud-Din		Is India Geographically One?	rec 1948	Pakistan Lecture Series No. 6
50	Allen, Zoe		Land Reform in a Democratic Framework	1969	South Asian Review, Vol. 3
50	Auden, J.B.		The Bearing of Geology on Multipurpose Projects	1951
50	Auden, J.B.		Dykes in Western India. A Discussion of their Relationships with the Deccan Traps	1949
50	Auden, J.B.		Erosional Patterns and Fracture Zones in Peninsular India	1954	Geological Magazine, Vol. XCI
50	Auden, J.B.		A Geological Discussion on the Satpura Hypothesis and Garo- Rajmahal Gap	1949	Proceedings of the National Institute of Sciences of India, Vol. XV
50	Auden, J.B.		The Role of Geology in Multi-Purpose Projects	1950	Proceedings of the National Institute of Sciences of India, Vol. XVI
50	Auden, J.B.		Some New Limestone and Dolomite Occurences in Northern India	1948	Indian Minerals, Vol. II
50	Baker, J.N.L.		Some Geographical Factors in the Campaigns of Assaye and Argaon	1928	The Army Quarterly, October
50	Banjeri, Sudhansu Kumar		The Effect of Indian Mountain Ranges on Air Motion	1930	The Indian Journal of Physics, Vol. V
50	Banjeri, Sudhansu Kumar		The Effect of Indian Mountain Ranges on the Configuration of the Isobars	1930	The Indian Journal of Physics, Vol. IV
50	Bansal, G.L.		India and Pakistan (An Analysis of Agricultural, Mineral, and Industrial Resources)	1948
50	Behre, Charles, H. Jr.		India's Mineral Wealth and Political Future	1943
50	Bergsmark, D.R.		Geographic Regions of India	1929	Journal of Geography Vol. XXVIII 2 copies
50	Berry, Brian J.L.		Commodity Flows in India	1965
50	Boerman, W.E.	Daysh, G.H.J.	Commission for the Study of Ports. Programme of Work for the Congress of 1948	1948?	International Geographic Union
50	Boggs, Theodore H.		England's Problem in India	1909
50	Bowie, William		Isostasy in India	1914	Journal of the Washington Acadamy of Sciences Vol. IV
50	Breese, G.		Urban and Regional Planning for the Delhi-New Delhi Area capital for Conquerors and Country	1974
50	Burgess, James		The Great Stupa of Sanchi-Kanakheda	1902
50	Burgess, J.		Mapping and Place-Names of India	1891
50	N/A		Canadians Play Key Role in Rebirth of Indian Harbor	1971	Science Dimension, Vol. 3
50	Chandrasekhar, S.		Growth and Characteristics of India's Population	1943
50	Dantwala, M.L.		Agriculture in a Developing Economy. The Indian Experience	1964
50	Deasy, G.F.		The Problems of India	1939
50	Diener, C.		Uber die Altersstellund der untersten Gonwana-Stufe in ihren Beziehungen zu den marinen Sedimenten des Himalaya	1914	Sitzungsberichte der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, CXXIII Band
50	Dunsterville, L.C.		The Coming Changes in India	1922
50	N/A		The Eastern Rivers Dispute between India and Pakistan	1967
50	N/A		Experiences of an Indian Famine	1877
50	Fersh, Seymour		India. Tradition in Transition	1963
50	Hutchinson, C.M.		Saltpetre: Its Origin and Extraction in India	1916	Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa. Bulletin No. 68
50	N/A		India	rec 1960/63
50	N/A		The Industrial Development of India	1918	Guaranty Trust Company of New York
50	N/A		International Geographic Union Commission on Ports	1950	For Discussion at Rotterdam Meeting July/August
50	Josenhans, Eugene		A Study of Social and Commercial Conditions in Britain's Greatest Market	1918	Foreign Trade Department of the National Association of Manufacturers, January
50	N/A		Phillips Brook's Letters from India	1893
50	de Terra, H.	Teilhard de Chardin, P.	Observations on the Upper Siwalik Formation and Later Pleistocene Deposits in India	1936	Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, Vol. LXXVI
50	Troup, R.S.		The Work of the Forest Department in India	1917
50-52	Burrard, Sidney		On the Origin of the Indo-Gangetic Trough, Commonly called the Himalayan Foredeep	1915	Proceedings of the Royal Society, Vol. 91
50-52	Crawshay, Geo		The Catastrophe of the East India Company	1858
50-52	Hettner, Alfred		Geographische Zeitschrift	1913
50-52	Jackson, A.V. Williams		Notes from India, Second Series- A Visit to Ujjain- Bhartrhard's Cave, Legends of King Vikrama	1902	Journal of the American Oriental Society, vol. XXIII
50-52	Saunders, Trelawny		A Sketch of the Mountains and River Basins of India	1870
50-52	Williams, Talcott		Can Germany go to India?	1916
51	Gananathan, V.S.		Coal and Industrial Centres in India	1952	Reprint from the Journal of the U. of Poona V. 1 No. 2
51	Gananathan, V.S.		Geopolitics and India	1952	Reprint from the Poona Municipal Gazette
51	Ganguli, Birendranath		Extensive Cultivation in Relation to the Intensity of Population	rec 1929
51	Geddes, Arthur		Social and Psychological Significance of Variability in Population Change	1947	Human Relations Vol. 1 No. 2
51	Geisert, Harold L.		Population Problems in the Development of India and Southcentral Asia	1961
51	Ghose, Bimal C.		Industrial Location	1935	Oxford Pamphlets on Indian Affairs No. 32 1st Ed.
51	Glennie, E.A.		The Depth of the Gangetic and Cuddapah Down-warps in India	[1937]
51	Glennie, E.A.		Survey of India Geodetic Report 1936 Chapter VII Subsoil Water Levels	[1936]
51	Glennie, E.A.		Survey of India Geodetic Report 1935 Chapter IV Gravity	[1935]
51	Glennie, E.A.		Survey of India Geodetic Report 1937 Chapter III Gravity	[1937]
51	Glennie, E.A.		Survey of India Geodetic Report 1936 Chapter IV Gravity	[1936
51	Glennie, E.A.		Isostasy in India	1935	2 copies
51	Glover, Harold		Soil Erosion	1944	Oxford Pamphlets on Indian Affairs No. 23 1st Ed.
51	Godbole, N.N.		The Rubber Industry in India	rec 1948	A.I.M.O. Monograph No. 6
51	Gorov, Pierre		Quelques observations de Geographie tropicale dans l'Inde	1950-51	Revue de l'Universite de Bruxelles No. 3-4
51	Haji, S.N.		Place of India in World Trade and Shipping	1946	A.I.M.O. Monograph No. 10
51	Halifax, Viscount		The Indian Problem	1942	Oxford University Press
51	Hall, Norma E.		Bibliography of Settlement in India and Pakistan	1958
51	Hawthorne, Julian		India Starving	rec 1918
51	de Humboldt, Alexandre		Sur l'Elevation des Montagnes de l'Inde	rec 1922
51	Hurst, John F.		A Dead Portuguese City in India	[1887]	Harpers New Monthly Magazine
51	Hurst, John F.		Hyderabad and Golconda	rec 1918	Harpers New Monthly Magazine
51	N/A		The Hyderabad Metropolitan Research Project. Salient Features	rec 1967	Osmania University Institure of Asian Studies
51	N/A		India Celebrates Railway Centenary	1953	Gov't of India Information Services
51	N/A		India 1958, Freedom's Last Hope in Asia	1958	Look Magazine, May 27th
51	N/A		India's Charter of Freedom	rec 1947
51	N/A		India's Economic Future and American Policy	rec 1962	Brookings Research Report No. 6
51	N/A		India and Its Native Princes	1875?
51	N/A		Indian Information Vol. 9 No. 83	1941
51	Iyer, V. Doraiswamy		Typhoons and Indian Weather	1935	Reprint from "Current Science" Vol. III N. 7 pgs. 308-309
51	Jackson, A.V. Williams		The Tomb of the Moghul Emperor Babur in Afghanistan	1929	The American Philosophical Society Vol. LXVIII No. 3
51	Karan, Pradyumna P.		Geopolitical Structure of India	1952
51	Karan, Pradyumna P.		India's Role in Geopolitics	1953	Reprint from Vol. IX No. 2 of India Quarterly April-June
51	Kellogg. Charles E.		Soil Conservation and Soil Survey in India	rec 1961
51	Learmonth, A.T.A.		Medical Geography in India and Pakistan	1961	Reprint from the Geographical Journal Vol. CXXVII Part I
51	Lokanathan, P.S.		Industrialization	1944	Oxford Pamphlets on Indian Affairs no. 10 2nd Edition
51	Lorenzo, A.M.		Atlas of India	1944	Oxford Pamphlets on Indian Affairs no. 16 2nd Edition
51	Mackenna, J. (Editor)		The Best Means of Rapidly Increasing the Outturns of Food Crops by Methods within the Power of the Agricultural Department	1918	Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa. Bulletin No. 84
51	Mackenzie, R.D.		At the Court of an Indian Prince	1899	The Century Magazine, Vol. LVII March
51	N/A		Major Water and Power Projects of India	1957	Bhagirath Pamphlet No. 1, June
51	Marz, Josef		Die Zugange zum Indischen Lebensraum	rec 1925
51	Mason, Kenneth/Hinks, Arthur		The Stereographic Survey of the Shaksgam/An Attempt to Describe Mr. Wild's Stereo-Plotting Maching- The Autograph	1927	Reprinted from 'The Geographical Journal' for October
51	Milburn, R. Gordon		India Before the British Period	rec 1921
51	Montgomery, R.B.		Verification of Walker's Seasonal Forcasting Formulae for India Monsoon Rain	1937	Reprinted from the Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society, September vol. 18 No. 9
51	Morison, Theodore		L'Inde et son Avenir	1931	Revue de l'Universite de Bruxelles
51	Mukherjee, Mahamaya		A New Method for Functional Classification of Towns	rec 1969
51	Nath, V.		Land Utilization in India	1953	Reprint from the Journal of Soil & Water Conservation in India Vol 1 No. 2
51	N/A		Nutrition: Report of a Seminar	1968	Lady Irwin College
51	Pitney Lamb, Beatrice		Introduction to India	1960
51	Vanderlith, P.A.		Discours sur l'Importance d'un Ouvrage Arabe du Xme Siecle Intitute ou Livre des Merveilles de l'Inde	rec 1921
52	N/A		Jain Temples at Mount Abu in India	1929	Through the Ages, January
52	Kuriyan George		Agriculture in India	1956	Current History, February
52	Lyman, Benjamin Smith		Topography of the Punjab Oil Region	1872	Transactions of the American Philosophical Society
52	Panikkar, K.m.		Indian States	1942	Oxford Pamphlets on Indian Affaris No. 4
52	Pascoe, E.H.		The Early History of the Indus, Brahmaputra, and Ganges	1920	Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society Vol. LXXV
52	Patel, H.M.		The Defence of India	1963	R.R. Kale Memorial Lecture
52	Pithawalla, Maneck B.		The Need of Uniformity in the Physiographic Divisions of India	1939	Journal of the Madras Geographical Association Vol. XIV
52	Pizzagalli, A.M.		Nuovi Orizzonti nella Storia della Civilta Indiana	1934	Scientia, Annee XXVIII
52	Portes, Enrique		An Air View of India Today	1947
52	Pratzsch, Karl		Die Bedeutung der Hafen an der Westkuste von Vorderindien in altr und neuer Zeit	1889
52	Ramanathan, K.R.		Thunderstorms in Trivandrum	1922	Proceedings of the Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science, Vol. Vii
52	Reiner, Ernst		Die Bewasserung in Indien	1953
52	Rocher, Ludo		Les Problemes linguistiques de l'Inde Comtemporaine	1956
52	Rogers, Leonard		The Yearly Variations in Plague in India in Relation to Climate: Forecasting Epidemics	1928	Proceedings of the Royal Society Series B. Vol. 103
52	Russell, A.J.H.		A Statistical Approach to the Epidemiology of Cholera in Madras Presidency	1925	Proceedings of the National Acadamy of Sciences Vol. II
52	Sarien, R.G.		What of the So-Called Criminal in Post-War India?	1915	Reconstructing India Series No. 4, Pilani
52	Sebeok, Thomas A.		Finno-Ugric and the Languages of India	1945	Journal of the American Oriental Society Vol. 65
52	Singh, Govind Saran		British Enclaves and the Reorganisation of the Maharastra State. The Chinese Claim a Glacis in India	1964	The Deccan Geographer, Vol. II
52	Singh Khushwant		Waiting for the Monsoon.	1973	New York Times Magazine, August 26th
52	Singh, Jasbir		The Green Revolution in India: How Green it Is!	1974	Vishal Publications
52	Sopher, David E.		Geography of Indian Coasts	1957	Office of Naval Research. Annual Report
52	Sopher, David E.		Geography of Indian Coasts	1959	Office of Naval Research 1957, 1958, 1959
52	Sopher, David E.		Indian Boat Types as a Cultural Geographic Problem	1955	Bombay Geographical Magazine Vol. XIII
52	N/A		Tea From India	rec 1950	The Tea Bureau, London
52	de Terra, H.		Geomorphologische Studien zwischen obererm Industal und sudlichem Tarimbecken	1930	Zeitschrift fur Geomorphologie Bd. V
52	Trewartha, Glenn T.	Gosal, Gurdev	The Regionalism of Population in Change in India	1957	Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Bio. V. 22
52	Vernay, Arthur S.		The Lion of India	1930	Natural History, Vol. XXX
52	Vijayaraghavacharya, T.		The Land and its Problems	1943	Oxford Pamphlets on Indian Affairs No. 9
52	Walker, Gilbert Thomas		Some Problems of Indian Meterology	1929	The Halley Lecture
52	Ward, Barbara		The Fateful Race Between China and India	1953	New York Times, September
52	Weeks, Edwin Lord		Recent Impressions of Anglo-Indian Life	rec 1918	Harpers New Monthly Magazine
52	Weeks, Edwin Lord		Street Life in India	1892?	Harpers New Monthly Magazine Vol. LXXXI No. 483-44
52	Wichman, Arthur A.		India's Economic Problems and the Second Five-Year Plan	1957	The Southwestern Social Science Quarterly, Annus 52
52	Wilhemy, Herbert		The Shifting River: Studies in the History of the Indus Valley	1967	Universitas, Vol. 10
52	Williamson, A.V.	Clark, K.G.T.	The Variablity of the Annual Rainfall of India	1931	Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteor. Society Vol. LVII
52	Wilson, Herbert		Irrigation in India	1890	Transactions, Am. Society of Civil Engineers Vol. XXIII
52	Zinkin, Maurice		India's Peaceful Revolution	1952
52.1	Ahmad, Nafis		Mineral Prospects in Eastern Pakistan	1951	Royal Central Asian Society April-July
52.1	Ahmed, Aziz		Current Economic and Political Trends in Pakistan	1959	Info. Division, Embassy of Pakistan , Washington D.C.
52.1	Anwar, Aziz A.		Statistical Study of Food and Population in Pakistan	1957	Pakistan Economic Research Insitute, Lahore Pub. No. 4
52.1	N/A		Dacca	rec 1955	Pakistan Publications, Karachi
52.1	Desio, A.		Resti Glaciali Quaternari nelle Valli Panjkora, Chithal e Swat (Pakistan Nord-Occidentale)	1959-60	Bolletino del Comitato Glaciologico Italiano N. 9
52.1	Desio, Ardito		Uno Squardo al Pakistan, il paese fagliato in due	1953	Istituto Geografico Militare Anno XXXIII
52.1	N/A		Dispute- Rann of Kutch: Background Report	rec 1965	Info. Division, Embassy of Pakistan , Washington D.C.
52.1	Falcon, Walter	Gotsch, Carl	West Pakistan Land & Water Development- A Summary of the Current Controversy	1964
52.1	Faridi, Begum Tazeen		The Changing Role of Women in Pakistan	1960	Dept. of Advertising Films/Pubs, Govt. of Pakistan
52.1	Gulick, Luther H. Jr.		A Cotton-Wheat Farm in Hyderabad District, West Pakistan	1961	Pakistan Geographical Review, Vol. 16
52.1	N/A		Hydro-Electric Projects in Pakistan	1956
52.1	N/A		Just a Peep at Pakistan	rec 1952	Consulate General of Pakistan, New York
52.1	N/A		Labour in Pakistan	rec 1956	Dept. of Advertising Films/Pubs, Govt. of Pakistan
52.1	N/A		Minorities in the Republic of Pakistan	rec 1956	Pakistan Publications, Karachi
52.1	Morgan, James P.	McIntire, William G.	Quaternary Geology of the Bengal Basin, East Pakistan and India	1959	Bulletin of the Geological Society of America, Vol. 70
52.1	Papanek, Gustav F.		Pakistan: Growth in the Mixed Economy	1965	Info. Division, Embassy of Pakistan , Washington D.C.
52.1	N/A		Pakistan	1961	International Econ. Survey Chemical Bank of NY Trust Co
52.1	N/A		Pakistan	rec 1960	The First National City Bank of New York
52.1	N/A		Pakistan at a Glance	1966	Info. Division, Embassy of Pakistan , Washington D.C.
52.1	N/A		Pakistan's Defence Alliances	1956	Dept. of Advertising Govt. of Pakistan, Karachi, March
52.1	N/A		Pakistan, Economic Trends	1959	State Bank of Pakistan Based on Annual Report
52.1	N/A		Pakistan: A Fact Sheet	1950	Dept. of State Office of Public Affairs May
52.1	N/A		Pakistan: Facts and Figures	[1951]	Pakistan Publications, Karachi
52.1	N/A		Pakistan Moves Forward: Cement Industry	1955	Pakistan Publications, Karachi
52.1	N/A		Pakistan Moves Forward: Consumer Goods Industry	1955	Pakistan Publications, Karachi
52.1	N/A		Pakistan: A Profile	1955	Embassy of Pakistan, Washington D.C.
52.1	N/A		Pakistan: Swat	1964	Director of Tourism, Karachi
52.1	N/A		Pakistan- Symbol of Economic Growth: Background Report	rec 1965	Info. Division, Embassy of Pakistan , Washington D.C.
52.1	N/A		Pakistan Today	1950	Embassy of Pakistan, Washington D.C.
52.1	Phillips, Lou		Pakistan	1948	Pan American World Airways
52.1	Pithawalla, Maneck B.		The Problem of Pakistan Railways	1954	Scientist, Vol. I, Karachi
52.1	Rahimtoola, Habib Ibrahim		Development of Industries on a Regional Basis	1955
52.1	Rahman, Mushtaqur		Kunstvanding med Osevaerket nar a Vest-Pakistan	1966	Saertryk af Kulturgeografi, Arhus
52.1	Rahmatullah, S.		Power Development in Pakistan	1958	Pakistan Quarterly, Vol. 8 No. 3 Winter
52.1	Rehman, Fazlur		Inaugural Speech, "The Foreign Trade Development Council"	1950
52.1	Snead, Rodman E.		Recent Morphological Changes Along the Coast of West Pakistan	1967	Annals of the Assoc. of American Geographers, Vol. 57
52.1	Snead, Rodman E.	Tasnif, Mohammad	Vegetation Types in the Las Bela Region of West Pakistan	1966	Ecology, Vol. 47
52.1	Trager, Frank N.		The United States and Pakistan: A Failure of Diplomacy	1965	Orbis, a Quarterly Journal of World Affairs Vol. IX
52.1	Wheeler, R.E. Mortimer		Moenjo-Daro	rec 1956	Dept. of Ads, Films/Pubs, Govt. of Pakistan, Karachi
52.1	N/A		The Hyderabad Metro. Research Project.Technical Bulletin 1,2	1965	Osmania University Institure of Asian Studies
52.1	N/A		The Hyderabad Metro. Research Project.Technical Bulletin 3	1966	Osmania University Institure of Asian Studies
52.1	N/A		The Hyderabad Metro. Research Project.Technical Bulletin 4	1966	Osmania University Institure of Asian Studies
52.1	N/A		The Hyderabad Metro. Research Project.Technical Bulletin 5	1967	Osmania University Institure of Asian Studies
52.1	N/A		Memorandum on The Revision of Indus Basin Development Program. Origin and History	[1964]	Agency for International Development
52.1	N/A		Pakistan Quarterly Vol. XIII No. 2 & 3	1966?
52.1	Siddiqi, Akhtar Husain		Socio-Economic Changes in Northeast Baluckistan, Pakistan	1972	Indiana State U. Dept. of Geog & Geol, Prof Paper #3
52.1	N/A		Basic Facts about Pakistan	rec 1951	Office of Economic Adviser Ministry of Econcomic Affairs Government of Pakistan
52.1	Atiqullah, M.	Karim Khan, F.	Growth of Dacca City: Population and Area (1608-1981)	rec 1970	Social Science Research Project Dept. of Stats. U. Dacca
52.1	Snead, Rodman E.		Weather Patterns in Southern West Pakistan	rec 1968
52.1	N/A		Pakistan, a Land of Opportunity for Trade and Travel	rec 1965	Export Promotion Bureau-Govt. of Pakistan-Karachi
52.1	N/A		Design for Pakistan: A Report on Assistance to the Pakistan Planning Commission by the Ford Foundation and Harvard University	1965
52.1	N/A		This is Pakistan	rec 1964	Info. Division, Embassy of Pakistan , Washington D.C.
52.1	Zafar, Javid (Editor)		Pakistan Quarterly Autumn 1966	1966
52.1	Ali, Amjad S. (Editor)		Pakistan Quarterly Spring 1967	1967
52.1	Wamsley, Anthony		Islamabad: Planning the Landscape of Pakistan's Capital	1965	Landscape Architecture
52.1	N/A		Pakistan Quarterly Vol XII No. 1	n.d.
52.1	N/A		Pakistan Quarterly Vol. IX No. 3	n.d.
52.1	N/A		Pakistan: A Bank of America Report	rec 1962
52.1	N/A		Industry in Pakistan August 1947-August 1951	1951
52.1	Siddiqi, M.I.		Population of East Pakistan	1964	Pakistan Quarterly, Vol. 12 No. 1 Spring
52.1	Baluch, Bashir Ahmed		Fruit Farming in Bluchistan	1964	Pakistan Quarterly, V. 12 No. 2 Winter
52.1	N/A		Agricultural Growth in Pakistan	1965
52.1	Siddiqi, Muhammad Ismail		The Geology and Physiography of Karachi Coast (West Pakistan)	rec 1959	Dept. of Geography, University of Karachi
52.1	Johnson, B.L.C.		A Note on Cropping Systems In Relation to Physiographic Conditions in East Pakistan: Winter 1956/57	1957
52.1	Wilbur, Donald N.		Some Aspects of Contemporary Pakistani Society	1964
53	Anderson, Robert Van Vleck		Evidence for Eocene Age of Saline Formation Beneath Salt Range Thrust	1946	Proceedings of the National Acadamy of Sciences, India, Vol. 16
53	Anderson, Robert Van Vleck		Tertiary Stratigraphy and Orogeny of the Northern Punjab	1927	Bulletin of the Geological Society of America, Vol. 38
53	Benton, John		The Punjab Triple Canal System	1915	Engineering [London] Vol. C
53	Benton, John		The Punjab Triple Canal System	1916	Col. Cci Session 1915-16 Part i.
53	Bhatia, Shyam S.		Spatial Variations, Changes and Trends in Agricultural Efficiency in Uttar Pradesh, 1953-63	1967	Indian Journal of Agricultural Economics, Vol. XXII
53	Chhibber, H.L.		The River Terraces of the Bhagirathi between Gangotri and Tehri, Tehri Garhwal Himalays, their Age and the Age of the Bhahirathi and other similar Himalayan Rivers	(1952-53)	The Journal of Scientific Research, Banaras Hindu University, Vol. III
53	Dewey, Edward R.		Cycles in Weather: Rainfall in the United Provinces, India	1950	Foundation for the Study of Cycles Riverside, Conn.
53	Dix, William Frederick		In Delhi	[1903]	The Outloook
53	Duggal, S.L.		Soil- Geographical Zones of Haryana	1970	Haryana Agricultural University, Hissar, March
53	von Eickstedt, Egon		A Comparative Anthropometry of 144 Punjabis	1923	Man in India, Vol. III
53	Godbole, N.N.		Rig-Vedic Sarasvati: Its Origin, its Flow, and its Disappearance in the Sands of Rajasthan	1963	Cabinet Secretariat of the Government of Rajasthan, Jaipur
53	Gorrie, R. Maclagan		Current Problems in Erosion Control	1939	Indian Forester May
53	Gorrie, R. Maclagan		Mandi State and Its Forests	1936	Indian Forester, August
53	Gorrie, R. Maclagan		Pressure of Population and Misuse of Land in the Punjab	1938	The Scottish Geographical Magazine, Vol. 54
53	N/A		Historical Sketch of Delhi	1857	Eclectic, Vol. XLII No. III
53	Munshi, Sunil Kumar		Geomorphology of the Biling Lumpa Valley and the Gangstang Glacier	1965	Geographical Review of India Vol. XXVII
53	Pithawalla, Maneck B.		Climatic Effects on Life in Sind	1937	Radio talk given at Diwali Swadeshi Exhibition, Karachi
53	Ram, Ra Bahadur Ganga		Punjab Agricultural Proverbs and Their Scientific Significance	1920	A Lecture Delivered on 27th September
53	Rao, B.P.		Comparative Analysis of the Traffic of the Major Ports of India	1968	Uttar Bharat Bhoogol Parishad, Gorakhpur, India Vol. IV
53	Reiner, Ernst		Das Dehra Dun	1953
53	Stein, Aurel		From Swat to the Gorges of the Indus	1942	The Geographical Journal Vol. C
53	Weeks, Edwin Lord		Lahore and the Punjab	1894	Harpers New Monthly Magazine, Vol. LXXXIX
54	N/A		Belur	rec 1963	The Tourist Bureau, Mysore
54	de Brito, Raquel Soeiro		Noticia do inquerito das aldeias de Goa	1957	Garcia de Orta Vol. 5
54	Godbole, N.N.		Does Sambhar Lake owe its Salt to the Rann of Cutch?	rec 1952	The Rajasthan Academy of Sciences
54	N/A		The Greater Bombay Scheme	1945	Prelim. Report of the Comm. (Traffic/Railways) Panel
54	Janaki, V.A.		Functional Classification of Urban Settlements in Kerala	1954	Journal of the Maharaj a Sayajirao U. of Baroda Vol. III
54	Janaki, V.A.		Geographical Basis for the Distribution and Pattern of Rural Settlement in Kerala	1953	Journal of the Maharaj a Sayajirao U. of Baroda Vol. II
54	Janaki, V.A.	Ghia, M.C.	The Tributary Area of Baroda	1962	Journal of the Maharaj a Sayajirao U. of Baroda Vol. XI
54	Janaki, V.A.	Ajwani, M.H.	Urban Influences and the Changing Face of a Gujarat Village	1961	Journal of the Maharaj a Sayajirao U. of Baroda Vol. X
54	Krebs, Norbert		Zur Morphologie der Ost-Ghats	1935
54	McCune, Shannon		Geographical Landscape in Korea State	1948	Calcutta Geographical Review, Vol. VIII
54	Noble, William A.		Toda Dwellings and Temples [Madras]	1966
54	Pendleton, Robert L.		Soils of India: Four Soil Surveys in Gwalor State	1947	Soil Science Vol. 63, June
54	Singh, Govind Saran		Agricultural Patterns of Maharashtra	1964	The Journal of the Karnatak University Vol. VIII
54	Singh, Govind Saran		Quantitative Measurement in Geography (with examples from Mysore State)	1966	Journal of Karnatak University- Social Sciences, Vol. II
54	Stein, Aurel		Alexander's Campain on the Indian North-West Frontier	1927	The Geographical Journal
54	N/A		Tanjore and the Big Temple	1955	Translation of the Tamil Book
55	N/A		The Central Board of Irrigation & Power 40th Annual Research Session Shillong 1970 Souvenir	rec 1972
55	N/A		Assam Rail Link Project	rec 1950
55	Burman, Savitri G.		Nefa- The Land and its People	1963	India Quarterly Volume XIX
55	Das, Tarak Chandra		Some Notes on the Economic and Agricultural Life of a Little Known Tribe on the Eastern Frontier of India	1937	Anthropos, Band XXXII
55	Gananathan, V.S.		Physical Environment and Human Responses in Assam	1950	The Indian Geographical Journal Vol. XXV
55	Glennie, E.A.		Geophysical Survey in Bihar	1935
55	Karan, Pradyumna P.		Land Utilization and Agriculture in an Indian Village	1957	Land Economics, Vol XXXIII
55	Padmapati, Rajani Kumar		A Strange Mistake of Geographers	1927
55	Rasmussen, Tor		Assam, der Nordostzipfel Indiens	1959
55	Rasmussen, Tor		Population in the Assam Valley	1960	The Journal of Tropical Geography, Vol. XIV
55	Rivett-Carnac, Harry		Letter to the Secretart to the Chamber of Commerce	1869	Dated Camp, Khangaon in Berar 18th June
55	Sewell, R.B. Seymour		A Study of the Fauna of the Salt Lakes, Calcutta	1954	Records of the Indian Museum, Vol. XXXVI, Calcutta
55	Sohoni, V.V.		Meteorological Normals of Calcutta	1929	Journal & Proceedings, Asiatic Society of Bengal v. XXV
55	Sohoni, V.V.		Weather Types Associated with Nor'-westers in Bengal	1932	Journal & Proceedings Asiatic Society of Bengal v. XXVIII
55	Sohoni, V.V.		Bibliography of Meteorological Papers in the Publications of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 1788-1928	1929	Journal and Proceedings, Asiatic Society of Bengal, Vol. XXIII
55	Spate, O.H.K.		Konarak and Sindri: Fertility Ancient and Modern	1957	Meanjin, Vol. XVI
55	Thompson, W.H.		Two Centuries of Growth on the Eastern Side of the Ganges Delta	1919	The Calcutta Review, July
56	Allix, Andre		Les Enseignements du Mont Everest	1924	Revue de Geographie Alpine, Vol. XII
56	N/A		American Alpine Club Karakorum Expedition 1938	1938
56	Baschin, Otto		Die britischen Mount Everest-Expeditionen 1921 und 1922	1923
56	Bates, Robert H.		We Met Death on K2	1953	Saturday Evening Post December 5
56	Bleeker, I von W.		Meteorologisches zu den 3 hollandischen Karakorum-Expeditionen	1936	Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam, Vol. XXXIX
56	Burrard, S.G.	Hayden, H.H.	Esquisse de la Geographie et de la Geologie des Montagnes de l'Himalaya et du Thibet	1911
56	Calciati, Cesare		Nel Caracorum. L'Assalto alle piu alte Vette del Mondo	1928-29
56	Calciati, Cesare		I ponti indigeni nella regione dell'Himalaia	1921
56	Calciati, Cesare		Il piu grande ghiacciaio della terra. Il siascen nel Caracorum	1923	Emporium, Vol. LVIII
56	Calciati, Cesare		Spedizione Mario Piacenza in Himalaya	1921
56	Cerretelli, Paolo		La Spedizione G.M. '59 Kanjut Sar	1960
56	Chhibber, H.L.		The Course of the Bhagirathi Ganga in the Himalayas	1952	The Himalaya Vol. I
56	Dainelli, Giotto		La Mia Spedizione nel Caracorum Orientale	1931
56	Desio, Ardito		The Ascent of K2	1955	Geographical Journal, Vol. CXXI
56	Desio, Ardito		La mia ricognizione al Karakorum del 1953	1954
56	Desio, Ardito		Sull'exxezionale avanzamento di un ghiacciaio himalayano	1953	Dai Rendiconti dell'Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei v. XV
56	Desio, Ardito	Zanettin, B.	Sur la constitution geologique du K2 (8,611 m) dans la chaine du Karakoroum (Himalaya)	1956	Bulletin de la Societe Geologique de France Tome VI
56	Desio, Ardito	Marussi, A.	On the Geotectonics of the Granites in the Karakorum and Hindo Kush Ranges (Central Asia)	1960
56	Desio, Ardito	Zanettin, B.	Sulla costituzione geologica del Karakorum occidentale (Himalaya)	1956
56	Desio, Ardito		Travels in the Karakorum	n.d.	Pakistan Quarterly, Vol. XI
56	Desio, Ardito		Visioni celisti. La triade dei Colossi: Everest- Kanchenjunga	1953
56	Dyhrenfurth, Gunter		Die internationale Himalaya Expedition 1930	1931
56	Dyhrenfurth, Gunter Oskar Hoerlin, Hermann	Schnediter, Erwin Wieland, Ulrich	Unsere Himalaja-Expedition 1930	1931
56	Emmons, Arthur B.		To the Highest Summit yet Reached [Nanda Devi]	1936	The New York Times Magazine November 22nd
56	N/A		Everest Expeditions	1965
56	N/A		Everest. A Guide to the Climb	rec 1955
56	Gorrie, R. Maclagan		Protective Burning in Himalayan Pine	1935	Journal of Forestry Vol. XXXIII
56	Guernsey, Alfred H.		An Englishwoman among the Himalayas	1876	Harpers New Monthly Magazine, 54
56	Gundry, R.S.		Sikhim and the Thibetan Question	rec 1918
56	Heim, Arnold		Die schweizerische Himalaya-Expedition 1936 Vorlaufiger Bericht	1937
56	Heske, Franz		Probleme der Walderhaltung im Himalaya	1931
56	Hofmann, Hermann		Der Karakorum. Eine Landeskundliche Darstellung	1937
56	Karan, Pradyumna P.		A Land Use Reconnaissance in Nepal by Aero-Field Techniques and Photography	1960	Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, Vol. 104
56	Kawakita, Jiro		Some Ethno-Geographical Observations in the Nepal Himalaya (in Japanese)	rec 1956
56	Leclercq, Jules		Un voyage aux plus hautes montagnes du monde	rec 1906
56	Montgomerie, T.G.		Routes in the Western-Himalayas, Kashmir	1883
56	N/A		Nepal. Fact sheet. Mutual Security in Action	1961	Department of State Publication 7273
56	Norin, Erik		Late Glacial Clay Varves in Himalaya Connected with the Swedish Time Scale	1927
56	Norin, Erik		Preliminary Notes on the Late Quaternary Glaciation of the North- Western Himalaya	1925
56	Noyce, Wildrid	Taylor, Richard	Everest is Climbed	1954
56	Oestreich, Karl		Himalaya-Studien	1914
56	Oestreich, Karl		Land und Leute im Nordwestlichen Himalaya	1909
56	Onslow, H.		Life on the Roof of the World: The Problems of the Mount Everest Expedition	1921	Conquest, Vol. II
56	Pillewizer, W.		Die deutschen Himalaja-Expedition	1958/59
56	Qureshi, B.A.		Nanga Parbat	n.d.	Pakistan Quarterly Vol. XI No. 4
56	Rahul, R.N.		Nepalese Kangchenzonga	1950
56	Sahini, B.		The Himalayan Uplift since the Advent of Man: Its Culthistorical Significance	1956	Current Science, Vol. V
56	v. Schlagintqeit, H.		Die wichtigsten Hohenbestimmungen in Indien, im Himalaya, in Tibet and in Turkistan	1867	Sitzun der math-phys Classe vom 4. Mai, 1867
56	Set, Mr. and Mrs. J.N.		The Himalayan Peak	rec 1953
56	Showers, H.L.		Eighteen Months in Nepal	1916
56	Spender, Michael		Photographic Surveys in the Mount Everest Region	1936	Geographical Journal, Vol. LXXXVIII
56	Stehn, Ch. E.; Reiner, Ernst		Morphologische Untersuchungen am Sudabfall des Himalaya bei Dehra Dun	1953
56	de Terra, H.		Himalayan and Alpine Orogenies	1933	XVI International Geological Congress, Washington
56	de Terra, H.		Vorlaufiger Bericht uber die ersten geologischen Forschungsergebniss der D. Zentralasian-Expedition Zweiter vorlaufiger Bericht	1929
56	Wessels, C.		Antonio de Andrade S.J.	1912
56	Wessels, C.		Antonio de Andrade S.J. viajante no Himalaia e no Tibete (1624-1630)	1912
56	Wood, Knowlton D.		Bibliography of Himalayan Mountaineering	rec 1933
57	Bethlen, Edmund		Eine Reise nach Rangoon. Bericht	1874
57	N/A		Burma Facts and Figures	1946	Burma Pamphlets No. 9
57	N/A		Burma. Information for Travelers to Burma	1911-1912
57	N/A		The Burma Petroleum Industry	1946	Burma Pamphlets No. 10
57	Capra, Giuseppe		In Viaggio Attraverso Gli Stati Scian	1935
57	Durolselle, C.		Notes on the Ancient Geography of Burma	1906
57	Huke, Robert E.		Economic Geography of a North Burma Kachin Village	1954
57	Huke, Robert E.		Mayan-Lajung Changing Land Use and Capital Investment	1962
57	Huke, Robert E.		Tadagyi: Land Use and An Economic Problem in the Irrawaddy Delta	1957
57	Leonard, H.		The Port of Rangoon	1926
57	Lorrain, Reginald A.		The Wonderful Story of the Lakher Pioneer Mission	1920
57	Lorrain, Reginald A.		An Expedition into the Unknown	1924
57	N/A		Burma Rice	1944	Burma Pamphlets No. 4
57	Marshall, Harry I.		The Karens of Burma	1945	Burma Pamphlets No. 8
57	Morris, T.O.		The Prehistoric Stone Implements of Burma	1935	The Journal of the Burma Research Society, Vol. XXV
57	Peal, S.E.		Note on the Old Burmese Route over Patkai via Nongyang	1879	Journal, Asiatic Society of Bengal, Vol. XLVIII
57	Puh, Wong (Trans. Rev. S. Beal)		Memorial of Sakya Buddha Tathagata (Text and Commentary)	rec 1903
57	Pearn, B.R.		Burma Background	1943	Burma Pamphlets No. 1
57	Pearn, B.R.		The Indian in Burma	1946	Racial Relations, No. 4
57	Pearn, B.R.		The Mixed Races of Burma	1946	Racial Relations, No. 3
57	Sein, Mamya		Burma	1944
57	Spate, O.H.K.		Burma Setting	1943	Burma Pamphlets No. 2
57	Stamp, L. Dudley		The Aerial Survey of the Irrawaddy Delta Forests (Burma)	1925	The Journal of Ecology, Vol. XIII
57	Stamp, L. Dudley		An Outline of the Tertiary Geology of Burma	1922	Geological Magazine, Vol. LIX
57	Stamp, L. Dudley		Seasonal Rhythm in the Tertiary Sediments of Burma	1925	Geological Magazine, Vol. LXII
57	Stein, Karl		Birma (Das Stromgebiet des Irawadi) Grundlage einer Landeskunde	1931	2 copies
57	Stuart, Murray		The Galena Deposits of North-Eastern Putao	1919	Records, Geological Survey of India Vol. L
57	Thompson, T.S.		Soil Erosion and Its Control in the Shan States, Burma	1944
57	Ward, F. Kingdom		The Distribution of Floras in S.E. Asia as Affected by the Burma- Yunnan Ranges	1921
58	Brown, R.N. Rudmose		The Mergui Archipelago: Its People and Products	1907	The Scottish Geographical Magazine, September
58	N/A		Ceylon: Information for Travelers Landing in Colombo	1911
58	N/A		Ceylon Today. A Government by the People	1950
58	N/A		Colombo, Ceylon	rec 1921	Bureau of Navigation
58	Cramer, L.H.		The Revision of the Flora of Ceylon	1976	Phyta, No. 1
58	Hassan, Ibrahim		L'Ile de Ceylan	1901
58	Jameson, H.		On a Diurnal Variation in the Barometric Gradient over Ceylon	1928	The Ceylon Journal of Science Vol. I
58	Jameson, H.		On the Expectancy of Heavy Rainfall in Ceylon	1932
58	Jameson, H.		The Heavy Rains over Ceylon of September 29th-30th, 1924	1926	The Ceylon Journal of Science Vol. I
58	Jennings, Ivor		Nationalism and Political Development in Ceylon(1) The Background of Self-Government	1950
58	Katz, Michael B.		Geomorphology and Reconnaissance Geology of Wilpattu National Park	1975	The Ceylon Journal of Science Vol. 11
58	Katz, M. B.	Comaner, P.L.	Geomorphology and Reconnaissance Geology of Ruhunu National Park, Ceylon	1975	The Ceylon Journal of Science Vol. 11
58	Krone, Hermann		Von Ceylon nach Bombay	[1881?]
58	Leclercq, Jules		Anuradhapura sous les Rois Cinghalais	1900	Bulletins de l'Academie royale de Belgique, Janvier
58	Leclercq, Jules		La Domination Anglaise aux colonies	1907
58	Leclercq, Jules		Note sur le plus ancien entrepot de commerce	1899	Bull. De l'Acad. Roy. De Belgique, t. XXXVII
58	Leclercq, Jules		Les Ruines d'Anouradhapoura (Ceylon)	1899
58	Leclercq, Jules		Les Temples Souterrains de Ceylan	1898	Bull. De l'Acad. Roy. De Belgique, t. XXXV
58	Leclercq, Jules		Une Ville Morte a Ceylan	1899
58	McCune, Shannon		Man's Activities in Ceylon	1947	The Journal of Geography, Vol. XLVI
58	McCune, Shannon		Sequence of Plantation Agriculture in Ceylon	1949	Economic Geography, Vol. 25
58	McCune, Shannon		The Land of Ceylon	1947	The Journal of Geography, Vol. XLVI
58	Mueller-Dombois, D.		Ecogeographic Analysis of a Climate Map of Ceylon with Particular Reference to Vegetation	1968	The Ceylon Forester, Vol. VIII Nos. 3 & 4 Jan-Dec
58	Mueller-Dombois, D.	Perera, Malini	Ecological Differentiations & Soil Fungal Distribution in the Montane Grasslands of Ceylon	1971	Ceylon Journal of Science, Biol. Science Vol. 9 No. 1 February
58	Pieris, P.E.		Ngadipa and Buddhist Remains in Jeffna	1917	Jrnl. of the Royal Asiatic Society, Ceylon Branch v. XXVI
58	Rees, Frederick		The Dominion of Ceylon	1949
58	Rosset, C.W.		On the Maldive Islands, More Especially Treating of Male Atol	1886	Journal of the Anthropological Institute, November
58	Schlegel, G.		Geographical Notes: (1) The Nicobar and Andaman Islands (2) Lang- Ga-Siu and Sih-Lan Shan, Ceylan	1898
58	Sopher, David E.		Geography of Indian Coasts	1958	Office of Naval Research. Annual Summary Report
58	Stein, Burton		Problems of Economic Development in Ceylon	rec 1955	Ceylon Historical Journal, Vol. III
58	N/A		Tea from Ceylon	rec 1950	The Tea Bureau, London
59	Allen, Thomas G. Jr.	Sachtleben, William L.	Across Asia on a Bicycle	rec 1918
59	N/A		Asia: A Guide to Basic Books	1966	The Asia Society
59	Belshaw, H.		Some Social Aspects of Economic Development in Under-Developed Countries in Asia	1954	Civilisations, Vol. IV
59	N/A		Books on Southeast Asia. A Select Bibliography	1960	American Institute of Pacific Relations, New York
59	Bramstedt, W.F.		The Far East: Investment in Tomorrow	1956
59	Brown, Arthur Judson		Economic Changes in Asia	1914	The Century Magazine, March
59	Brown, Lester R.		The Agricultural Revolution in Asia	1968
59	Buchanan, Keith		Southeast Asia- Predeveloped or Underdeveloped?	1964	Eastern Horizon, Vol. III November
59	Christoforo, Negri		Riflessioni geografiche e politiche sui progelti inglesi e russi di nuove comunicazioni ferroviarie fra l'Europa e l'Asie	1878
59	Chu, Coching		A New Classification of Typhoons in the Far East	1925	Monthly Weather Bureau, Dec. 1924 and Jan. 1925
59	Clapp, Frederick G.		A Study of Geology in China	1936	Tech Engineering News [MA. Inst. of Tech.] v. 17 no. 1
59	Cobban, James L.		The Traditional Use of the Forests in Mainland Southeast Asia	1968
59	N/A		The Colombo Plan. Facts and Figures	1958
59	N/A		The Colombo Plan: Momentour Program for Economic Development	1950	Labor and Industry in Britain, Vol. VIII, December
59	N/A		The Colombo Plan Story. 10 Years of Progress 1951-1961	1961
59	N/A		Development Assistance to Southeast Asia	1970	Committee for Economic Development.
59	Cortesao, Armando		The First Account of the Far East in the Sixteenth Century- The Name "Japan" in 1513	1938
59	Dorn, B.		Die Sammlung von Morgenlandischen Handschriften	1865
59	von Drygalski, Erich		Das ostasiatische Gebirgsdreieck und das Chinesische Reich	1948
59	Dumas, Victor		L'Athenee Oriental, Annuaire	1880
59	Dwyer, Denis John		The City in the Developing World and the Example of Southeast Asia	1968	University of Hong Kong, Supplement to the Gazette, Vol. XV
59	Dwyer, D. J.		The City as a Centre of Change in Asia	[1972]	Hong Kong University Press
59	Dwyer, D. J.		Economic Development in South-East Asia: Problems and Prospects	1964	Journal of the Institute of Bankers, June
59	Englemann, Gerhard		Der Atlas von Asien des Heinrich Berghaus	1960
59	Farmer, B.H.		Agricultural Colonization in South and South-East Asia	1969
59	Fischer, Emil S.		The Expension of American Banking in the Far East	1902
59	Fischer, E. S.		Reisen im fernen Osten	1930	2 copies
59	Fitzgerald, C.F.		The Migration of the Chinese to South East Asia	1974	Asian Pacific Quarterly Vol. IV No. 3
59	Furnivall, J.S.		The Tropical Far East	1945	Oxford Pamphlets on World Affairs No. 71
59	N/A		Geopolotics of South-East Asia	1963	United Asia, Volume Fifteen
59	Giuffrida-Ruggeri, V.		I caratteri craniologici degl'Indonesiani	1916	Archivio per l'Antropologia e la Etnologia, Vol. XLVI
59	Giuffrida-Ruggeri, V.		Prime linee di un'antropologia systematica dell'Asia	1917	Archivio per l'Antropologia e la Etnologia, Vol. XLVII
59	Giuffrida-Ruggeri, V.		The First Outlines of a Systematic Anthropology of Asia	1921	Calcutta University Press
59	N/A		The Greek Review of Social Research 21-22	1974
59	Grigg, Richard W.		Status of the Precious Coral Industry in Japan, Taiwan & Okinawa	1970	Sea Grant Advisory Report Number 1
59	N/A		A Guide to Films-Filmstrips, Maps and Globes. Records on Asia	1964	The Asia Society
59	Hart, Gerald		Timbers of South East Asia	[1955]	Timber Development Association, Ltd.
59	Heim, Arnold		Verhandlungen der Schweizer Naturforschenden Gesellschaft auf einer Flugreise nach Hinterindien	1935
59	Heim, Arnold		Langsstreckung im Hinter-indischen Kettengebirge	1935	Eclogae geologicae Helvetiae, Vol. 28
59	von Heine-Geldern, Robert		Research on Southeast Asia; Problems and Suggestions	1946	American Anthropologist Vol. 48
59	Herman, Theodore		The Role of Cottage and Small-Scale Industries in Asian Economic Development	1956	Economic Development and Cultural Change, Vol. IV
59	Huntington, Ellsworth		The Depression of Turfan, in Central Asia	1907	The Geographical Journal, September
59	Huntington, Ellsworth		The Mountains of Turkestan	1905	The Geographical Journal, Vol. XXV
59	Imbrighi, Gastone		Recenti sviluppi delle comunicazioni Ferroviarie tra U.R.S.S. e Cina	1958
59	Ishizaki, Hatsuo		Strong Wind Distributions in the Phillipines, Thailand and Indonesia	1972	Tonan Ajia Kenkyu vol. X, No. 1 June
59	Kappers, Ariens		Index Curves of Asia and the Great Sunda Islands	1929	Proceedings, Koninklijke Nederlandsche Akademie van Wtenschappen, Vol. XLII, No. 1 January
59	Koto, Bundjiro		The Rocky Mountain Area in Eastern Asia	1931	Jour. Fac. Sci. Univ. Tokyo, Sect. II, Vol. III, Part 3, March
59	Kruger, Karl		Motorising Russia and Asia	1934
59	N/A		Population and Food Pressures in the Orient	1951	The Reviewing Stand, Northwestern U., v. 16 March 25
59	N/A		Progress of the Colombo Plan, 1957. The Sixth Year	1958	Colombo Plan Bureau
59	de Terra, H.		Cenozoic Cycles in Asia and their Bearing on Human Prehistory	1937	Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society v. 77
59	de Terra, H.		Geologic Dating of Human Evolution in Asia	1940	The Scientific Monthly, August
59	Wade, R.H.		Development of Water and Power Resources. Progress in Colombo Plan Countries	1959	The Colombo Plan, Vol. 4 April
60	N/A		Asia and Africa: An Introductory Bibliography	rec 1970	School of Oriental and African Studies, U. of London
60	Collier, Price		On the Way to India/The Gateway to India/Religion and Caste in India/From Mughal to Briton/His Highness the Maharaja	1911	Scribner's Magazine
60	N/A		East Asia. A Selected Functional Bibliography	1967	Foreign Service Institute, Department of State, January
60	N/A		Eastern Asia. Asia and Africa. Introductory Bibliographies	1968	School of Oriental and African Studies, U. of London
60	Various Authors		The Far East. A Monthly Journal	1878	Vol. 4 no. 1
60	Various Authors		The Far East. A Monthly Journal	1878	Vol. 4 no. 2
60	Various Authors		The Far East. A Monthly Journal	1878	Vol. 5 no. 6
60	Various Authors		The Far East. Part I: A Major Source of Prewar Imports. Part II: Prospects for Trade Revival	1946	The Index, Autumn
60	N/A		Land Policies in Asia	1953	Current History, November
60	Lawson, Andrew C.		Insular Arcs, Foredeeps, and Geosynclinal Seas of the Asiatic Coast	1932	Bulletin of the Geological Society of America, vol. 42
60	Leith, C.K.		The Mineral Resources of the Far East	1926	Foreign Affairs, April
60	Louka, Kathryn T.		The Role of Population in the Development of Southeast Asia	1960	Population Research Project, George Washington U.
60	McCune, Shannon		Geography and Asia	1973
60	McCune, Shannon		Confusion in Asia	1950	The Journal of Geography, vol. 46
60	Mo-Kwan, Lee		Geographical Publications of South and East Asia	1966-67	United College Journal
60	Montgelas, Paulin Grafin		Ostasiatische Skizzen	1905
60	Murphey, Rhoads		Traditionalism and Colonialism: Urban Roles in East Asia from da Gama to Chiang Kei Shek	1968	Prepared for Association of American Geographers, Annual Meetings, August
60	N/A		Book List on the Far East	1921	Newark, NJ Public Library
60	Nordenskiold, A.E.		Den forsta pa verkliga iakttagelser grundade karta ofver norra Asien	1887
60	Obrucheff, W.A.		D.A. Klemenz, P.P. Semenoff-Tianschanski and Th. N. Chernysheff as Explorers of Asia	1915	In Russian
60	Orchard, John E.		Oriental Competition in World Trade	1937	Foreign Affairs, July
60	Patanne, E.P.		An Exploration into the Malay Problem	1974	Asian Pacific Quarterly Vol. IV No. 4 Spring
60	Paton, David		Bibliography-Western Asia	n.d.	Early Egyptian Records of Travel in Western Asia vol. I
60	Paul, Arthur		Regionalism in Asia: A New Thrust for Development	1967	The Asia Foundation
60	Pelzer, Karl J.		The Impact of Science on Southeast Asia	1957	Sixth National Conference of U.S. National Commission for UNESCO
60	Pepper, Charles M.		The West in the Orient. I. Irrigation: an Old Force Newly Applied. II. Electricity: The New Force in Old Lands. III. The Transformation of Transportation. IV. The Westward Tide of Commerce through Suez	1908	Scribner's Magazine, Vol. XLIII pp. 1-20, 197-214, 307-327, 434-449
60	Pollard, Vincent K.		ASA and ASEAN, 1961-1967: Southeast Asian Regionalism	1970	Asian Survey, Vol. X No. 3, March
60	N/A		Regional Cooperation for Development, The Secretariat RCD Anniversary Publication	1965	Iran, Pakistan, Turkey
60	de Reparaz, G.		Les Portugais en Extreme-Orient au XVI Siecle	1948	Bulletin Hispanique, Tome L
60	de Rosny, Leon		Rapport Annuel a la Societe des Etudes Japonaises	1880
60	Ross, E. Denison		Eastern Art and Literature	1928	Benn's Sixpenny Library, No. 3
60	Roxby, Percy M.		The Far Eastern Question in its Geographical Setting	rec 1921	Geographical Association, Aberystwyth
60	Sebeok, Thomas A.		The Languages of Southeastern Asia	1943	The Far Eastern Quarterly, August
60	Simoons, Frederick J.		The traditional limits of milking and milk use in Southern Asia	1970	Anthropos, vol. 65
60	N/A		Southeast Asia	1952	Current History, August
60	N/A		Societe des Etudes Japonaises Chinoises	1881
60	Stein, Aurel		Desiccation in Asia. A Geographical question in the Light of History	1938	The Hungarian Quarterly. Winter
60	Stein, Aurel		Note on the Routes from the Panjab to Turkestan and China recorded by William Finch (1611)	1917	Journal of the Panjab Historical Society, Vol. VI
60	Talko-Hryncewicz, J.		Etudes sur la craniologie de l'Asie Nord-Est. Les cranes des Kamtchadales, des Koriaques et des Aleoutes	1919	Bull. International de l'Academie Polonaise des Sciences et des Lettres, No. 1
60	Temple, Richard		Address on the Progress of our Geographical Knowledge of Asia during the Last Fifty Years	1881	Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, October
60	Torgasheff, Boris P.		Antimony Mines in the Far East	rec 1938
60	Valyi, felix		The Psychology of Asia	1927	Annual Meeting of the Persia Society, November
60	Worley, Parker		Asia today. A Bibliography	1960	Trenton State College, March
60	Zelinsky, Wilbur		India (or Non-India) seen from Afar: On the Mutual Relevance of Varied Cultural Geographies	1966	Symposium Held at Duke University
61	Benabeno		Le Port de Saigon-Cholon (Cochinchine)	1922	Genie Civil
61	Bruckner, Eduard		Klimaschwankungen 1813 bis 1912 in Vorderindien	1918
61	du Caillaud, F. Romanet		Notes sur le Tong-King	1882
61	chassigneux, Edmond		Le Canal Cu'U-Yen	n.d.
61	Chau, Phan Thien		Political Development in the Democratic Republic of Viet Nam	n.d.	The Montclair Journal of Social Sciences and Humanities
61	Chauffard, Emile; Bernard, Noel	Gaillard, Gaston; Mathieu, Edgar	Les Populations Indigenes du Cambodge et du Laos	1907	Revue Internationale de Sociologie, Paris
61	Cordier, Henri		A Narrative of the Recent Events in Tong-King	1875	American Presbyterian Mission Press, Shanghai, January
61	de Croizier		Les Monuments de l'Ancien Cambodge classes par provinces	1878	Societe Academique Indo-Chinoise de Paris
61	D'erceville, M.I.		Mission Hydrographique de l'Indochine (Aout 1936-Octobre 1937)	1938	Annales Hydrographiques
61	Fisher, Charles A.		Economic Myth and Geographical Reality in Indonesia	1967	Modern Asian Studies, Vol. I April
61	Folliot, M.		Bibliographie de l'Indo-Chine Orientale depuis 1880	1889
61	Gaitskell, Arthur		Alternative Choices in Development Strategy and Tactics: The Mekong River Project in South East Asia as a Case Study	1973	Vienna Institute for Development. Occasional Paper no. 7
61	Gaspardone, Emile		l'Histoire et la philologie indochinoises	1947
61	Ginsburg, Norton S.		Should the United States Back the Indochina Settlement?	1954	University of Chicago Round Table, No. 850
61	Gourou, Pierre		L'Utilisation du sol en Indochine Francaise	rec 1941
61	N/A		A Guide to Viet-Nam	rec 1960	Embassy of Viet Nam, Washington
61	Halpern, Joel Martin		Trade Patterns in Northern Laos	1957	Ninth Pacific Science Congress November 18-30
61	Harmand		Le Laos et les Populations Sauvages de l'Indo-Chine	1877
61	Hubbard, George D.		The Industrial and Commercial Importance of a Tropical Possession	1906	The Journal of Geography, Vol. V
61	N/A		Indo-China	1945	Free France, Vol. 8 Oct. 15
61	Jacob, Charles		La Structure du Nord-Annam et du Tonkin	1922	Comptes Rendus des Seances de l'Academie des Sciences Tome 174, No. 9 27 Fev.
61	Jacob, Charles		La Structure du Tonkin Meridional	1922	Comptes Rendus des Seances de l'Academie des Sciences Tome 174, No. 7 13 Fev.
61	Jones, Gilbert		Industrial Development of Vietnam through 1960	rec 1961
61	N/A		L'Indochine Francaise	1931	Exposition Coloniale Internationale, Paris
61	Legrand		La nouvelle Societe-Indo-Chinoise	1877	Revue Orientale et Americaine, Tome I
61	M. le Marquis de Croizier		Les Explorateurs du Cambodge	1878	Societe Academique Indo-Chinoise de Paris
61	Mabbett, I.W.		Angkor Wat and its Civilization	1974	Asian Pacific Quarterly Vol. V no. 4 Spring
61	McCune, Shannon		The Diversity of Indochina's Physical Geography	1947	The Far Eastern Quarterly, Vol. VI
61	Mansuy, H.		Stations prehistoriques de Somron-Seng et de Longprao (Cambodge)	1902
61	N/A		Memoires et Communications des Membres et des Correspondants de l'Academie	1923	Comptes Rendus des Seances de l'Academie des Sciences No. 15
61	N/A		News from Viet-Nam	1959	Press and Information Office, Embassy of the Republic of Viet-Nam, Washington
61	Palmerlee, Albert E.		Viet Cong Political Geography	1968	Viet-Nam: Documents and Research Notes, March
61	Pearcy, G. Etzel		Geographic Aspects of the Struggle in Viet-Nam	1965	Department of State Bulletin, September 20th
61	N/A		Pour mieux connaitre l'Indochine. Essai d'une bibliographie	1922
61	Schlegel, Rudolf		Tongking	1913
61	Schwind, Martin		Republik Vietnam-Landesentwicklung aus allem Anfang	rec 1973
61	N/A		The Situation of French Indochina. I Political Achievements	1945	Comite National Indochinois, April
61	N/A		The Situation of French Indochina. II Economic Achievements	1945	Comite National Indochinois, June
61	N/A		The Situation of French Indochina. III Social Achievements	1945	Comite National Indochinois, July
61	Solomon, Robert L.		Boundary Concepts and Practices in Southeast Asia	1969	Advanced Research Projects Agency, December
61	N/A		Traveling and Tourism in Annam	rec 1927	Hue Troustic Office
61	N/A		Vietnam as a Tourist Centre	1953	The National Office of Tourism, Saigon
61	N/A		Viet-Nam at the Crossroads of Asia	rec 1960	Embassy of Viet Nam 2 copies
61	N/A		Vietnam: Old Nation-Young State	1951
61	N/A		Vietnam. Vital Issues in the Great Debate	1966	Foreign Policy Association
61	Vincent, Frank		The Land of the White Elephant	1874	Harpers New Monthly Magazine, February
61	White, Gilbert F.		Lower Mekong: A Proposal for a Peaceful and Honorable Resolution of the Conflict in South Vietnam	1964	Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, December
61	Worman, Eugene C. Jr.		Somrong Sen and the Reconstruction of Prehistory in Indo-China	1949	Southwestern Journal of Anthropology, Vol. 5
61	Zelinsky, Wilbur		The Indochinese Peninsula: a Demographic Anomaly	1950	The Far Eastern Quarterly, Vol IX
62	Agatz, A.		The Port of Bangkok (Thailand)	(1939/40)	Yearbook of Hafenbautechnische Gesellschaft v. XVIII
62	Barroll, Henry H.		Siam and the Siamese	1894	The Cosmopolitan, Vol. XVII
62	Boonkird, Sa-ard/Dawson, M.D.	Stone, E.L. Jr.	A Preliminary Study of Teak Soils and Sites in Lampang Province. Thailand, 1960	1960	Journal of the National Research Council of Thailand, Vol. I
62	Bourret, R.		Surla geologie de la region de Pak Lay (MoyenLaos)	1925	Comptes Rendus des Seances de l'Academie des Sciences Tome 180
62	Chapman, E.C.		Thailand No. 23	1965	Longmans Australian Geographies
62	Coolidge, Harold Jefferson Jr.		Life of the Gibbon in his Native Home	1937	The New York Times Magazine August 8th
62	Crosby, Josiah		Siam	1920
62	N/A		Guide to Ayudhya and Bangpa-In	[1951]
62	Hosseus-Berchtesgaden, G.G.		Aus einer mittelsiamesischen Stadt	n.d.	Deutsche Rundschau fur Geographie, XXXIV Jahrg 5 Heft
62	Hosseus, Carl Curt		Die botanischen Ergebnisse meiner Expedition nach Siam	1911	Beihefte zum Botanischen Centralblass, Band XXVIII
62	Hosseus, C.C.		Siams wirtschaftliche Bedeutung und der deutsche Handel	1908
62	Joubert, Joseph		Le Traite Franco-Siamois du 23 Mars 1907	1907	Revue Francaise de l'Etranger et des Colonies mai
62	Kambhu, M.L. Xujati		Brief Description of Hydrologic Features of River Basis in Thailand	1961	Journal of the National Research Council of Thailand, Vol. 2
62	N/A		The Kingdom of Thailand-Land of the Free	rec 1969	First National City Bank
62	Kuchler, A.W.	Sawyer, John O. Jr.	A Study of the Vegetation Near Chiengmai, Thailand	1967	Kansas Academy of Science, Vol. 70
62	Loftus, A.J.		Notes of a Journey across the Isthmus of Kra	1883
62	Oberhummer, Eugen		Siam. Eindrucke und Studien	1929
62	Pendleton, Robert L.	Sharasuvana, Sangar	Analyses and Profile Notes of some Laterite Soils and Soils with Iron Concretions of Thailand	1942	Soil Science, Vol. 54
62	Pendleton, Robert L.	Sharasuvana, Sangar	Analyses of som Siamese Laterites	1946	Soil Science Vol. 62
62	Pendleton, Robert L.		The Formation Development and Utilization of the Soils of the Bangkok Plain	1947	Natural History Bulletin, Vol. XIV
62	Pendleton, Robert L.		Further Notes on Laterite. Laterite in Siam and Cambodia	1939	Proceedings of the Sixth Pacific Science Congress, Volume IV
62	Pendleton, Robert L.		Importance of Termites in Modifying Certain Thailand Soils	1942	Journal of the American Society of Agronomy Vol. 34
62	Pendleton, Robert L.		Laterite, or Sila Laeng, a Peculiar Soil Formation	1941	Thai Science Bulletin, Vol. III
62	Pendleton, Robert L.		Soils of Thailand	1940	Journal of the Thailand Research Society Vol. XII
62	Pendleton, Robert L.		Some Interrelations between Agriculture and Forestry particularly in Thailand	1939	Journal of the Thailand Research Society Vol. XII
62	Pendleton, Robert L.		Some Results of Termite Activity in Thailand Soils	1941	Thai Science Bulletin, Vol. III
62	Simonet, Pierre A.		Harmonious Development in Thailand	1967	Central Europe Journal Vol. 15
62	Stanton, Edwin F.		Thailand- An Outline	1959	World Study Center, New Paltz, Publication No. 1
62	Takaya, Yoshikazu	Tomosugi, Takashi	Ricelands in the Upland Hill Regions of Northeast Thailand- A Remark on "Rice Producing Forests"	1972	Tonan Ajia Kenkyu vol. X, No. 1 June
62	N/A		Thailand	rec 1963	First National City Bank
62	N/A		Thailand	1964	International Economic Survey, Chemical, NY No. 145
62	N/A		Thailand: Sound Business Growth	rec 1964	The Chase Manhattan Bank
62	Vadhanapanich, Charoen		Some Aspects of Monsoonal Rain in Thailand	1961	Journal of the National Research Council of Thailand
62	Viriyananda, Sak		Survey and Analysis of Soils and tobacco Fields in North Thailand	1962	Journal of the National Research Council of Thailand, Vol. 3
62	N/A		Vistas of Thailand	1969	The Royal Thai Embassy, Washington D.C. January
62	Visutra, Phya		The Port of Bangkok, Siam	1927	The Columbia Port Digest, May
62	Walyapechra, Manu		Thai Lowland Village	1966
63	Allen, A.W.		Volcanic Mudflows and Soils near Tawau and their Bearing on the Age of Semporna Peninsula Volcanicity	1955	Annual Report of the Geological Survey Department, British Territories in Borneo
63	N/A		Arcipelago Indiano. Sumatra-Giava-Borneo-Celebes-Molucche- Filippine-Isole Minori	rec 1922	Mundus, Monografia 13
63	Ball, Sidney H.		Diamond Mining in Borneo	rec 1931	Engineering and Mining Journal, Vol. 132 No. 5
63	N/A		Biblioteheque de M. l'abbe Favre: Linguistique et Histoire de l'Oceanie	1888
63	Blaut, J.M.		The Economic Geography of a One-Acre Farm on Singapore Island. A Study in Applied Micro-Geography	1953	The Journal of Tropical Geography, Vol. I
63	Brandstetter, Renward		III. Ein Progromus zu einem vergleichenden Worterbuch der malaio- polynesis hen Spracen fur Sprachforscher und Ethnographen	1906	Malayo-Polynesische Forschungen, Luzern
63	Brandstetter, Renward		Die Kunst des Erzahlens bei den Dayaken	1930
63	Brandstetter, Renward		II. Tagalen und Madagassen	1902	Malayo-Polynesische Forschungen, Luzern
63	Brandstetter, Renward		Wurzel und Wort in den Indonesischen Sprachen	1910
63	Broek, Jan O. M.		Ports and Economic Development in Borneo	1959	Department of Geography University of Minnesota Office of Naval Research Contract No. N cnr 710 (09)
63	Broek, Jan O. M.		Trade and Trade Centers of Sarawak	1959	Technical Report No. 3, June. Office of Naval Research. Contract No. N onr 710 (09)
63	Brouwer, H.A.		On the Crustal Movements in the Region of the Curving Rows of Islands in the Eastern Part of the East-Indian Archipelago	1920	Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam, Proceedings of the Section of Sciences, v. XXII
63	Bryn, Halfdan		De Indfodte paa Borneo. Carl Lumholtz's Materiale Antropologisk Bearbeidet	1924
63	N/A		The Cambridge Expedition to British North Borneo 1956	1956
63	Clemens, Florence		Conrad's Favorite Bedside Book	1939	The South Atlantic Quarterly, July
63	Coghlan, H.L.		Coconut Industry in Malaya	n.d.	Malay States Information Agency, London
63	Coulter, J.K.;McWalter, A.R.	Arnott, G.W.	Soil Survey Reports No. 3 The Trans-Perak Swamp. With Particular Reference to its Development for Padi Cultivation	1956	The Malaysn Agricultural Journal Vol. 39
63	Deasy, George F.		The Oil Palm in Malaya	1942	The Journal of Geography, Vol. XLI
63	Dobby, E.H.		Agricultural Questions of Malaya	1949	Malayan Questions, Cambridge University Press
63	Dodd, E.E.		The New Malaya	1946	Fabien Publications Ltd. Research Series No. 115
63	Druce, Hamilton H.		Report on the Butterflies of the Family Lycaenidae	1904	The University Press of Liverpool
63	Fehn, Hans		Die Insel Borneo	1930	Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft in Munchen, Bd. XXIII
63	Fehn, Hans		Die Insel Borneo (Bausteine zu einer Landeskunde)	1929
63	Fitch, F.H.		The Geology of North Borneo	1952	1950 Annual Report of the Geological Survey Dept. British Territories in Borneo
63	Friederici, Georg		Malaio-Polynesische Wanderungen	1914	XIX Deutscher Geographentag, Strassburg
63	Friederici, Georg		Mein Antwort	1914
63	Funakoshi, Akio		Malacca appearing in old maps- maps of the town during the Portuguese-Dutch-Ages	1969	Southeast Asia Studies
63	van Gestel, Theodore		Among the Dyaks	rec 1918
63	Gordon, Shirle D.		The Malay Economic Structure	1961	Eastern Horizon Monthly Review, New Year
63	Haslam, Greville		A Naturalist's Journey in Borneo to the Volcano of Kinabalu	rec 1927
63	Helbig, Karl		Landerkunde der AusserEuropaischen Erdteile Hinter-und Insel- Indien	1926-39/40
63	Helbig, Karl		Landerkunde der AusserEuropaischen Erdteile Hinter-und Insel- Indien	1925/40
63	Helbig, Karl		Die Insel Borneo in Forschung und Schrifttum	1955
63	Hewett, Godfrey		The Dusuns of North Borneo	1923	Proceedings of the Royal Society, Vol. 95 No. B666
63	Hill, R.D.		Materials for Historical Geography and Economic History of Southeast Asia in Nineteenth Century Malayan Newspapers	1971	Jmbras Vol. XLIV Pt. 2
63	N/A		History, Science, the Arts and Nature in Sarawak (1960-61)	1961?	Sarawak's Annual Report
63	Ho, Robert		Environment, Man and Development in Malaya	1962	University of Malaya Inaugural Address
63	Hoogerwerf, A.		Nature Protection in the Indonesian Archipelago (Netherlands Indies)	rec 1948
63	Isachsen, Fridtjov		Sydost-Asia	1939	Verdens Geografi, Oslo
63	Jackson, James C.		East Malaysia	1967	Longmans Australian Geographies No. 28
63	Jain, R.K.		Rmnathpuram Experiment. Paradigm of an Estate-Farm-Factory Community in Malaya	1966	University of New England, March
63	Lam, H.J.		On a Forgotten Floristic Map of Malaysia (H. Zollinger, 1857)	1937	Blumea, Suppl. I
63	Lumholtz, Carl		A Great Native Festival in Central Borneo	1919	Scribner's Magazine, October
63	N/A		Malaysia. Another Year of Progress	1964	The New York Times August 30
63	N/A		Malaysia at a Glance 1968 Edition	1968	Department of Information Services, Malaysia
63	Mecking, Ludwig		Von Singapur bis Yokohama	1913	Meerskunde, 7. Jahrgang, Berlin
63	Merrill, Elmer D.		Additions to our Knowledge of the Bornean Flora	1922	The Phillipine Journal of Science, Vol. 21
63	Merrill, Elmer D.		Additions to our Knowledge of the Bornean Flora	1926	The Phillipine Journal of Science, Vol. 30
63	Merrill, Elmer D.		The Flora of Banguey Island	1926	The Phillipine Journal of Science, Vol. 29
63	Mjoberg, Eric		Borneo, dess Land och Folk	1926
63	Pareau, A.H.		Bali en Lombok. Reisgids voor Toeristen	1913
63	Peet, G.L.		Political Questions of Malaya	1949	Malayan Questions, Cambridge University Press
63	Pictet, Camille	Bedot, Maurice	Compte Rendu d'un Voyage Scientifique dans l'Archipel Malais	1893
63	Purcell, Victor		The Chinese in Modern Malaya	1916	Background to Malaha Series No. 9, Singapore
63	Reade, Charles C.		Town Planning and Development in the Federated Malay States	rec 1923
63	Robson, J.H.M.		A Bibliography of Malaya. Also a Short List of Books Relating to North Borneo and Sarawak	1939	Kuala Lumpur, January
	Roe, F.W.		Lexicon of British Borneo Stratigraphic Terms	1955	Annual Report of the Geological Survey Department, British Territories in Borneo
63	Roe, F.W.		An Outline of the Geology of British Borneo	1954	Annual Report of the Geological Survey Department, British Territories in Borneo
63	Roe, F.W.		Underground Water Supplies in British Borneo	1953	Annual Report of the Geological Survey Department, British Territories in Borneo
63	Hill, R.D.		Soil Moisture under Forest, Bukit Timah Nature Reserve, Singapore	1972	Gardens' Bulletin, Singapore Vol. 26 p. 85-93
63	Hill, R.D.		Land and Sea	1973	Animal Life and Nature in Singapore, Singapore University Press p. 2-26
63	Hill, R.D.		A Catastrophist View of the Geology of Penang	1970	Geol. Soc. Malaysia Newsletter, 27, Nov. p. 9-13
63	Leinbach, Thomas R.		The Spread of Modernization in Malaya: 1895-1969	1972
63	Leinbach, Thomas R.		Transportation and the Development of Malaya	1975	Annals of the Assoc. of American Geographers, Vol. 65
63	Roper, Denys		Malaria's Role in the Malayan Campaign	1942	Bulletins from Britain, No. 74
63	N/A		Sabah in Brief	1967	Federal Department of Information Malaysia, Sept.
63	Sampson, R.S.		Singapore and its Neighbours	1939	R.S. Sampson Printing Co. Perth, Western Australia
63	N/A		Sarawak in Brief	1967	Federal Department of Information Malaysia, August
63	Schebesta, P.P.		Sakai in Malarka	1926	Archiv fur Rassenbilder
63	Schebesta, P.P.		Die Semang	1927	Archiv fur Rassenbilder
63	Scrivenor, J.B.		Federated Malay States. Geologist's Report of Progress, September 1903-January 1907	1907
63	Senftleben, Wolfgang		The 1974 General Elections in West Malaysia: A Preliminary Study of Election Prospects and Voting Pattern of the Chinese Community	rec 1975
63	Silcock, T.H.		Dilemma in Malaya	1949	Fabian Publications Ltd. Research Series no. 135, Oct.
63	Silcock, T.H.		The Economy of Malaya. An Essay in Colonial Political Economy	1954	Background to Malaya Series No. 2
63	Sinai, Nathan		Singapore Calling	1940	Harpers Magazine Vol. 180, May
63	N/A		Singapore: 1969 Facts and Figures	1969	Singapore. Government Printing Office
63	Stephens, E.A.		The Manganese Deposits and Regional Geology of the Taritipan Area, Marudu Bay, Colony of North Borneo	1954	Annual Report of the Geological Survey Department, British Territories in Borneo
63	van der Stok		Het klimaat van Nederlandsch-Indie	1915	Hemel en Dampkring, 13 Jaargang. November
63	Takizawa, Hideo		Rural Health Conditions in West Malaysia	1972	Tonan Ajia Kenkyu vol. X, No. 1 June
63	N/A		Travelers' Guide to Singapore-1960-The World in Miniature	1960	Tourist Section, Ministry of Culture, Singapore
63	Tsou, Pao-Chun		Urban Landscape of Kuala Lumpur: A Geographical Survey	1967	Inst. of Southeast Asia Nanyang University Singapore
63	Tsubouchi, Yoshihiro		Land & Residence Among Malay Peasants in the East Coast	1972	Tonan Ajia Kenkyu vol. X, No. 1 June
63	Visser, S.W.		Aardbevingen in en om West'Java	1919	Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Ned-Indie, Deel LXXIX
63	Watson, Malcolm		Twenty-Five Years of Malaria Control in the Malay Peninsula	1927	British Malaya, January
63	van Wijk, C.L.		Soil Survey of the Tidal Swamps of South Borneo in Connection with the Agricultural Possibilities	1951	Tectona DL XLI
63	Wilford, G.E.		Limestone in British Borneo	1955	Annual Report of the Geological Survey Department, British Territories in Borneo
63	Wright, Arnold		A New India: The Malay States	1917	Quarterly Review, No. 453 October
64	Abendanon, E.C.		De Geomorphologische Beteekenis der basische stollinggesteenten in het middendeel van den Ned.-Ind. Archipel	1916	Tijdschrift van het koninklijke Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschaft, DI/XXXIII
64	Abendanon, E.C.		De Geotetonische Positie van den Nederlandsch-Indischen Archipel	1915	Handelingen van het Vijftiende Natuur-en Geneeskundig Congres, April te Amsterdam
64	Abendanon, E.C.		Een palaeogeographische gevolgtrekking in verband tot de kristalline schisten-formatie van midden Celebes	1916
64	N/A		Bali, the Eastern Paradise	rec 1941	Travelers Official Information Bureau of the Netherlands Indies, Batavia, Java
64	N/A		Bali. A Garden of Eden	1937	K.P.M Line
64	von Bandat, Horst F.		The Lariang Basin in Central Celebes	1961	Tijdschrift voor Econ. En Soc. Geografie Febr.
64	N/A		Batavia. Aardbevingen in den Oost-Indischen Archipel Waargenomen Gedurende Het Jaar 1935, 1936, 1937, 1938	1936-1940	Natuurk Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indie
64	N/A		Batavia. Buitenzorg	rec 1930	Travelers Official Information Bureau, Batavia, Java
64	Beltz, E.W.		Principal Sedimentary Basins in East Indies	1944	Bull. of the Am. Assoc. of Petroleum Geologists, Vol. 28
64	van Bemmelen, R.W.		De Geologie van Indonesie	1951	Natuurkundige Voordrachten Nieuwe Reeks No. 29
64	van Bemmelen, W.		Die Erforschung des tropischen Luftozeans in Niederlandisch-Ost- Indien	1913	Lufthart und Wissenschaft, Hefft F
64	van Bemmelen, R.W.		The Volcano-tectonic Origin of Lake toba (North Sumatra)	1939
64	Bergmann, Agnes		Beziehungen awischen Reisbau und Niederschlag auf Java	1927
64	Bertling, C. Tj.		Les Populations d'Indonesie	1954	Revue de Psychologie des Peuples. 1er Trimetre
64	von Bockelmann, Albrecht		Sechs Wochen auf Java	1903
64	du Bois, Coert		The Provincial Governments in Java	1928	7 typewritten sheets
64	Boorsma, W.G.		Notes about Eastern Medicine in Java	1926	Bulletin du Jardin Botanique Vol. VIII
64	Brandstetter, Renward		Mata-Hari oder Wanderungen eines indonischen Sprachforschers durch die drei Reiche der Natur	1908
64	Brandstetter, Renward		Wir Menschen der indonesischen Erde I and II, IV	1922
64	Brandstetter, Renward		Monographien zur indonesischen Sprachforschung VIII Gemeinindonesisch und Urindonesisch	1911
64	Brandstetter, Renward		Malaio-Polynesische Forschungen. V. Die Grundung von Wadjo	1896
64	Brandstetter, Renward		Monographien zur indonesischen Sprachforschung X Der Artikel des Indoneischen	1913
64	N/A		Vulkanische verschijninselen en aardbevingen in den Oost-Indischen Archipel, waargenomen gedurende het jaar 1929	1930	Natuurkundig Tijdscriftm Vol. XC
64	N/A		Vulkanische verschijninselen en aardbevingen in den Oost-Indischen Archipel, waargenomen gedurende het jaar 1930	1931	Natuurkundig Tijdscriftm Vol. XCI
64	Brandstetter, Renward		XI Die Verwandtschaft des Indonesischen mit dem Indogermanischen	1937
64	Brandstetter, Renward		Wir Menschen der indonesischen Erde III	1923
64	Brandstetter, Renward		Sprachvergleichendes Charakterbild eines Indonedischen Idiomes	1911
64	Broek, Jan O. M.		Man and Resources in the Netherlands Indies	1946	Far Eastern Quarterly February
64	Broek, Jan O. M.		On the Use of Netherlands Indies' Statistics	1951	The Far Eastern Quarterly, Vol. X
64	Broek, Jan O. M.		War and Postwar Problems of the Netherlands Indies	1944	Global Politics, Los Angeles
64	Brouwer, H.A.		On the Non-existence of Active Volcanoes between Pantar and Dammer (East Indian Archipelago), in Connection with the Tectonic Movements in this Region	1919	Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam, Proceedings of the Section of Sciences, v. XXI
64	N/A		Colonial Exhibition Semarang, April 1914	1914
64	Cooper, William S.		Krakatao	1931	Ecology, Vol. XII
64	Dammerman, K.W.		On the Geography of Java	1929	Extrait de Treubia Vol. XI Livr. 1
64	Danes, J.V.		Das Karstgebiet Goenoeng Sewoe in Java	1915	3 copies
64	N/A		Development Progress in Indonesia: Facts and Figures 1969	1969
64	Dj ajadiningrat, R.A.H. and others		Djawa	1921	Java-Institut, Weltevreden
64	Dumont, Ch.F.H.		Glances into Native Life in the East Indies	1920	Commercial Holland, March
64	N/A		Dutch East Indies Products-Bibliography	1920s?
64	Eithington, William A.		The Cities of Sumatra	1962	Tijdschrift voor Econ. En Soc. Geografie November
64	Enthoven, J.J.K.		De Militaire Cartographie in Nederlandsch-Indie	1905	Indisch Militair Tijdschrift, Batavia
64	Finsch, O.		Bemerkungen uber einige Eingeborne des Atoll Ontong-Java (Njua)	1881	Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie, Berlin
64	Fletcher, Merna Irene		Indonesia: Land of Promise	1948	The Journal of Geography, Vol. XLVII
64	Fryer, Donald		Indonesia No. 5	1957	Longmans Australian Geographies
64	N/A		Geographical Digest of the Netherlands East Indies	1942	Netherlands News, Special Supplement Vol. 2
64	N/A		Geographical Digest of the Netherlands East Indies. A Summary of Outstanding Data Regarding the Most Important Islands, Cities, Straits and Bays of the Archipelago	1944	Netherlands Information Bureau, New York, August
64	N/A		Geographical Digest of the Netherlands East Indies	1944	Netherlands News, August
64	Gideonse, Harry D.		American Policy in Indonesia	1949	Excerpts from an Address Befor the Chicago Council of Foreign Relations. February 2
64	N/A		Gids in het Volkenkundig Museum	1927	Koninklijke Vereeniging Koloniaal Instituit, Amsterdam
64	Gregory, J.W.		The Banda Arc: Its Structure and Geographical Relations	1923	Geographical Journal, July
64	Grenfell, G.L.		A Village in Java	1966	The World's Villages, Longmans of Australia
64	Grochmalicki, Jan		Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Susswassrfauna Javas. Phyllopoda, Copepoda und Ostracoda.	1915	Anzeiger der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Krakau
64	N/A		Guide to the Plan of the Museum of the Batavian Society of Arts and Sciences	n.d.
64	Heeren, H.J.		The Urbanisation of Djakarta, Institute for Economic and Social Research	1955	Ekonomi dan Keuangan Indonesia, November
64	Heine-Geldern, robert		Prehistoric Research in the Netherlands Indies	1945	Southeast Asia Institute, New York
64	Helbig, Karl		Die Lubu-Sprache Auf Sumatra	[1933]
64	Helbig, Karl		Einige Bemerkungen zum Weltbild der Ngadjoe-Dajak	1941	Baessler-Archiv, Band XXIV
64	Helbig, Karl		Glaube, Kult und Kultstatlen der Indoneser in kulturgeographischer Betrachtung	1951	Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie, Bd. 76
64	Horstman, K.		Indonesien. Bevolkerungsproblem und Wirtschaftsentwicklung	1958/59	Geographisches Taschenbuch Wiesbaden
64	N/A		Les Indies Neerlandaises	rec 1950
64	N/A		Indonesia	1955	Issued by the Ministry of Information, Djakarta v. 1 # 5
64	N/A		Indonesian Economics	1947	Netherlands Indies Government, Batavia
64	N/A		The Indonesian Oil History	1970	Public Relations, Djakarta
64	van Iterson, G. Jr.		The Netherlands East Indies and the Royal Netherlands Academy of Sciences and Literature	1946	North-Holland Publishing Company, Amsterdam
64	N/A		Visit Java, Bali, Sumatra	n.d.	Travelers Official Information Bureau of the Netherlands Indies, Batavia
64	N/A		Java Day by Day Tours: Eastbound, Westbound	1937	Nitour, Netherland-India Tourist Office, Batavia
64	N/A		Some Aspects of Java	1936	Publicity Dept. of the K.P.M. Line, April
64	Jukes, J.B.		The Navigation of the Antipodes	1847	Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine No. CCCLXXXV v. LXII
64	van Kampen, P.N.		The Zoogeography of the East Indian Archipelago	1911	The American Naturalist, Vol. XLV
64	Kempski		Niederlandisch-Indien als Auswanderungsziel	1922
64	Kielstra, E.B.		De Afdeeling Indragiri	1915
64	Kielstra, E.B.		Die Niederlandischen Kolonien in Sud-Ostasien im Weltverkehr	1922
64	Kemmerling, G.L.L		De Aardbeving van Maos op 9-10 September 1916	1916
64	Kemmerling, G.L.L		L'Archipel indien centre important de volcanisme	1926
64	Kemmerling, G.L.L		Beschouwingen over de Hernieuwde Werking van den Merapi der Vorsten. Landen van December 1930	1931
64	Kemmerling, G.L.L		De "Piek van Ternate"	1920
64	Kemmerling, G.L.L		De Kloetramp	1919	De Ingenieur No. 44
64	Kemmerling, G.L.L		Vulkanologische Berichten	1921
64	Kreischer, L.		Verslag notens de Pasar-Gambir nopens de Pasar-Gambir gehouden op het Koningsplein te Weltevreden van 28 Augustus-2 September 1906	1907
64	Leclercq, Jules		Les Restes de la Civilisation Hindole a Java	1897
64	Leclercq, Jules		Une Experience collectiviste a Java	1903	XXII Congres Annuel, Paris
64	Leclercq, Jules		Les Volcans de Java	1897
64	Leclercq, Jules		Voyage aux Volcans de Java 1895	1897	Bulletin de la Societe Royale belge de Geographie
64	N/A		Les Premieres Nouvelles cencernant l'Eruption du Krakatau en 1883	1884	Revue Geographique Internationale No. 102
64	Mead, E.C.		Glances at the East: The Island of Java	1863	Southern Literary Messenger
64	Meinesz, F.A. Vening		Maritime Gravity Survey in the Netherlands East Indies: Tentative Interpretation of the provisional results	1930	Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam, Proceedings Vol. XXXIII
64	Meyer, A.B.		Die Minahassa auf Celebes. Eine Reisererinnerung	1876
64	Modigliani, Elio		Appunti Etnologici su Sipora (Arcipelago Mentawei)	1930-31	Archivo per l'Antropologia e la Etnologia. Vol. LX-LXI
64	Molengraaff, G.A.F.		L'Expedition Neerlandaise a Timor en 1910-1912	1915	Archives Neerlandaises des Sciences Exactes et Naturelle, tome II
64	de Nauman, A.M.		Industrial Development in Indonesia	1955
64	N/A		Netherland India	1930	Tourism, Vol. V
64	N/A		The Netherlands Indies	rec 1942	Department of Economic Affairs Govt. of the Netherlands Indies, Batavia, Java
64	N/A		Les Indies Neerlandaises	rec 1938	Imprime par G. Kolff & Cie,. Batavia
64	Oberst, Max		Die Besiedlung Sumatras. Ein anthropogeographischer Versuch	1914
64	Ormeling, F.J.		Enige Opmerkingen Over Verkeer en Bodemgebruik in West-Java	rec 1953/54	Volumes I and III
64	Ormeling, F.J.	Montagne, D.G.	Het Geografisch Instituut van de Topografische Dienst te Batavia	1950	Tijdschrift Aard. Genootschap1950/K.N.A.G., LXVIII n.d. rec 1953
64	Ormeling, F.J.		Minahasa: Producent van Kopra en Kruidnagel	rec 1957	Geografisch Tijdschrift, IX
64	Paerels, J.J.		Tea Culture in Java	1920	Commercial Holland, February
64	Poch, Rudolf		Einige bemerkenswerte Ethnologika aus Neu-Guinea	1907
64	N/A		The Political Events in the Republic of Indonesia	rec 1948	The Netherlands Information Bureau, New York
64	Posthumus, O.		On Palaeobotanical Investigations in the Dutch East Indies and Adjacent Regions	1929	Bulletin du Jardin Botanique Serie III, Vol. X
64	Prins, John W.		Java a Focus of World Trade	1921	Scribner's Magazine, June
64	Reiner, Ernst		Wirkungen von Vulkan-Ausbruchen auf Halmaheira	1950
64	Rothenbuhler, F.J.		Rapport van den staat en gestaldheit van het Landschap Sourabaija	1881
64	Rutten, L.		Some Notes on Foraminifera from the Dutch Indies	1924	Proceedings of the Section of Sciences, Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam, Vol. XXVII Nos. 1-10
64	N/A		Sabang Bay Coaling Station Pulo Weh (or Way) North-Sumatra	rec 1899
64	Scheltema, J.F.		The Opium Trade in the Dutch East Indies	1907	American Journal of Sociology, Vol. XIII
64	Schlegel, G.		Geographical Notes: III Ho-Ling, Kaling. IV Malir and Malayu. V Vting-Ki- Gi Ting-Ki-Gi Ting-Gi	1898	T'oung-Pao, Vol. IX No. 4, Leyden
64	Schlegel, G.		Geographical Notes. VI Ma-It-Ma-It-Tung-Ma-Iep-Ung	1898	T'oung-Pao, Vol. IX No. 5, Leyden
64	Schlegel, G.		Geographical Notes: VII Tun-Sun Tenasserim, VII Pa-Hoang Pahang IX Dziu Hut Djohor	1899	T'oung-Pao, Vol. X No. 1, Leyden
64	Schlegel, G.		Geographical Notes XII Shay-Po Djava	1899	T'oung-Pao, Vol. X No. 3, Leyden
64	Schlegel, G.		Geographical Notes XIII Tan-Tan dondin? XIV Ko-La Kora XV Moa-La Ka Malacca	1899	T'oung-Pao, Vol. X No. 5, Leyden
64	Schlegel, G.		Geographical Notes XVI The Old States in the Island of Sumatra	1901	T'oung-Pao, Series II Vol. II, Leyden
64	N/A		See Java	1939	The Travelers Official Information Bureau of the Netherlands Indies, Batavia
64	N/A		Some Facts about Java	rec 1939	The Travelers Official Information Bureau of the Netherlands Indies
64	Stehn, Ch. E.		Die Nieuwe dieptkaart van het Toba-meer (Noord Sumatra) van Drost & Bekkering	1939	DeIngenieur in Nederlansch-Indie IV, 6de Jahrg, Nummer 9, Sept
64	N/A		Sumatra	n.d.	Issued by the Travelers Official Information Bureau of the Netherlands Indies
64	N/A		Sumatra Day by Day	rec 1930?	Netherland-India Tourist Office, Batavia
64	N/A		Three Questions on Indonesia	1949	International Studies, London
64	N/A		Towards a Free and Sovereign United States of Indonesia	1948	Security Council of the United Nations
64	N/A		Een Trans-Borneo Spoorreisje. Visioenen en Droomen van een Amsterdammer	1893	De Indische Mercuur, 22 April
64	N/A		Two Years of Statehood-East Indonesia	1948	Netherlands News Letter, Vol. III
64	Unger, J.L.		Land Use and Agronomic Mapping in Indonesia	1952	Tectona Vol. XLII
64	Vening Meinesz, F.A.		Deep-Focus and Intermediate Earthquakes in the East Indies	1946	Proceedings, Vol. XLIX Koninklijke Nederlandsche Akademie van Wetenschappen
64	Verbeek, R.D.M. van Delden, Th.		De Hindoe-Ruinen bij Moeara-Takoes aan de Kampar-Rivier	1880
64	Verdoorn, Frans and J.G.		Scientific Institutions, Societies and Research Workers in the Netherlands Indies	1945	Science and Scientists in the Netherlands Indies, New York City
64	Various Authors		Vulkanische Verschijnselen en Aardbevingen in den Oost-Indischen Archipel waargenomen gedurende het jaar 1919 Verzameld Door Het Koninklijk Magnetisch en Meteorologisch Observatorium te Batavia	1920	Overgedrukt uit het Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Ned.- Indie Deel LXXX-Tweede Aflevering
64	Verstappen, H. Th.		Geomorphic Notes on Kerintji (Central Sumatra)	1955	Indonesian Journal for Natural Science, Vol. III
64	Verstappen, H. Th.		Landscape Development of the Udjung Kulon Game Reserve	1956	De Tropische Natuur, XXXVI
64	Verstappen, H. Th.		The Physiographic Basis of Pioneer Settlementin Southern Sumatra	rec 1957	Kementerian Pertahanan, Publikasi No. 6
64	N/A		Visit Java and Sumatra	n.d.	Dutch East Indian Government Railways
64	Visser, S.W.		Aardbevingen in den Archipel in 1919	1920	Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Ned-Indie, Deel LXXX
64	Visser, S.W.	Akkersdijk, M.E.	De Aardbevingen in de Padangsche Bovenlanden	1927	Natuurk. Tijdschrift, Deel LXXXVII
64	Visser, S.W.		Magnetical anomalies in the Dutch East Indian Archipelago	1934	Koninklijke Akademie van Weternschappen te Amsterdam, Proceedings, Col. XXXVII
64	Visser, S.W.		Magnetic Anomalies in the Netherlands East Indies	1933
64	N/A		Vulkanische Verschijnselen en Aardbevingen in den Oost-Indischen Archipel waargenommen gedurende het jaar 1921, 1922, 1923	1921/23/24	Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Ned.-Indie, Deel LXXXII
64	N/A		Vulkanische Verschijnselen en Aardbevingen in den Oost-Indischen Archipel waargenommen gedurende het jaar 1924, 1925, 1926	1925/26/28	Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Ned.-Indie, Deel LXXXV
64	N/A		Vulkanische Verschijnselen en Aardbevingen in den Oost-Indischen Archipel waargenommen gedurende het jaar 1927 1928	1929	Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Ned.-Indie, Deel LXXXVIII
64	N/A		Vulkanische Verschijnselen en Aardbevingen in den Oost-Indischen Archipel waargenommen gedurende het jaar 1931, 1932 1933	1932/33/34	Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Ned.-Indie, Deel XCII
64	N/A		Vulkanische Verschijnselen en Aardbevingen in den Oost-Indischen Archipel waargenommen gedurende het jaar 1934	1934	Natuurkundig Tijdschrift Deel XCV
64	van Waterschoot van der Gracht, W.A.J.M.		Bijdrage tot de Geologie van Centraal-Celebes	1916	Met drie Kaarten(Pl. I-III)
64	van Waterschoot van der Gracht, W.A.J.M.		Eenige Bijzonferheden omtrent de Oorspronkelijke Orang Koeboe in de Omgeving van het Doewabelas-Gebergte van Djamel	1915	Tijdschrift van het Koninklijke Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, XXII
64	van Waterschoot van der Gracht, W.A.J.M.		Voorloopige Medeeling in Zake de Geologie van Centraal-Celebes	1915	Tijdschrift van het Koninklijke Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, dl. XXXII
64	Westerveld, J.		On the Geology of North Banka (Djeboes)	1936	Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam, Proceedings of the Section of Sciences, Vol. 39, No. 6-10
64	Withington, W.A.		Problems and Potentialities of Development of Western Indonesia: Sumatra as an Example of Third World Characteristics	1969	Journal of South-East Asia and the Far East
64	Wolf, Charles Jr.		Selected Economic Development Projects in Burma and Indonesia. Notes and Comments	1954	Southeast Asia Program, Cornell University, August
65	Andrews, John		New Guinea	1958	Longmans Australian Geographies No. 7
65	N/A		(Archibald Expedition) Extract of the General Report of the Netherlands Indies American Expedition to New Guinea 1938-1939	1940	Translated from Tijdscjroft van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch aardrijkskundig Genootschap. Vol. LVII, Mar
65	Behrmann, W.		Die Deutsche Wissenchaftliche Erforschung Neuguineas	1924
65	Behrmann, W.		Verkehrs-und Handelsgeographie eines Naturvolkes	1925
65	van Bemmelen, R.W.		The Geotectonic Structure of New Guinea	1939	De Ingenieur in Nederlandsch-Inde IV
65	Bowman, Robert G.		Land Settlement in New Guinea	1948	New Zealand Geographer, Vol. 4
65	Brass, L.J.		The 1938-39 Expedition to the Snow Mountains, Ntherlands New Guinea	1941	Journal of the Arnold Arboretum, Vol. XXII
65	Brown, Paula	Brookfield H.C.	Chimbu Land and Society	1959	Reprinted from Oceania Sept. Vol. XXX No. I
65	Cotton, Charles		Growing Mountains and Infantile Islands on the Western Pacific Rim	1961	The Geographical Journal, Vol. CXXVII
65	Curtain, C.C.	Gajdusek, D.C., Zigas, V.	Studies on Kuru. II Serum Proteins in Natives from the Kuru Region of New Guinea	1961	American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, January
65	Curtain, C.C. and others		Haptoglobins and Transferrins ni Melanesia: Relation to Hemoglobin, Serum Haptoglobin and Serum Iron Levels in Population Groups in Papua, New Guinea	1965	American Journal of Physical Anthropology, Vol. 23
65	Dakeyne, R.B.		Village and Town in New Guinea	1968	Case Studies in Australian Geography. I Longmans
65	Davis, W.M.		Coral Reefs of the Louisiada Archipelago	1922	Proceedings of the Natl. Acad. of Sciences, v. 8 2 copies
65	Dordick, Isadore L.		Climate and Work in Australian New Guinea	1953	Acta Tropica, Vol. 10
65	N/A		Excerpts of Reports, Handed in by the Commandant of the Covering Detachment of the American-Netherlands Expedition to Central Netherlands New Guinea	1939	Translated from Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch aardrijkskundig Genootschap. D1. LVI
65	Gajdusek, D.C.		Nutrition in the Kuru Region	1969	Acta Tropica Separatum Vol. 26, 4
65	Gajdusek, D.C.		Annotated Anga (KuKuKuKu) Bibliography	1972
65	Gajdusek, D.C.	Zigas, V.	Degenerative Disease of the Central Nervous System in New Guinea. The Endemic Occurrence of "Kuru" in the Native Population	1957	New England Journal of Medicine, November
65	Gajdusek, D.C.	Gibbs, C.J. Jr.	Kuru and Virus Dementias	1973
65	Gajdusek, D.C.	Garruto, R.M. Dedecker, R.	Congenital Defects of the Central Nervous System Associated with Hyperendemic Goiter in a Neolithic Highland Society of Western New Guinea	1974	Human Biology, May Vol. 46 No. 2 pp. 339-344 Wayne State University Press
65	Gajdusek, D.C.		Kuru in the New Guinea Highlands	1973	Reprint from Tropical Neurology Oxford University Press
65	Gajdusek, D.C.	Alpers, Michael	Genetic Studies in Relation to Kuru. Volumes I-V	1972	American Society of Human Genetics
65	Gajdusek, D.C.	Gibbs, C.J. Jr.	Les Demences Virales Transmissibles et le Kuru	1972	Bulletin de l'Institut Pasteur, 70 P. 117 a 144
65	Gajdusek, D.C.		Physiological and Psychological Characteristics of Stone Age Man	1970	Engineering and Science, Vol. 33, No. 6 April (2 copies)
65	Gajdusek, D.C.	Zigas, V.	Studies on Kuru. I. The Ethnographic Setting of Kuru	1961	Am. Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene v. 10
65	Gajdusek, D.C.	Zigas, V.	Untersuchungen uber die Pathogenese von Kuru	1958	Klinische Wochenschrift, 36 Jahrgang
65	Gajdusek, D.C.		Current Status of Research on Transmissible Virus Dementias	1973
65	Gisolf, W.F.		On the Rocks of Doormantap in Central New Guinea	1923
65	Glaessner, M.F.		Geotectonic Position of New Guinea	1950	The Bull. of the Am. Assoc. of Petroleum Geologists v. 34
65	Hahl, A.		Zur Geographie des Schutzgebietes von Deutsch-Neu-Guinea	1902
65	Hitchcock, A.S.	Walkum, A.B.	Papuan Grasses Collected by L.J. Brass. Note on a Fossil Wood from Central Australia	1929	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. Vol. LIV, Part 3
65	Hossfeld, Paul S.		The Stratigraphy of the Aitape Skull and its Significance	1949	Transactions of the Royal Society of Australia, 72
65	Joyce, Roger		New Guinea	1960	Australian Explorers, Oxford Univ. Press, Melbourne
65	Lam, H.J.		Materials Towards a Study of the Flora of the Island of New Guinea	1934	Blumea, Vol. I
65	Malinowski, B.		The Primitive Economics of the Trobriand Islanders	1921	The Economic Journal, March
65	Massey, C.H.		Notes on the Physiography of Eastern New Guinea and Surrounding Island Groups	1923	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland for 1923 Vol. XXXV
65	Mjoberg, Eric		A Proposed Aerial Expedition for the Exploration of the Unknown Interior of New Guinea	1916
65	Mjoberg, Eric		Om det senaste forskningsarbetet pa Nya Guinea	1918
65	Moskowski, Max		Vom Wirtschaftsleben der primitiven Volker	1911
65	Murray, J.H.P.		The Population Problem in Papua	1923	Paper read at the Pan-Pacific Conference in Melbourne
65	Murray, J.H.P.		Recent Exploration in Papua	rec 1923	3 copies
65	Poch, Rudolf		Reisen in Neu-Guinea in den Jahren 1904-1906	1907
65	Reiner, Ernst		Niugini. Ein Neuer Staat im westlichen Pazifik	1974
65	Reiner, Ernst		Die wirtschaftliche Entwicklung Neu-Guineas seit dem Zweiten Weltkrieg	1957
65	Ruark, Robert C.		The Land that Time Forgot	1958	The Saturday Evening Post. March 22nd
65	Rutten, L.		Geological Data Derived from the Region of the "Bird's Head" of New- Guinea	1923	Proceedings of the Section of Sciences, Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam, Vol. XXVI Nos. 1-10
65	Schlaginhaufen, Otto		l'Indice Cefelico in Alcuni Gruppi Umani	1916	Rivista di Antropologie, Vol. XX
65	Schlaginhaufen, Otto		Mitteilungen uber eine Bereisung der Insel Lir in Melanesien 1908- 1909	1918/19
65	Schlaginhaufen, Otto		Uber die Pygmaenfrage in Neu-Guinea	1914
65	Simmons, R.T. and others		Blood Group Genetic Variations in Inhabitants of West New Guinea, with a Map of the Villages and Linguistic Groups of South West New Guinea	1967	American Journal of Physical Anthropology, Vol. 27
65	Simonett, David S.		Landslide Distribution and Earthquakes in the Bewani and Torricelli Mountains, New Guinea A Statistical Analysis	1967	Landform Studies from Australia and New Guinea
65	N/A		Tea for Development	1970	Australia & New Zealand Bank Ltd. Quarterly Survey, July
65	Thompson, J.P.		Exploration and Discoveries in British New Guinea since the Proclamation of Sovereignty	1892	Proceedings, Australian Association for the Advancement of Science, January 8th
65	Townsend, G.W.L.		New Guinea at War	1941-42	Austral Asiatic Bulletin
65	Urguhart, D.H.	Dwyer, R.E.P.	Prospects of Extending the Growing of Cacao in Papua and New Guinea	1951	Cadbury Brothers Ltd. Bournville
65	Wade, Arthur		The Search for Oil in New Guinea	1927	Bull. Of the Am. Assoc. of Petroleum Geologists, Vol. II
65	Ward, Gerard		Reshaping New Guinea's Geography	1968
65	White, C.T.	Francis, W.D.	Plants Collected in the Mandated Territory of New Guinea by C.E. Lane-Poole	1928	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland Vol. XXXIX No. 6
65	Wichmann, Arthur		Nova Guinea	1914	Gottingische gelehrte Anzeigen, Nr. 3
65	Zaragoza, Don Justo		Descubrimientos de los Espanoles en el Mar del Sur y en las Costas de Nueva'Gionea	1878	Boletin de la Sociedad Geografica de Madrid
65	Zigas, V.	Gajdusek, D.C.	Kuru: Clinical Study of a New Syndrome Resembling Paralysis Agitans in Natives of the Eastern Highlands of Australian New Guinea	1957	The Medical Journal of Australia, November
65.1	N/A		Abstract of the Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania, September Meeting	1898
65.1	Davies, J.L.		The Cryoplantation of Mount Wellington	1958	Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania, Vol. 92
65.1	Gibbs, L.S.		Notes on the Phytogeography and Flora of the Mountain Summit Plateau of Tasmania	1920	The Journal of Ecology, Vol. VIII
65.1	Gill, Edmund D.	Banks, M.R.	Silurian and Devonian Stratigraphy of the Zeehan Area, Tasmania	1949	Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania
65.1	Hudspeth, W.H.		Leaves from the Diary of a Van Diemen's Land Official	1946	Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania
65.1	McLean, John		Bruny Island and Adventure Bay	rec 1952
65.1	N/A		Naturalist' Camp at National Park Tasmania	1920	Reprinted from the "Weekly Courier"
65.1	Nowell, Edwin Cradock		Fifty Years of Responsible Government in Tasmania	1907
65.1	Pulleine, Robert		On the Discovery of Supposed Aboriginal Remains near Cornwall, Tasmania	1924	Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia, Vol. XLVIII
65.1	Scott, Peter		The Geographer in Tasmania	1958	Gazette, No. 6 May
65.1	Scott, Peter		Tasmania	rec 1958	Longman's Australian Geographies, No. 9
65.1	Sergi, Giuseppe		Tasmaniani e Australiani. Hesperanthropus Tasmanianus	1913	Rivista di Antropologia, Vol. XVIII
65.1	Sutherland, F.L.		The Geology of the Collinsvale Area	1964	Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania. Volume 98
65.1	N/A		Tasmania. Its Resources and Development	1950	The National Bank of Australia, April
65.1	N/A		Tasmanian Field Naturalists' Club. Easter Camp 1919 to Eaglehawk Neck, Tasmania	1919
65.1	Tylor, Edward B.		On the Tasmanians as Representatives of Palaeolithic Man	1893	Journal of the Anthropological Institute, November
66	N/A		Australia. Power, Materials and Plant	1970
66	Anderson, C.		The Australian Fauna	1925	Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales, Vol. LIX
66	Andrews, E.C.		Geographical Unity of Eastern Australia in Late and Post Tertiary Times, with Applications to Biological Problems	1910	Read before the Royal Society of N.W. Wales, November 2
66	Andrews, E.C.		The Mineral Wealth of Australia- a Forecast	1929	Proceedings Australian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy no.75
66	Andrews, E.C.		The Origin of Modern Mountain Ranges with Special Reference to the Eastern Australian Highlands	1934	Reprinted from the Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales, Vol. LXVII
66	Andrews, John		Australia's Resources and their Utilisation, Part I	rec 1949	Commonwealth Office of Education
66	Andrews, John		Australia's Resources and their Utilisation, Part 2	1949	Commonwealth Office of Education
66	Andrews, John		Rainfall Reliability in Australia	1932	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. Vol. LVII, Parts 1-2
66	Andrews, John	Maze, W.H.	Seasonal Incidence and Concentration of Rainfall in Australia	1933	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. Vol. LVIII, Parts 1-2 Nos. 245-246
66	Andrews, John		Seasonal Incidence and Concentration of Rainfall in Australia	1933	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. Vol. LVIII, Parts 1-2
66	Andrews, John	Maze, W.H.	Some Climatological Aspects of Aridity in their Application to Australia	1933	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales
66	Andrews, John		Some Climatological Aspects of Aridity in their Application to Australia	1933	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Vol. LVIII
66	Ashton, H.T.		Thunder Days in Australia	1960	Australian Meteorological Magazine No. 30
66	Aurousseau, M.		Analyses of Three Australian Rocks	1926	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Vol. LI, Parts 4 No. 208
66	Aurousseau, M.		Standard Base Maps and the Millionth Map of Australia	1924	Australian Association for the Advancement of Science, Vol. 17
66	N/A		Australia's Industrial Progress from Primary Production to Manufacture	1921	Commonwealth Immigration Office
66	N/A		Australia	rec 1924	Monografia 31 Mundus.
66	N/A		Australia in Brief	1965	An Australian News and Information Bureau Publication
66	N/A		Australia Builds	1957	Australian News and Information Bureau Publication
66	N/A		Australian Panorama	rec 1959	Australian News and Information Bureau Publication
66	N/A		Australia's Iron and Steel Industry. The Broken Hill Proprietary Co. Ltd.	1948	J.B. Were and Son. October
66	N/A		Australia's Vast, Empty Spaces	1936	Bank of New South Wales, Vol. VI
66	N/A		Australian Wild Flowers	1944	National Handbook No. 9
66	Baird, Leonard		An Investigation of Australia's Economic Problem	1956?
66	Barrett, Charles		Australian Nature Wonders	1944
66	Barrett, Charles		Koala-The Story of Australia's Native Bear	1943
66	Barrett, Charles		The World's Wonder Animal: The Platypus	1911
66	Bee, Edgar		New Deal for Australian Aborigines	1946-47	The English-Speaking World, Vol. 29
66	Benko, Andrew	Lloyd, T. Rex V.	Replanning Our Towns and Countryside	1949	Workers' Educational Association of S.A.
66	Bennett, Isobel		Life on the Seashores of Australia. The Vast, Unexplored Coastline	1961	The Australian Scientist, Vol. I
66	N/A		Bibliography of Urban Studies in Australia	1971	National Library of Australia 1966-68 Canberra
66	Bird, E.C.F.		Ancient Soils at Diamond Bay, Victoria	1972	Victorian Naturalist, vol. 89 no. 12, December
66	Bird, E.C.F.		Beach Systems on the Melbourne Coast	1970	Journal of the Geography Teachers' Association of Victoria, Vol. 10
66	Bird, E.C.F.		Coast Roads and Coastal Access	1969	Architecture in Australia, June
66	Bird, E.C.F.		The Continental Shelf of Eastern Australia and its Influence on Coastal Geography	1971	Quaternia, XIV Rome
66	Bird, E.C.F.		The Utilisation of Some Australian Coastal Lakes	1962	The Australian Geographer, Vol. VIII
66	Bird, E.C.F.		Physiographic Changes at Mud Islands, Port Phillips Bay	1973	Reprint from Victorian Naturalist v. 90 No. 6 June
66	Bird, E.C.F.; Cullen, P.W.	Rosengren, N.J.	Conservation Problems at Black Rock Point	1973	Reprint from Victorian Naturalist v. 90 No. 9 September
66	Bird, E.C.F.		The Silt Jetties of the Mitchell River	1972
66	Bird, E.C.F.		Mangroves on the Australian Coasts	1972
66	Bird, E.C.F.		Man's Impact on the Melbourne Coast	1974	Reader in Geography, University of Melbourne
66	Bonython, C.W., Collins, J.A.	Prescott, J.A.	The Evaporation Pattern over Australia for the Months of January and July	1955	Transactions of the Royal Society of Australia, vol. 78
66	Bonython, C.W.		Water and Australia's Future	1960-61	Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, vol. 62
66	Breinl, A.	Young, W.J.	Tropical Australia and its Settlement	1919	The Medical Journal of Australia
66	Brinckman, Hermann		Kulturelle Lanschaftskunde von Australian I. Teil Die Versorgung der Eingeborenen mit Nahrungsmitteln	1932
66	Brown, Ida A.		An Attempted Post-Tertiary Chronology for Australia	1945	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Vol. LXX
66	Campbell, Douglas Houghton		Australian Botanical Notes. I Queensland and New South Wales. II Victoria, South Australia, and West Australia. III New Zealand	1923	American Journal of Botany, Vol. X, Nos. 1, 4, 10
66	Carius, Wolfgang		Die mittlere Hohe Australiens. Berechnung auf Grund einer neu entworfenen Hohensichtenkarte	1928
66	Carroll, Dorothy		Mineralogyof the Fine Sand Fractions of Some Australian Soils	1931-32	Journal of the Royal Society of W. Australia, v. XVIII
66	Clapp, Frederick G.		A Review of the Oil and Gas Prospects of Australia	1927	Bulletin of the Am. Assoc. of Petroleum Geologists, v. II
66	Clark, Colin		Australia's Economic and Population Capacity	1955	Australian Journal of Politics and History Vol. I
66	N/A		Climate in Australia	1960	The National Bank of Australia Ltd.
66	Coaldrake, J.E.		Quaternary Climates in North-Eastern Australia and Some of their Effects	1968	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland, Vol. 79
66	Coleman, Edith		Come Back in Wattle Time	1943	National Handbook No. 13
66	N/A		Committee on Natural Regions of Australia and New Zealand	1924	Australian Association for the Advancement of Science, Vol. 17
66	Cotton, C.A.		Tectonic Relief in Australia	1950	Compte Rendu du XVIe Congres International de Geographie, Lisbonne
66	Cowan, Frank		Australia: A Charcoal-Sketch	1886
66	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Geography and Land-Use Survey in the Southwest Pacific: A Review and Suggestion	1951	New Zealand Geographer, Vol. 7
66	N/A		Dairying in Australia	1921
66	Danes, J.V.		The Isolation of Australia	rec 1926
66	Danes, J.V.		Karststudien in Australien	1916	3 copies
66	Danes, J.V.		Limestone Physiography in Australia	1924
66	Davenport, Charles B.		Notes on the Physical Anthropology of Australian Aborigines and Black-White Hybrids	1925	American Journal of Physical Anthropology, Vol. VIII
66	David, Edgeworth		A Worldness. Australia's Arid Centre	rec 1926
66	Davidge, W.R.		Town Planning and Development in Australia and New Zealand	1915	Journal of the Royal Society of British Architects v. XXII
66	Davidson, F.G.		The Industrialization of Australia	1957	Melbourne University Press
66	Davidson, F.G.		The Industrialization of Australia	1960	Melbourne University Press
66	Donath, E.J.		Location of Industries in Australia	n.d.	Australian Accountancy Student
66	Duguid, Charles		The Aborigines of Australia	1946
66	Duguid, Charles		Aborigines' Sunday	1947	A.B.C. Guest of Honour Talk 2nd February
66	Duguid, Charles		The Future of the Aborigines of Australia	1941	The National Missionary Council of Australia Nov. 16th
66	Dunbebin, Thomas		Australian Winter Rain Belt has Swung North. Rainmaking Efforts in Tasmania: Desert Country is in Flower	1950
66	Elkin, A.P.		Re-thinking the White Australia Policy	1945	The Australian Quarterly, September
66	Endacott, Sydney J.		Australian Aboriginal Words and Place Names and their Meanings	1955	Georgian House, Melbourne
66	N/A		Endeavour and Achievement. Highlights in the Story of Australian Development	1955	Bank of New South Wales
66	Ewart, Alfred J.	Kerr, Lesley R.	Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 30	1926	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, v. XXXVIII
66	Ewart, Alfred J.	Petrie, Arthur H.K.	Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 31	1926	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, v. 38 N.S.
66	Fairbridge, Rhodes W.		Recent Pleistocene Coral Reefs of Australia	1950	The Journal of Geology, vol. 58
66	Farrell, Bryan H.		Source Material for the Geography of Australia	1956	The Journal of Geography, Vol. LV
66	Faull, J.F.		Disappearing Resources	1968	Case Studies in Australian Geography. Longmans
66	Fischer, Franz		Die Erforschung des australischen Continents	1867
66	Fischer, Franz		Die Erforschung des australischen Continents II Teil	1868
66	Fleay, David		We Breed the Platypus	1944
66	Fowler, Thomas Walker		A Note re Captain Cook's Point Hicks	1910	Read before the Royal Geographical Society of Australia, Victoria Branch, September 5
66	Fowler, Thomas Walker		A Contribution to Australian Oceanography	1898	Australian Association for the Advancement of Science Sydney Meeting.
66	Fowler, Thomas Walker		Geography and History. I. Notes on the Discovery of the Victorian Coast-Line	1913	Australian Association for the Advancement of Science. Melbourne Meeting vol. XIV
66	Fowler, Thomas Walker		The Work of Captain Matthew Flinders in Port Phillip	1912	Paper read before the Royal Geographical Society of Australia
66	Frenzel, Konrad		The Atlas of Australian Resources	1953	The Australian Geographer, Vol. V
66	Frenzel, Konrad		Australien	1958/59
66	Garrels, Arthur		Aboriginal Census of Australia	1927	American Journal of Physical Anthropology, Vol. X
66	Geisler, Walter		Die wirtschaftlichen Verhaltnisse Australiens, ihre Grundlagen und Entwicklungsmoglichkeiten	1928	Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft in Hamburg, Bd. XXXIX
66	Gentilli, J.		Australian Climates	rec 1958
66	Gentilli, J.		Australia-Indian or Pacific?	1949	The Australian Quarterly, March
66	Gentilli, J.		Australian Rural Population Changes	1949	Melbourne, The Economic Record, June
	Gentilli, J.		Climatic Regions. A Review of Koeppen's and Thornthwaite's System as applied to Australia.	1946
66	Gentilli, J.		Two Climatic Systems Applied to Australia	1945	The Australian Journal of Science, Vol. II
66	Giuffrida-Ruggeri, V.		Preteso ibridismo degli Australiani	1919
66	Gregory, J.W.		Climate of Australia in Reference to Its Control by the Southern Ocean	1904
66	Halligan, G.H.		The Ocean Currents Around Australia	1921	Journal Royal Society of N.S.W. Vol. LV
66	Hills, E.S.		Some Aspects of the Tectonics of Australia	1945	Royal Society of New South Wales, June 13
66	van Hint, J.		Verkehrsvraagstukken in de "Commonwealth of Australia"	1933
66	Holmes, J. Macdonald		Geographical Factors in the Australian Economy	1933	Swedish-Australian Trade Journal, May
66	Holmes, J. Macdonald		Variations of Wind and Cloudiness in Eastern Australia and their General Significance to Aviation	1933	Sudney University Glider Club, Technical Report No. 20
66	Howchin, Walter		The Cainozoic and Quaternary climate of Australasia Committee	1923	Australian Assoc. for the Advancement of Science, v. 16
66	Hunt, H.A.		The Climate and Meteorology of Australia	1908	Bulletin No. 1
66	Hunt, H.A.		Rainfall Map of the Commonwealth of Australia	1908	Commonwealth Bureau of Meteorology, Melbourne, Bulletin No. 2
66	N/A		Hydro-Electric Power in Australia and New Zealand	rec 1947	Tait Publishing Co. Melbourne
66	Jensen, H.I.		The Alkaline Petrographical Province of Eastern Australia	1908	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales
66	de Jersey, N.J.		Seismological Evidence Bearing on Crustal Thickness in the South- West Pacific	1946	University of Queensland Papers, Department of Geology Vol. III
66	N/A		The Job Australia is Doing	rec 1944
66	Jones, Inigo		Provisional Estimates for the Weather for the Year 1950	1949	Australian Weather Forecasts, Sydney
66	Jones, Stephen B.		Australia and New Zealand and the Security of the Pacific	1944	Yale Institute of International Studies, Memo. No. 12
66	Knox, Thomas W.		Convicts and Bushrangers in Australia	1896
66	Kroeber, A.L.		Relationship of the Australian Languages	1923	Journal Royal Society of N.S.W. Vol. LVII
66	Lawson, Andrew C.		A Glimpse of Australia	1928	The Scientific Monthly Vol. XXVII
66	Lengyel, S.J.		Problems of Distribution in Australia No. 1-A Survey of Distribution. The Case for a Census	1946	University of Melbourne, September (2 copies)
66	Lewin, Evans		Australia, Book List 121	1940	National Book Council
66	Lewin, Evans		Northern Australia: A Local World-Problem	1925	The Atlantic Monthly, April
66	N/A		A Look at Australia	rec 1945	Australian News and Information Bureau, New York
66	Mack, George		Settlement and the Aborigines of Australia and Tasmania	1958	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland v. LXX
66	Mackerras, I.M.		Notes on Australian Mosquitoes	1927	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. LII No. 212 Part II
66	Maher, F.K.	Sullivan, J.I.	Regionalism in Australia	1946	Araluen Publiching Company, Melbourne
66	Mahony, D.J.		The Problem of Antiquity of Man in Australia	1943	Memoirs of the National Museum, Melbourne No. 13
66	Mawson, Douglas		The Occurrence of Potassium Nitrate near Goyder's Pass, McDonnell Ranges, Central Australia	1930	Mineralogical Magazine, Vol. XXII
66	Mawson, Douglas	Madigan, C.T.	Pre-Ordovician Rocks of the McDonnell Ranges (Central Australia)	1930	Quarterly Journal Geological Society, Vol. LXXXVI
66	Mayne, Charles		Exit Australia. The Future of Australia's Population	rec 1946	Australian National Secretariat of Catholic Action, Melbourne
66	McCleary, G.F.		Australia's Population Problem	1942	The Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly, vol. XX
66	Meston, A.		Aboriginal Names	1922	Sydney Morning Herald February 25th
66	Miles, Keith R.		The Geology and Physiography of the Lower Chittering Area	1937-38	Journal of the Royal Society of W. Australia, v. XXIV
66	Mundy, Colonel		Our Antipodes. Review of	1852	Blackwood's Magazine- 72
66	N/A		Offshore Australia	1971	Bank of New South Wales
66	N/A		Australia. Petroleum	1968	Government of the Commonwealth of Australia
66	Phillips, Lou A.		Australia Leader in the Southwest Pacific	1947	Pan-American World Airways
66	Platz, Ernest		An Abridged Population, Migration, and Religious Survey of Australia with Special Emphasis on Jewish Figures	1951	Jewish Council to Combat Facism and Anti-Semitism, Melbourne
66	N/A		The Potentials and Problems of Three Representative Environments in Undeveloped Australia Division of Land Research and Regional Survey, C.S.I.R.O.	1958	Australia and New Zealand Association for the Advancement of Science, August
66	Price, A. Grenfell		Australian Education in a Changing World	1945	Address given before the Workers' Educational Association, University of Adelaide
66	Price, A. Grenfell		What of our Aborigines?	rec 1944
66	N/A		Australia. Major Public Works	1968	Government of the Commonwealth of Australia
66	Rawling, J.N.		Who Owns Australia	1939	Fourth Edition
66	Reiner, Ernst		Australien, Neuseeland, Ozeanien	1965	Westermann's Lexikon der Geographie
66	Reiner, Ernst		Die Bevolkerungszahlung 1966 in Australien	1967	Petermanns Geographische Mitteilungen
66	N/A		Report of Committee on Investigation of Structural Features and Land Forms	1928	Australian Association for the Advancement of Science, Hobart
66	Reiner, Ernst		Prolegomena zu einer geographischen Behandlung Australiens	n.d.
66	Riddle, Arthur R.		An Adventitious Occurrence of Nautilus Pompilius, Linn with a Short Bibliography on Ocean Currents Affecting the Australian Coast	1920	Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia, Vol. XLIV
66	Rodd, L.C.		Australian Imperialism	rec 1939	Survey of Australia Series No. 2
66	Rodrigues, Jose Maria		Os Abrolhos de Houtman e O Descobrimento da Australia Pelos Portugueses	1924-25	Academia das Ciencias de Lisboa, Boletim da Segunda Classe, Vol. XIX
66	Rose, A. James		Dissent from Down Under: Metropolitan Primacy as the Normal State	1966	Pacific Viewpoint, vol. 7 No. 1 May
66	Rosenkranz, Johanna		Biziehungen zwischen den Schwankungen des Klimas und der Produktion in Australien	1917	2 Copies
66	Ross, Colin		The Paradox of Australia Out-Americanizing America	1930	The Living Age
66	Ruhl, Alfred		Das Standortsproblem Running Translation: Distributional Problem in Agriculture	n.d.
66	Ruhl, Alfred		Das Standortsproblem in der Landwirtschaftsgeographie (English Translation)	1929
66	Sanz, Carlos		Australia: Su Descubrimiento y Denominacion	1967	ABC Madrid
66	Seddon, H.R.		The Influence of Wild Animals in the Dissmination of Disease of Livestock in Australia	1942	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland vol. LIV
66	Sergi, Giuseppe		Rasmaniani e Australiani	1913	Rivista di Antropologia, Vol. XVIII
66	Sharp, William		Through Bush and Fern	1890	Harpers New Monthly Magazine, Vol. LXXX, May
66	Sinnot, Edmund W.		The Plant Life of Australia and New Zealand	1929	Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, Vol. XXX
66	N/A		Sixteen Explorers of Australia	1956	Bank of New South Wales
66	N/A		Something about Australia	1922	Commonwealth Immigration Office
66	Spate, O.H.K.	Jennings, J.N.	Australian Geography 1951-1971	1972	Australian Geographical Studies Vol. 9 (2 Copies)
66	Spate, O.H.K.		Terra Australis--Cognita?	1957	Historical Studies Vol. 8
66	Spencer, L.J.		Meteorite Iron and Silica-Glass from the Meteorite Craters of Henbury (Central Australia) and Wabar (Arabia)	1933	Mineralogical Magazine, Vol. XXIII
66	Stefansson, Vilhjalmur		Central Australia Summing up the Position. A Water Survey	rec 1926	Newspaper Clippings
66	Strehlow, Carl		Die Aranda-und Loritja-Stamme in Zentral-Australien	1911
66	Tate, Ralph	Howchin, Walter; David, T.W.E.	Report of the Research Committee Appointed to Collect Evidence as to Glacial Action in Australia	1895	Australian Association for the Advancement of Science, Brisbane
66	Taylor, Griffith		Agricultural Regions in Australia	1925	Proceedings of 3rd Pan-Pacific Science Congress, Tokyo
66	Taylor, Griffith		Australia and Canada -- A Geographic Contrast	1948	Sydney University Engineering Club
66	Taylor, Griffith		Australia and Canada: A Comparison of Resources	1954	Australian & New Zealand Association for the Advancement of Science, Canberra
66	Taylor, Griffith		The Geographer's Aid in Nation-Planning	1932	The Scottish Geographical Magazine, Vol. XLVIII 2 copies
66	Taylor, Griffith		IV. Human Ecology in Australia	1959	Biogeography and Ecology in Australia
66	Taylor, Griffith		Geographical Factors Controlling the Settlement of Tropical Australia	rec 1919	Royal Geographical Society of Australia, Queensland, Vols. XXXII-XXXIII
66	Taylor, Griffith		Geography and Australian National Problems	1923	Report of the Aus. Assoc. for the Adv. Of Science v. 16
66	Taylor, Griffith		Future Land Settlement in Australia	1922	The New Outlook, Vol. I No. 2
66	Taylor, Griffith		Nature versus the Australian	1920	Science and Industry, Vol. II No. 8
66	Taylor, Griffith		The Settlement of Tropical Australia	1918	The Foreum, Melbourne Herald
66	Taylor, Griffith		The Topography of Australia	1927	The Official Year Book of the Commonwealth
66	Taylor, Griffith		Variation among the Australian Aborigines, with Special Reference to Tawny Hair	1926	Proceedings of the Third Pan-Pacific Science Congress, Tokyo
66	Taylor, Griffith		White Australia	1921	Sydney Morning Herald
66	N/A		Trading with Australia	1919	Guaranty Trust Company of New York
66	N/A		Tropical Australia. Report of the Discussion at the Australasian Medical Congress at Brisbane, 27th August 1920	1921
66	Tucker, T.G.		Australia as a Home	1921	Commonwealth Immigration Office
66	Tyrrell, James R.		Australian Aboriginal Place-Names and their Meanings	1953	Tyrrell's Pty, Ltd. Sydney
66	Visher, Stephen S.		Australian Hurricanes and Related Storms	1923	The Official Year Book of the Commonwealth No. 16
66	Visher, Stephen S.		Some Results of the Location of Australia	1918	Journal of Geography, Vol. XVI
66	Vogel, Hans		Dis atmospharische Zirkulation uber Australien	1929
66	Wadham, S.M.		Agricultural Systems with Special Reference to the Australian Countryside	1939	Journal of the Australian Institute of Agricultural Science, Vol. 5 No. 1 March
66	Waldron, J.J.		Central Australia. The Macdonnell Ranges and Surrounding Country	1916
66	Waterhouse, W.L.		Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales for the Year 1936. Vol. LXI Parts 1-2 Nos. 263-264. Presidential Address	1936	pp. V-XXXVIII
66	Whithington, L.A.		Mathew Flinders and Terra Australia	rec 1952	The Pioneers' Association of South Australia
66	Wright, T.		New Deal for the Aborigines	1939
66	N/A		Wool, 1938-39	1939	Birt and Company Pty, Sydney
66	Wynne, William H.		The Development of Public Land Policy in Australia	1926-1927	The Journal of Land and Public Utility Economics
66	Young, J.D.		The Case for Cotton	1944	Queensland Cotton Board, September
67	Aurousseau, M.	Budge, E.A.	Swan and Helena Rivers	1920	Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia v. VII
67	Beard, J.S.		Vegetation Survey of Western Australia	1972
67	Calanchini, M.J.		The Gold Mining Industry of Western Australia	1907	Manuscript
67	Carrigy, M.A.	Fairbridge, R.W.	Recent Sedimentation, Physiography and Structure of the Continental Shelves of Western Australia	1954	Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia v. XXXVIII
67	Clapp, Frederick G.		New Tillite Locality in Western Australia	1927	Bull. Of the Geological Society of America v. 38 2 copies
67	Clapp, Frederick G.		A Few Observations on the Geology and Geography of North-West and Desert Basins, Western Australia	1925	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, Vol. I
67	Clapp, Frederick G.		The Oil Problem in Western Australia	1926	Economic Geology Vol. XXI No. 5
67	Clapp, Frederick G.		Oil Prospects of the Desert Basin of Western Australia	1926	Bull. Of the Am. Assoc. of Petroleum Geologists vol. 10
67	Clapp, Frederick G.		Oil Prospects of the Northwest Basin of Western Australia	1926	Bull. Of the Am. Assoc. of Petroleum Geologists vol. 10
67	Clarke, E. de C.		The Geology and Physiography of the Neighborhood of Perth, Western Australia	1926
67	Clarke, E. de C.		Natural Regions in Western Australia	1926	Jrnl, Royal Society of W. Australia, Vol. XII 2 copies
67	Clarke, E. de C.		The Geology and Mineral Resources of the Yalgoo Goldfield. Part II The Mining Centres of Rothesay and Goodingnow (Payne's Find)	1925	Geological Survey Bulletin No. 86
67	Clarke, E. de C.	Talbot, H.W.B.	The Geological Results of an Expedition to South Australian Border, and Some Comparisons between Central and Western Australian Geology Suggested Thereby	1918	Reprinted from the Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Soceity of Western Australia Vol. III
67	Clarke, E. de C.		The Geology and Physiography of the Neighbourhood of Perth, Western Australia	1926	Extract from Part II, Science in Western Australia
67	Clarke, E. de C.		The Pre-Cambrian System in Western Australia	1923	Extract Jour. Roy. Soc. Western Australia v. IX Part II
67	Clarke, E. de C.		Note on Occurrences of Boulders, Possibly Glaciated, Near Leonora and Laverton, About Lat. 28 degrees 30' South.	1919	Extract Jour. Roy. Soc. Western Australia v. VI Part I
67	Clarke, E. de C.		The Geology and Physiography of Parts of the Darling Range Near Perth	1926	Jour. Roy. Soc. Western Australia Vol. XII pp. 161-178
67	Clarke, E. de C.	Phillips, H. Tarlton	Physiographic and Other Notes on a Part of the South Coast of Western Australia	1954	Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia, v. XXXVIII
67	Clarke, E. de C.	Phillips, H.T. Prider, Rex T.	The Pre-Cambrian Geology of Part of the South Coast of Western Australia	1954	Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia, v. XXXVIII
67	Clarke, E. de C.		The Pre-Cambrian Succession in Some Parts of Western Australia	1930	Report of the Australian and New Zealand Association for the Advancement of Science, Brisbane
67	Davis, C.E.S.		The Geology and Physiography of the Gosnells Area	1941-41	Jrnl of the Royal Society of Western Australia v. XXVII
67	Domin, Karel		New Additions to the Flora of Western Australia	1921-22	Memoirs de la Soc. Royale des Sciences de Boheme v. II
67	Dumas, Russell John		Development of the North-West of Western Australia	1944	Jrnl of the Institution of Engineers, Australia v. 16 no 4-5
67	Evans, Gwynneth Audrey	Sherlock, Noel Vivette	Butler's Swamp, Claremont	1950	Western Australian Naturalist, Vol. 2
67	Field, Thomas P.		Postwar Land Settlement in Western Australia	1963
67	Finucane, K.J.	Forman, F.G.	8. Observations on the Load Carried by the Swan River during the 1926 Flood	1928-29	Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia, vol. XV
67	Fletcher, H.W.		The Limestone of the Swan Coastal Plain: Its Use as a Building Stone	1933-34	Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia, vol. XX
67	Fletcher, H.W.	Hobson, R.A.	The Physiography and Geology of the Upper Swan Area	1931-32	Jrnl of the Royal Society of Western Australia v. XVIII
67	Forman, F.G.		A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Pre-Cambrian Succession in Some Parts of Western Australia	1936-37	Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia, vol. XXIII
67	Gentilli, J.		Bioclimatic Changes in Western Australia	1951	Western Australian Naturalist, Vol. 2 No. 8
67	Gentilli, J.		Bioclimatic Changes in Western Australia		Western Australian Naturalist, Vol. 1 No. 6
67	Gentilli, J.		The Climate of Perth, Western Australia	1949	Scope, Volume I
67	Gentilli, J.		Climatological Work in Western Australia	1950
67	Gentilli, J.		The Jet Stream over Perth	1957	Scope, Vol. 2
67	Gentilli, J.		The Kimberleys	1963	Longmans Australian Geographies, No. 18
67	Gentilli, J.		Micro-Geography of Lake Leschenaultia	1948	Western Australian Naturalist, Vol. 1 No. 5
67	Gentilli, J.		Present Climatic Fluctuations in Western Australia	1952	Western Australian Naturalist, Vol. 3 No. 7
67	Gentilli, J.		The South-West, a Changing Landscape		Longmans Australian Geographies, No. 8
67	Gregory, J.W.		The Lake System of Westralia	1914	The Geographical Journal for June
67	Hobson, R.A.		5-"Zebra Rock" from the East Kimberley	1930-31	Jrnl of the Royal Society of Western Australia v. XVI
67	Hodgkin, L.P.	Sheard, K.	Rottnest Island. The Rottnest Biological Station and Recent Scientific Research	1959	Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia, vol. 42
67	Hosking, Lucy F.V.		7-Distribution of Devonian Rocks in the Kimberley Division and Description of a Recent Collection of Devonian Fossils from the Kimberly Division	1932-33	Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia, vol. XIX
67	Hosking, Lucy F.V.		2-Fossils from the Wooramel District, Western Australia	1930-31	Journal of Royal Society of Western Australia v. XVII
67	Kempin, E.T.		Beach Sand Movements at Cottesloe, Western Australia	1952	Journal of Royal Society of Western Australia v. XVIII
67	McCall, G.J.H.		Advances in Meteorites in Western Australia	1965	Meteoritics, Vol. 2
67	McCall, G.J.H.		Possible Meteorite Craters-Wolf Creek, Australia and Analogs	1965	Annals of the New York Academy of Science, Vol. 123
67	N/A		Motor Tourist Guide. Perth and Western Australia	rec 1955	Keith Winser's Road Guide
67	Osborn, T.G.B.	Wood, J.G.	On the Zonation of the Vegetation in the Port Wakefield District, with Special Reference to the Salinity of the Soil	1923	Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia, Vol. XLVII
67	Playford, P.E.		Observations on Laterite in Western Australia	1954	The Australian Journal of Science, Vol. 17
67	Prider, Rex T.		Geology and Mineralization of the Western Australian Shield	1965	Geology of Australian Ore Deposits
67	Prider, Rex T.		The Geology and Physiography of the Jimperding Area	1933-34	Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia v. XX
67	Prider, Rex T.		South-West Yilgarnia	1952	Sir Douglas Mawson Anniversary Volume
67	Reiner, Ernst		Die wirtschaftliche Entwicklung West-Australiens	rec 1969
67	N/A		Search for Oil in Western Australia	1924	The Sydney Morning Herald, November 27
67	Speight, R.		4. Cainozoic Climate Committee	rec 1922	Reports of Research Committee, Australian Add. For Advancement Of Science
67	Teichert, Curt		Contributions to the Geology of Houtman's Abrolhos, Western Australia	1946	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, Vol. 71
67	Teichert, Curt		Late Quaternary Changes of Sea-Level at Rottnest Island, Western Australia	1950	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, Vol. LIX
67	Thomson, Brendan P.		The Geology and Physiography of the Wong-Carup Area	1940-41	Jrnl of the Royal Society of Western Australia v. XXVII
67	N/A		Western Australia. Its Resources and Development	rec 1951	The National Bank of Australia Ltd. Melbourne
67	Woolnough, W.G.		A Geological Reconnaissance of the Stirling Ranges of Western Australia	1920	Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales, Vol. LIV
67.1	Adamson, R.S.	Osborn, T.G.B.	The Ecology of the Eucalyptus Forests of the Mount Lofty Ranges (Adelaide District) South Australia	1924	Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia, vol. XLVIII
67.1	Basedow, Herbert		Anthropological Notes on the Western Coastal Tribes of the Northern Territory of South Australia	1906	Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia Vol. XXXI
67.1	Bonython, C. Warren		The Accurate Determination of the Level of Lake Eyre	1960-61	Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of Australia, South Australian Branch vol. 62
67.1	Bonython, C. Warren		A Decade of Watching for Water in Lake Eyre	1960	Proceedings of the Roy. Geog. Soc. of Australia, Vol. 61
67.1	Bonython, C. Warren		The Salt of Lake Eyre--Its Occurrence in Madigan Gulf and Its Possible Origin	1956	Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, vol. 70
67.1	Browne, W.R.		The Igneous Rocks of Encounter Bay, South Australia	[1919]	Trans. of the Royal Society of South Australia, vol. XLIV
67.1	Clarke, E. de C.		Water Supply in the Kalgoorlie and Wheat Belt Regions of Western Australia	1935-36	Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia, vol. XXVI
67.1	Cutlack, F.M.		The Murray Valley. The Locking Scheme. Transport Question	1925	The Sydney Morning Herald
67.1	Ellis, Ulrich		An Examination of the Basic Factors Involved in the Establishment of a Port at the Murray Mouth	1954
67.1	Fenner, Charles		Adelaide, South Australia: A Study in Human Geography	1927	Trans. of the Royal Society of South Australia, vol. LI
67.1	Fenner, Charles		A Geographical Enquiry into the Growth, Distribution, and Movement of Population in South Australia, 1836-1927	1929	Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, vol. LIII
67.1	Fenner, Charles		The Major Structural and Physiographic Features of South Australia	1930	Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, vol. LIV
67.1	Fitzpatrick, A.S.		Investigation of Waters and Saline Materials from Lake Eyre and District (Central Australia)	1925	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, Vol. XXXVII
67.1	Hill, Rowland		Marginal Lands of South Australia	1942	Journal of the Australian Institute of Agricultural Science, Vol.8 No. 4 December
67.1	Hodge, Chas. R.		Guide- Book to Victor Harbour and the South Coast	1930
67.1	Hossfeld, Paul S.		The Late Cenozoic History of the South-East of South Australia	1950	Trans. Roy. Soc. Of South Australia vol. 73
67.1	Howchin, Walter		Further Discoveries of Permo-Carboniferous Glacial Features near Hallett's Cove	1924	Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Australia, Vol. XLVIII
67.1	Howchin, Walter		A Geological Sketch-Section of the Sea-Cliffs on the Eastern Side of Gulf St. Vincent, from Brighton to Sellick's Hill, with Descriptions	1923	Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia, Vol. XLVII
67.1	Jackm, R. Lockhart		The Composition of the Waters of the Great Australian Artesian Basin in South Australia and its Significance	1923	Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia, Vol. XLVII
67.1	Jarrett, F.G.	Penny, D.H.	An Economic Survey of the Reclaimed Area of the Lower Murray	1960
67.1	Jones, F. Wood	Campbell, T.D.	Anthropometric and Descriptive Observations on Some South Australian Aboriginals, with a Summary of Previously Recorded Anthropometric Data	1924	Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia, Vol. XLVIII
67.1	King, D.		The Quaternary Stratigraphic Record at Lake Eyre North and the Evolution of Existing Topographic Forms	1956	Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, Vol. 79
67.1	King, D.		The Sand Ridge Deserts of South Australia and Related Aeolian Landforms of the Quaternary Arid Cycles	1960	Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, Vol. 83, March
67.1	Martin, F.C.		Geographical Observations upon Port Pirie and District	1938-39	Proceedings, Royal Geog. Society, S. Australian Branch
67.1	Mawson, D.		The Adelaide Series as Developed along the Western Margin of the Flinders Ranges	1947	Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, Vol. 71
67.1	Mawson, Douglas		A Brief Resume of Present Knowledge Relating to the Igneous Rocks of South Australia	1926	Report Australian Association for the Advancement of Science, Vol. XVIII
67.1	Mawson, Douglas		The Late Precambrian Ice-Age and Glacial Record of the Bibliando Dome	1949	Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales, Vol. LXXXII
67.1	Mawson, D.		Notes on the Geological Features of the Meadows Valley	1923	Transactions of Royal Society of South Australia v. XLVII
67.1	Mawson, D.		Occurrence of Water in Lake Eyre, South Australia	1950	Nature, Vol. 166
67.1	Mawson, D.		The Structural Character of the Flinders Ranges	1942	Trans. of the Royal Society of South Australia, Vol. 66
67.1	Osborn, T.G.B./Cleland, J. Burton		The Flora and Fauna of Nuyts Archipelago and the Investigator Group: The Ecology of Pearson Islands/The Birds of the Pearson Islands	1923	Royal Society of New South Australia, Transactions and Proceedings, Vol. XLVII
67.1	N/A		Places of Interest in and Around Adelaide, South Australia	rec 1921	Government Intelligence and Tourist Bureau
67.1	Quayle, E.T.		Local Rain Producing Influences under Human Control in South Australia	1922	Proceedings Royal Society of Victoria, Vol. 34
67.1	N/A		Radium Hill, South Australia	1954	The South Australian Department of Mines
67.1	Sokoloff, V.P.		Exploration for Copper in Wallaroo Mining District, South Australia	1951	Chemical Engineering and Mining Review, June 10th
67.1	N/A		South Australia. Its Resources and Development	rec 1951	The National Bank
67.1	Trumble, H.C.		Survey of Rural Potentialities in Relation to Population Capacity	1939	Jrnl of Australian Inst. Of Ag. Science, vol. 50 No. 1
67.1	Ward, L. Keith		Notes on the Geological structure of Central Australia	1925	Trans. of the Royal Society of South Australia, Vol. XLIX
67.1	Weaver, Glen D.	Raup, H.F.	Colonial Germans in South Australia	1959	The Journal of Geography, vol. LVIII
67.1	Williams, Michael		Adelaide	1966	Longmans' Australian Geographies No. 26
67.1	Williams, Michael		South-East of South Australia	rec 1965	Longmans Australian Geographies, No. 22
67.1	Wilson, Allan F.		The Charnockitic and Associated Rocks of North-Western South Australia I. The Musgrave Ranges-- An Introductory Account	1947	Transactions Royal Society of South Australia, Vol. 71
67.1	Wood, J.G.		The Relations between Distribution, Structure, and Transpiration of Arid South Australian Plants	1924	Transactions Royal Society of South Australia, Vol. XLVIII
67.1	Wopfner, H.		On Some Structural Development in the Central Part of the Great Australian Artesian Basin	1960	Transactions Royal Society of South Australia, Vol. 83
67.1	Bonython, C. Warren		Further Light on River Floods Reaching Lake Eyre	1963	Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of Australasia, South Australian Branch, vol. 64
67.2	Alexander, W.B.		Sea-Birds of the Great Barrier Reef	rec 1925	Proceed Roy Geog Soc of Australasia, Queensland vol. I
67.2	Bell, Arthur F.		The Land and Water Resources of Queensland	1951	Queensland Agricultural Journal, April
67.2	Bird, E.C.F.		Dune Stability on Fraser Island	1974
67.2	Bird, E.C.F.		Depositional Evidence of Fluvial Sediment Yield: An Example from North Queensland	1973	The Australian Geographer, XII, 3 pp. 250-253
67.2	Bird, E.C.F.		Mangroves and Coastal Morphology in Cairns Bay, North Queensland	1972	Reprint from The Journal of Tropical Geography vol. 35
67.2	Bird, E.C.F.		Coastal Evolution in the Cairns District	1970	The Australian Geographer, XI, 3 pp. 327-35
67.2	Bird, E.C.F.		The Deltaic Shoreline near Cairns, Queensland	1969	The Australian Geographer, XI
67.2	Bird, E.C.F.	Rosengren, N.J.	The Disappearing Mitchell Delta	1971	Royal Society of Victoria: Proceedings vol. 84, Part 1
67.2	Bird, E.C.F.		The Fringing Reefs Near Yule Point, North Queensland	1971	Australian Geographical Studies Vol. 9 pp. 107-115
67.2	Bird, E.C.F.		Holocene Shore Features at Trinity Bay, North Queensland	1971
67.2	Bird, E.C.F.		The Mitchell River Silt Jetties	1970	The Victorian Naturalist, vol. 87 no. 6
67.2	Bird, E.C.F.		The Origin of Beach Sediments on the North Queensland Coast	1971	Earth Science Journal, vol. 5 no. 2
67.2	Bird, E.C.F.		The Steep Coast of Macalester Range, North Queensland, Australia	1970	The Journal of Tropical Geography, Vol. 31
67.2	Campbell, A.H.	Cameron, L; Keats, J.A.; Poulter, M.W.; Poulter B.	The Aborigines and Torres Islanders of Queensland	1958	Western Suburbs Branch United Nations Association, Brisbane
67.2	Chapman, E.C.		North Queensland	1963	Longmans Australian Geographies
67.2	N/A		Regions Agreed upon by the Committee but Still Subject to Government Approval Approved 11/6/47	1947	Committee on Regional Boundaries.
67.2	Cumbrae-Stewart, F.W.S.		The Boundaries of Queensland	1930
67.2	Danes, J.V.		La Capture de la haute Flinders	1912	La Geographie, T. XXVI (2 Copies)
67.2	Danes, J.V.		La Region des Rivieres Barron et Russell	1912	Annales de Geographie, tome XXI
67.2	Denmead, A.K.		A Survey of the Brisbane Schists	1927	Proceed. Of the Roy Soc of Queensland v. XXXIX
67.2	Fairbridge, Rhodes W.	Teichert, Curt	Reports of the Great Barrier Reef Committee/The Rampart System at Low Isles, 1928-45	1948	Reports of Great Barrier Reef Committee, vol. VI
67.2	Francis, W.D.		The Rain Forest of the Eungella Range	1928	Proceed. Of the Roy Soc of Queensland v. XXXIX
67.2	N/A		The Great Barrier Reef	1971	Australian Fisheries, vol. 30 no. 1
67.2	N/A		The Great Barrier Reef of Australia	1923	Queensland Govt. Intelligence and Tourist Bureau
67.2	N/A		Greater Brisbane. Notable Experiment. The General Scheme Valuation Uniformity. Loan Requirements	1925	The Sydney Morning Herald, April 13-14
67.2	Greenwood, R.H.		The Darling Downs	[1957]	Longmans Australian Geographies, No. 6
67.2	Greenwood, R.H.		Pressure on Land and Resources in Queensland	1968	Proceed. Of the Roy Soc of Queensland v. 80
67.2	Greenwood, R.H.		Queensland, City, Coast and Country	1959	2 Copies
67.2	Hedley, Charles		Australian Pearl Fisheries	1924	Australian Museum Magazine, Vol. II
67.2	Hedley, Charles	Taylor, T. Griffith	Coral Reefs of the Great Barrier, Queensland: A Study of their Structure, Life distribution, and Relation to Mainland Physiography	1907	Australian Association for the Advancement of Science
67.2	Hedley, Charles		Coral Shingle as a Beach Formation	rec 1925	Trans. Roy. Geog. Soc. Of South Australia, Queensland
67.2	Hedley, Charles		A Disused River Mouth at Cairns	rec 1925	Trans. Roy. Geog. Soc. Of South Australia, Queensland
67.2	Hedley, Charles		The Queensland Earthquake of 1918	rec 1925	Trans. Roy. Geog. Soc. Of South Australia, Queensland
67.2	Hedley, Charles		A Raised Beach at the North Barnard Islands	rec 1925	Trans. Roy. Geog. Soc. Of South Australia, Queensland
67.2	Hedley, Charles		Report of the Scientific Director for 1924	1925	Trans. Roy. Geog. Soc. Of South Australia, Queensland
67.2	Hedley, Charles		The Surface Temperature of Moreton Bay	rec 1925	Trans. Roy. Geog. Soc. Of South Australia, Queensland
67.2	Hedley, Charles		The Townsville Plain	rec 1925	Trans. Roy. Geog. Soc. Of South Australia, Queensland
67.2	Jardine, F.		The Drainage of the Atherton Tableland	rec 1925	Trans. Roy. Geog. Soc. Of South Australia, Queensland
67.2	Jardine, F.		The Physiography of the Port Curtis District	rec 1925	Trans. Roy. Geog. Soc. Of South Australia, Queensland
67.2	Jay, R.		Employment Opportunities in Queensland Industries	1940	University of Queensland Papers, v. 1
67.2	Jensen, H.I.		Geology of the Volcanic Area of the East Moreton and Wide Bay Districts, Queensland	1906	From the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, Part 1
67.2	Jensen, H.I.		Physiography in Queensland and Northern Territory/Some Geological Features of Northern Australia/The Geology, Mineral Prospects and Future of Northern Queensland/ The Physiography of Northern Australia-I & III/ Some Notes on the Soils and Forest Flora of the Dividing Range-North of Roma	1920-23	Collection of reprints dealing with Queensland and Northern Territory
67.2	Jensen, H.I.		The Geology of the Glass House Mountains and District	1903	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales
67.2	Jensen, H.I.		Some Notes on the Permo-Carboniferous and Overlying Systems in Central Queensland	1923	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. XLVIII
67.2	de Laubenfels, D.J.		The Atherton Tableland: A Dairyland in the Tropics	1968	The Journal of Geography, Vol. LXVII
67.2	N/A		The National Parks of Queensland	rec 1960	National Parks Association of Queensland
67.2	N/A		National Parks Association, 29th Annual Report 1930-1959	1959
67.2	Noakes, A.W.		Water for the Inland	rec 1948
67.2	O'Brien, D.A.		Carnarvon Ranges	1952	Queensland Geographical Journal, vol. 54
67.2	Paradice, W.E.J.		The Pinnacle-or Mushroom-Shaped Coral Growths in Connection with the Reefs of the Outer Barrier	rec 1925	Transactions of the Royal Geographical Society of Australasia, Queensland vol. I
67.2	N/A		The Pocket Brisbane	1918	Intelligence and Tourist Bureau, Brisbane
67.2	N/A		Queensland. Its Resources and Development	1950	The National Bank of Australia, Ltd.
67.2	N/A		Queensland- The Rich but Sparsely Peopled Country	rec 1923	Queensland Government-Tourist Bureau
67.2	N/A		The Regions of Queensland	1952	Economic News, vol. 21
67.2	Reiner, Ernst		Fitzroy-Region	1965	Development, Geographic Section, Canberra
67.2	Richards, H.C.	Hedley, C.	A Geological Reconnaissance in North Queensland	rec 1925	Trans of the Roy Geog Soc of Australasia, Queensland
67.2	Richards, H.C.	Hedley, C.	The Great Barrier Reef of Australia, Series I	[1923]	Queensland Geographical Journal, vol. XXXVIII
67.2	Richards, H.C.	Bryan, W.H.	The Problem of the Brisbane Tuff	1934	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland, v. XLV
67.2	Richards, H.C.	Bryan, W.H.	Volcanic Mud Balls from the Brisbane Tuff	1927	Proceed. of the Royal Society of Queensland, v. XXXIX
67.2	Rimmer, T.; Hall, K.N.S.	Hossack, A.W.W.	An Analysis of Queensland Rainfall (1925-1936)	1939	University of Queensland Papers, v. 1
67.2	Sadler, Ann.		A Land of Fair Beginnings	1929	Welfare, Vol. XX Nos. 1-2
67.2	Simonett, D.S.	Drane, N.T.	Climate and Maize Yields on the Atherton Tableland	1952	Jrnl & Proceed. Roy. Soc. Of New South Wales v. LXXXVI
67.2	N/A		Some Factors in the Hydrology of Queensland	1948	Proceed Royal Society of Australasia Queensland vol. LX
67.2	Stanley, G.A.V.		Physiographic Investigations in Queensland with Reference to the Great Barrier Reef	1928	American Journal of Science, vol. XVI (2 copies)
67.2	Stanley, G.A.V.		The Physiography of the Bowen District and of the Northern Islands of the Cumberland Group (Whitsunday Passage)	1927	Reports of the Great Barrier Reef Committee, vol. II
67.2	Steers, J.A.		Detailed Notes on the Islands Surveyed and Examined by the Geographical Expedition to the Great Barrier Reef in 1936	1938	Reports of the Great Barrier Reef Committee
67.2	Sussmilch, C.A.		The Geomorphology of Eastern Queensland	1938	Reports of the Great Barrier Reef Committee, vol. IV
67.2	Thomson, J.P.		Jubilee of Thursday Island	1927	The Telegraph, October 12 (2 copies)
67.2	Walkom, A.B.		Fossil Plants from the ESK District, Queensland	1928	Proceed of the Linnean Society of New S. Wales v. LIII
67.2	White, C.T.	Francis, W.D.	Contributions to the Queensland Flora	1924	Proceed. of the Royal Society of Queensland, v. XXXV
67.3	Bayne, Mollie		The Barkly Tableland [Northern Territory and Queensland]	[1956]	Longmans Australian Geographies No. 3
67.3	Bray, John E.		Northern Territory in Brief	1956	Northern Territory Publication Syndicate
67.3	Davis, Charles M.		Australian Buffalo Hunt	1953	Michigan Alumnus Quarterly Review, Vol. LIX
67.3	Dyer, A.R.		The Northern Territory	1962	Longmans Australian Geographies No. 15
67.3	Fairbridge, Rhodes W.		The Sahul Shelf, Northern Australia; Its Structure and Geological Relationships	1952	Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia vol. XXXVII
67.3	Laytha, Edgar		Australia's Baby Singapore	1942	The Saturday Evening Post. February 14
67.3	Rayner, J.M.		Examination of the Henbury Meteorite Craters by the Methods of Applied Geophysics	1939	Report of the Australian Association for the Advancement of Science, vol. XXIV
67.3	N/A		Water Buffaloes: Asset or Liability?	1969	Quarterly Survey, Australia and New Zealand Bank Ltd.
68	Andrews, E.C.		Beach Formations at Botany Bay	1912	Jrnl and Proceed of the Roy Soc of New S Wales v. XLVI
68	Andrews, E.C.		Geology of New South Wales: The Older Palaeozoic Sediments/The Carboniferous Period in New England	1914	New South Wales Handbook, British Assoc. for the Advancement of Science
68	Andrews, E.C.		Notes on a Model of New England and the Associated Topographical Forms	1912	Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales v. XLVI
68	Andrews, E.C.		Physical Geography of New South Wales: The New England Tableland/The Tertiary and Post-Tertiary History/The Western Plains/The Coastal Area	1914	New South Wales Handbook, British Assoc. for the Advancement of Science
68	Andrews, John		Pioneer Farming in the Hillston District, N.S.W. Its Character and Opportunities	1933	The Australian Geographer, Vol. II
68	Andrews, P.B.		A Contribution to the Stratigraphy and Physiography of the Gloucester District, N.S.W.	1949	Journal & Proceedings of the Royal Society Of New South Wales v. LXXXIII
68	Aurousseau, M.		Sydney, a New Interpretation	1924/1925	The Sydney Morning Herald, Dec 20, 27 Jan 3, 10, 17
68	Bhaskara Rao, V.	Narain, H.	Regional Magnetic Survey of the South Sydney Basin	1955	Jrnl & Proceed of the Roy Soc of New S Wales v. LXXXIX
68	Bird, E.C.F.	Dent, O.F.	Shore Platforms on the South Coast of New South Wales	1966	The Australian Geographer, volume X
68	Blakely, W.F.		Contributions to Our Knowledge of the Flora of New South Wales	1925	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. L
68	Brough, Patrick	McLuckie, John; Petrie, H.K.	An Ecological Study of the Flora of Mount Wilson. Part I. The Vegetation of the Basalt	1924	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. XLIX
68	Brown, Ida A.		A Garnet-Bearing Dyke Near Moruya, New South Wales	1929	Proceed of the Linnean Society of New S. Wales v. LIIV
68	Brown, Ida A.		Geology of the Milton District, N.S.W.	1925	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Vol. L part 4 no. 203
68	Brown, Ida A.		Notes on Hornblende and Bytownite from Hypersthen Gabbro, Black Buff near Broken Hill	1922	Journal and Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Vol. LVI
68	Brown, Ida A.		Some Tertiary Formations on the South Coast of New South Wales, with Special Reference to the Age and Origin of the So-called "Silica" Rocks	1926	Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales v. LIX
68	Browne, W.R.	Dulbunty, J.A; Maze, W.H.	Notes on the Geology, Physiography and Glaciology of the Kosciueko Area and the Country North of it	1944	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Vol. 69 Parts 5-6, Nos. 315-316
68	Browne, W.R.		Note on the Occurrence of Calcite in a Basalt from the Maitland District, N.S.W.	1922	Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales v. LVI
68	Browne, W.R.		Notes on some Evidences of Glaciation in the Kosciusko Region	1957	Proceed of Linnean Society of New S. Wales v. LXXXII
68	Cambage, R.H.		Exploration between the Wingecarribee, Shoalhaven Macquarie and Murrumbidgee Rivers	1921	Royal Australian Historical Society July 26th
68	Cambage, R.H.		Exploration Beyond the Upper Nepean in 1798	[1919]
68	Cambage, R.H.		Need for a Botanical and Soil Survey of New South Wales [Presidential Address]	1925	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. L
68	N/A		Canberra, Newspaper Clippings	1924-25	Sydney Morning Herald
68	Chapman, Frederick		Geological Notes on Neumerella and the Section from Bairnsdale to Orbost	1926	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, vol. XXXVIII
68	Chisholm, E.C.		The Comboyne Plateau. Its General Conformation and Flora	1925	Proceed of Linnean Society of New S. Wales v. L
68	Coggins, Robert		The Snowy Mountains Scheme	[1957]	Longmans Australian Geographies No. 1
68	Coleman, Arthur Prudden		Count Paul Edmund Strzelecki. The Story of the Discovery of Mount Kosciusko In Australia 1840-1940	1939	Polish-American News Exchange Co. Inc.
68	Collins, Marjorie I.		Studies in the Vegetation of Arid and Semi-Arid New South Wales Part I. The Plant Ecology of the Barrier District	1923	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. XLVIII
68	Collins, Marjorie I.		Studies in the Vegetation of Arid and Semi-Arid New South Wales Part II. The Botanical Features of the Grey Range and Its Neighbourhood		Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. XLIX
68	Cotton, Leo A.		The Kurrajong Earthquake of August 15, 1919	1921	Jrnl & Proceed of the Royl Soc of New South Wales v. LV
68	Cotton, Leo A.		Note on the Earthquakes at Murrumbateman during March and April 1924 and January to April 1925	1926	Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales v. LIX
68	Coulson, Arthur L.		The Geology of the Coimadai Area, Victoria with Special Reference to the Limeston Series	1924	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, vol. XXXVI
68	Craft, Frank A.		The Coastal Tablelands and Streams of New South Wales	1933	Proceed of Linnean Society of New S. Wales v. LVIII
68	Craft, Frank A.		Elementary Hydrography of South-Eastern Australia	1939	Proceed of Linnean Society of New S. Wales v. LXIV
68	Craft, Frank A.		The Regimes and Cyclical Volume Changes of the Upper Murray and Snowy Rivers, New South Wales	1934	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. LIX
68	Craft, Frank A.		The Relationship between Erosion and Hydrographic Changes in the Upper Murray Catchment, N.S.W.	1935	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. LX
68	Crespin, Irene		The Geology of Green Gully, Keilor, with Special Reference to the Fossiliferous Beds	1926	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, vol. XXXVIII New Series, July
68	Dun, W.S.		Presidential Address	1919	Jrnl & Proceed of the Roy Soc of New S Wales v. LIII
68	Ellis, Ulrich		Rediscovery of a Lost Province	1948
68	Hall, Lesley D.		The Physiographic and Climatic Factors Controlling the Flooding of the Hawkesbury River at Windsor	1927	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. LII No. 211 Part 2
68	Hall, Lesley D.		The Physiography and Geography of the Hawkesbury River between Windsor and Wiseman's Ferry	1926	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. LI
68	Hanlon, F.N.		The Bauxites of New South Wales. Their Distribution, Composition, and Probable Origin	1944	Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales v. LXXVIII
68	Holmes, J. Macdonald		The "New States" Idea and its Geographic Background	1933
68	Jackson, E.M. comp.		The Murray Valley Reference Handbook	1955
68	Jardine, F.		The Development and Significance of Benches in the Littoral of Eastern Australia	rec 1925	Transactions of the Royal Geographical Society Of South Australasia, Queensland
68	Jensen, H.I.		The Geology of the Warrumbungle Mountains	1907	Proceedings of the Linnean Soc of New S Wales v. XXXII
68	Jensen, H.I.		Preliminary Note on the Geological History of the Warrumbungle Mountains	1906	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Part 2 May 30th
68	Joplin, Germaine A.		The Geology of the Albury District	1944	Proceedings of the Linnean Soc of New S Wales v. LXIX
68	N/A		Kosciusko State Park, New South Wales	rec 1965	The N.S.W. Government Tourist Bureau
68	Linge, G.J.R.		Canberra	1963	Longmans Australian Geographies, No. 19
68	Maze, W.H.		Land Utilization in the Lower Hunter Valley, New South Wales, Australia	1934	The Australian Geographer, Vol. II
68	McCarthy, Frederick D.		The Australian Museum. New South Wales Aboriginal Place Names and Euphonious Words, with their Meanings	1952
68	McLuckie, John	Petrie, H.K.	An Ecological Study of the Flora of Mount Wilson. Part II. The Vegetation of the Valleys	1926	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. LI
68	McLuckie, John		An Ecological Study of the Flora of Mount Wilson. Part IV. Habitat Factors and Plant Response	1927	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. LII, Part 2, No. 211
68	McLuckie, John	Petrie, H.K.	The Vegetation of the Kosciusko Plateau. Part I. The Plant Communities	1927	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales
68	N/A		New South Wales: Key State of Australia-For Industry and Development	1960	The New York Times, January 24th
68	N/A		New South Wales. Its Resources and Development	1950	The National Bank, Melbourne, April
68	Osborn, T.G.B.	Robertson, R.N.	A Reconnaissance Survey of the Vegetation of the Myall Lakes	1939	Proceedings of Linnean Society of New S Wales v. LXIV
68	Osborne, G.D.		The Geology and Petrography of the Clarencetown-Paterson District Part I	1922	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. XLVII
68	Osborne, G.D.		The Geology and Petrography of the Clarencetown-Paterson District Part II Tectonic Geology and Physiography	1922	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. XLVII
68	Osborne, G.D.		The Geology of the Country between Lamb's Valley and the Paterson River	1927	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. LII
68	Osborne, G.D.	Browne, W.R.	Note on a Glacially-Striated Pavement in the Kuttung Series of the Maitland District	1921	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. XLVI Part 2
68	Osborne, G.D.		Stratigraphical and Structural Geology of the Carboniferous Rocks in the Mt. Mirannie and Mt. Dyrring Districts, near Singleton, N.S.W.	1926	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. LI
68	Osborne, G.D.		The Volcanic Neck at the Basin, Nepean River	1920
68	Parson, J. Langdon	Holtze, Maurice W.	The Northern Territory of South Australia. A Brief Historical Account: Pastoral and Mineral Resources. The Capabilities of the Northern Territory for Tropical Agriculture	1901	Papers Read Before the Royal Geographical Society of Australasia, South Australian Branch
68	Platz, Ernest		New Australians. An Occupational Analysis of Jewish Migrants in Victoria	1948	Jewish Council to Combat Facism and Anti-Semitism
68	Quayle, E.T.		The Increasing Run-Off from the Avoca River Basin (due apparently to deforestation)	1923	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, vol. XXXV part 2
68	Quayle, E.T.		The Increasing Run-Off from the Avoca River Basin (due apparently to deforestation)	1923	Reprint from Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, vol. XXXV
68	Rade, J.		Geology and Subsurface Waters of the Moree District, New South Wales	1953	Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales vol. LXXXVII
68	Ragatt, H.G.		Calcareous Concretions in the Upper Marine Series, Singleton District, New South Wales	1929	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. LIV Part 3
68	Reiner, Ernst		Canberra	1961	Geographische Rundschau, 13 Jahrgang
68	N/A		A Review of Three Monographs	1960	The Jrnl of Hunter Valley Research Foundation v. IV
68	Rose, A. James		Canberra, 1959	1959	Current Affairs Bulletin, vol. 24
68	Rose, A. James		The Snowy--An Appraisal	1963	Current Affairs Bulletin, vol. 31
68	Roughley, T.C.		An Investigation of the Cause of an Oyster Mortality on the George's River, New South Wales 1924-1925	1926	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales vol. LI Part 4 No. 208
68	N/A		Snowy Mountains Authority. Notes on the Economic Benefits of the Snowy Mountains Scheme	1963
68	N/A		Snowy Mountains Scheme. History of the Scheme. Irrigation Aspects. Electricity Generation.	1963	Snowy Mountains Authority, October
68	N/A		Snowy Mountains Scheme, Information Wallet	rec 1964	Snowy Mountains Authority
68	N/A		Soil Conservation on the Snowy Mountains Scheme	rec 1964	Snowy Mountains Authority (Pamphlet)
68	N/A		Soil Conservation on the Snowy Mountains Scheme	1964	Snowy Mountains Authority (Magazine?)
68	N/A		Souvenir Commemorating the Commencement of Work by the Snowy Mountains Hydro-Electric Authority	1949
68	Sussmilch, C.A.		The Geology of the Gloucester District of New South Wales with Rock Analyses by W.G. Stone	1921	Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales vol. LV
68	Sussmilch, C.A.		Notes on the Physiography of the Southern Tableland of New South Wales	1909	Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales vol. XLIII
68	Sussmilch, C.A.	David, T.W. Edgeworth	Sequence, Glaciation and Correlation of the Carboniferous Rocks of the Hunter River District New South Wales	1919	Royal Society of New South Wales, December
68	N/A		Sydney's Need, being the First Brochure of the Sydney Regional Plan Conference	1922
68	N/A		Sydney's Need, being the Second Brochure of the Sydney Regional Plan Convention	1924
68	Taylor, Griffith	Jardine, F.	Kamilaroi and White. A Study of Racial Mixture in New South Wales	1925	Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales vol. LVIII
68	Taylor, Griffith	Browne, W.R.; Jardine, F.	The Kosciusko Plateau. A Topographic Reconnaissance	1926	Jrnl & Proceed of the Roy Soc of New S Wales vol. LIX
68	Taylor, Griffith		The Warped Littoral Around Sydney	1923	Jrnl & Proceed of the Roy Soc of New S Wales vol. LVII
68	Taylor, Griffith		The Warped Littoral Around Sydney (reprint)	1923	Jrnl & Proceed of the Roy Soc of New S Wales vol. LVII
68	Thorpe, Ellis		The New England Plateau	1956	Longmans Australian Geographies No. 4
68	Trickett, O.		Guide to the Wombeyan Caves, New South Wales	1906	Geological Survey N.S.W.
68	Trickett, O.		Guide to Yarrangobilly Caves, New South Wales	[1909?]	Geological Survey of New South Wales
68	Tweedie, Alan		The Hunter Valley	1956	Longmans Australian Geographies No. 2
68	van Cleef, Eugene		Climatic Influences in the Economic Development of Australia	1910	Bull. Of the Geographical Society of Philadelphia v. VIII
68	Voisey, A.H.		The Tertiary Land Surface in Southern New England	1942	Jrnl & Proceed of the Roy Soc of New S Wales v. LXXVI
68	Watson, John Reay		Building a Model City: Canberra, the New Australian Capital	1927	Atlantic Monthly, April
68	Williams, D.B.	Parish, Ross; Bollen, A.G.	Attitudes and Expectations of Wheatgrowers in New South Wales	1953	Review of Marketing and Agricultural Economics, vol. 21
68.1	Alonso, Patricia A.G.		Map Collections in Public Libraries: Starting, Building, Maintaining Them	1973	Library Council of Victoria. Public Libraries Division. Technical Bulletin. January
68.1	Baldwin, J.G.		A Soil Survey of the Shire of Whittlesea, Victoria	1950	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria vol. 62
68.1	Bird, E.C.F.		Shore Potholes at Diamond Bay, Victoria	1970	Victorian Naturalist, vol. 87 no. 11, November
68.1	Bird, E.C.F.		Physiographic Changes on Sandy Shorelines in Victoria within the Past Century	1973
68.1	Bird, E.C.F.		Mapping the Tidal Watershed in Westernpoint Bay	rec 1975
68.1	Bird, E.C.F.		Pitted Rocks at Jubilee Point Victoria	1974
68.1	Bird, E.C.F.		The River Deltas of the Gippsland Lakes	1962	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria vol. 75
68.1	Bird, E.C.F.		Reed Growth in the Gippsland Lakes	1961	Victorian Naturalist, vol. 77
68.1	Bird, E.C.F.		The Physiography of the Gippsland Lakes, Australia	1963
68.1	Bird, E.C.F.		Our Changing Coastline	1972	Victoria's Resources September-November
68.1	Bird, E.C.F.		Mangroves as Land Builders	1971	Victorian Naturalist, vol. 88 No. 7, July
68.1	Bird, E.C.F.		Landform Changes at Lake Entrance	1961	Victorian Naturalist, vol. 78
68.1	Bird, E.C.F.		The Evolution of Sandy Barrier Formations on the East Gippsland Coast	1965	Royal Society of Victoria, vol. 79
68.1	Bird, E.C.F.		The Coastal Barriers of East Gippsland, Australia	1961	The Geographical Journal, Vol. CXXVII
68.1	Capra, Giuseppe		La Vittoria, il Giardino Australe	1913
68.1	Carr, Stella G.M.		Pleistocene Glaciation in the Victorian Alps	1955	Proceedings of the Linnean Soc of New S Wales v. LXXX
68.1	Edwards, A.B.		The Geology of Phillip Island	1945	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria vol. LVII
68.1	Harris, Wm. J.	Thomas, D.E.	Geology of the Meredith Area	1949	Mining and Geological Journal, vol. 3
68.1	N/A		Hazelwood Power Station	1967	State Electricity Commission of Victoria, July
68.1	Love, E.F.J.		Acceleration of Gravity at the Melbourne Observatory: Supplementary Note	1923	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria vol. XXXVI
68.1	N/A		Morwell. Power and Fuel Development	1965	State Electricity Commission of Victoria, May
68.1	N/A		The Port of Geelong	rec 1947	The Geelong Harbor Trust
68.1	Powell, J.M.		Western Victoria	1967	Longmans Australian Geographies No. 27
68.1	Skeats, Ernest W.		Outline of the Physiography and Geology of Victoria	1935
68.1	Skeats, Ernest W.		The Evidence of Post-Lower Carboniferous Plutonic and Hypabyssa: into the Grampian Sanstones of Western Victoria	1923	Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria vol. XXXVI New Series, Part I
68.1	N/A		Statement Prepared by the Forests Commission of Victoria, Australia	1920	British Empire Forestry Conference, London
68.1	Teichert, Curt		Middle Devonian Goniatites from the Buchan District, Victoria	1948	Journal of Paleontology, vol. 22
68.1	Thomas, D.E.		The Geological Structure of Victoria	1959	Jrnl & Proceed of the Roy Soc of New S Wales v. XCII
68.1	N/A		Victoria. Its Resources and Development	1950	The National Bank, April
68.1	Wilson, M.G.A.		Port Phillip Bay	1965	Longmans Australian Geographies No. 24
68.1	Wong, K.Y.		Correlation Analysis of Criteria for the measurement or Manufacturing in Melbourne	1968	The Australian Geographer, vol. X no. 5
69	N/A		Asian Pacific Quarterly of Cultural and Social Affairs.	1971	Winter edition
69	N/A		Pocket Guide to Rotura	rec 1923	AARD
69	Adkin, C. Leslie		The Tararua Range as a Unit of the Geological Structure of New Zealand	1947	The New Zealand Science Congress
69	Adkin, C. Leslie		Late Pleistocene and Recent Faulting in the Otaki-Porirua and Dalefield-Waipoua Districts of South Wellington, North Island, New Zealand	1954	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand, vol. 81
69	Ambach, W.		The Formation of Crevasses in Relation to the Measured Distribution of Strain-Rates and Stresses	1968	Arch. Met. Geoph. Biokl. Ser. A
69	Anderson, Johannes C.		An Introduction to Maori Music	1923	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute vol. 54
69	Anderson, Johannes C.		Maori Fairy Tales	rec 1937	New Zealand Booklet Series No. 8
69	Anderson, Johannes C.		Maori Music	1924	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute vol. 55
69	Anderson, Johannes C.		Maori String Games [First] Second, Third, and Fourth Series	1920/21 24/26	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology
69	Anderson, Johannes C.		The Mission of the "Britomart" at Akaroa, in August, 1840	1920	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute Vol. LIII
69	Anderson, Johannes C.		New Zealand and other Bird-song: Further Notes	1923	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute Vol. 54
69	Anderson, Johannes C.		One Hundred Representative New Zealand Books	1925	Alexander Turnbull Library. Bulletin No. 1
69	Bartrum, J.A.		"Abnormal" Shore Platforms	1926	The Journal of Geology, vol. XXXIV
69	Bartrum, J.A.		An Account of the Stratigraphy of the Riverhead-Kaukapakapa District, Waitemata County. A Summary of the Characters of the Igneous Rocks of the Whangarei and Bay of Islands District	rec 1924
69	Bartrum, J.A.		Bones of the Moa in Volcanic Beds at Auckland	1924	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology vol. VII
69	Bartrum, J.A.		Concretions in the Recent Sediments of the Auckland Harbour, New Zealand	1916	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute Vol. XLIX
69	Bartrum, J.A.		The Geological History of the Westport-Charleston High-Level Terraces	1913	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute Vol. XLVI
69	Bartrum, J.A.		High-Water Rock-Platforms: A Phrase of Shore-Line Erosion	1915	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute Vol. XLVIII
69	Bartrum, J.A.		An Interesting Lava-Mould of a Carbonised Tree-Trunk from Hokianga, North Auckland, New Zealand	1925	Monthly Bulletin of the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory, Vol. XIII
69	Bartrum, J.A.		Lava Slickensides at Auckland	1928	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, Vol. X
69	Bartrum, J.A.		Pillow-Lavas, Periodites and Associated Rocks of Northernmost New Zealand	1928	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute Vol. 59
69	Bartrum, J.A.		The Shore-Platform of the West Coast near Auckland: Its Storm-Wave Origin	1923	Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science, vol. 16
69	Bartrum, J.A.		The Western Coast of the Firth of Thames	1926	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. 57
69	Bartrum, J.A.		White Island Volcano	1926	New Zealand Journal of Science & Technology v. VIII
69	Batham, E.J.		Ecology of Southern New Zealand Sheltered Rocky Shore	1956	Transactions of Royal Society of New Zealand, vol. 84
69	Bell, James Mackintosh		A Geographical Report on the Franz Josef Glacier	1910	New Zealand Geological Survey
69	Bell, J.M.	Clarke, E. de C.	A Geological Reconnaissance of Northernmost New Zealand	1909	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute Vol. XLII
69	Bell, J.M.		The Physiography of Wellington Harbour	1909	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute Vol. XLII
69	Belshaw, H.		Immigration: Problems and Policies	1952	New Zealand Financial Times
69	Belshaw, H.		Land Tenure and the Problem of Tenurial Reform in New Zealand	1949	New Zealand Institute of International Affairs
69	Best, Elsdon		Did Polynesian Voyagers Know the Double Outrigger? Notes on the Management of Canoes at Sea by Maori Navigators of Bygone Centuries	rec 1924	Journal of the Polynesian Society, vol. XXXII No. 4
69	Best, Elsdon		Social Usages of the Maori	1918
69	Bledisloe, Lord		Grassland. The Main Source of the Nation's True Wealth	1934
69	Botts, Adelbert K.		Some Problems in New Zealand's Political Geography	1941	The Scientific Monthly Vol. LIII
69	Brothers, R.N.		The Volcanic Domes at Mayor Island, New Zealand	1957	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand, v. 84
69	Brothers, R.N.		The Relative Pleistocene Chronology of the South Kaipara District, New Zealand	1954	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand, v. 82
69	Bruun, Anton Fr.		Submarine Geology of Milford Sound, New Zealand	1955	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, v. 36
69	Buick, T. Lindsay		Wellington. The Capital of New Zealand	rec 1936	Wellington City Coucil
69	Clapp, Frederick G.		Oil and Gas Prospects of New Zealand	1926	Bull. of the Am. Assoc. of Petroleum Geologists, v. 10
69	Clark, Andrew H.		South Island, New Zealand, and Prince Edward Island, Canada: A Study of "Insularity"	1947	The New Zealand Geographer, vol. 3
69	N/A		Census of 1945	1945	Monthly Abstract of Statistics, 30th April
69	N/A		Christchurch, New Zealand. Industry's Future in the Garden City	n.d.	The Canterbury Manufacturers' Association
69	Collins, B.W.		Fluctuations of Ground-Water Levels in New Zealand and their Significance	rec 1956	Association Internationale d'Hydrologie, Publication no. 37
69	Collins, B.W.		The Occurrence and Utilization of Ground Water in New Zealand	rec 1956	Association Internationale d'Hydrologie, Pub. no. 37
69	Collins, B.W.		Underground Water Supplies for Irrigation	1956	Proceedings, Lincoln College Farmers' Conference
69	Cropp, W.H.	Henderson, J.; Grange L.I.	The Genisis of the Puhipuhi Cinnabar Deposits: A Working Hypothesis/Notes to Accompany a Geological Sketchmap of the Marakopa District	1922	The New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, vol. V
69	Cotton, C.A.		Accidents and Interruptions in the Cycle of Marine Erosion	1951	The Geographical Journal, vol. CXVII
69	Cotton, C.A.		The Alpine Fault of the South Island of New Zealand from the Air	1947	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand v. 76
69	Cotton, C.A.		Axes of Active Warping in the New Zealand Seismic Regions	1950	Geological Magazine, vol. LXXXVII
69	Cotton, C.A.		Block Mountains and a "Fossil" Denudation Plain in Northern Nelson	1915	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute v. XLVIII
69	Cotton, C.A.		Block Mountains in New Zealand	1917	The American Journal of Science, vol. XLIV
69	Cotton, C.A.		Coastal History of Southern Westland and Northern Fiordland	1956	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand v. 83
69	Cotton, C.A.		Dissection and Redissection of the Wellington Landscape	1958	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand v. 85
69	Cotton, C.A.		Fault Valleys and Shutter Ridges at Wellington	1951	New Zealand Geographer, vol. VII
69	Cotton, C.A.		Fine-Textured Erosional Relief in New Zealand	1958	Zeitschrift fur Geomorphologie Band 2
69	Cotton, C.A.		For How Long will Wellington Escape Destruction by Earthquake?	1921	The New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, vol. III
69	Cotton, C.A.	Te Punga, M.T.	Fossil Gullies in the Welligton Landscape	1955	New Zealand Geographer, vol. II
69	Cotton, C.A.		The Fossil Plains of North Otago	1916	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. XLIX
69	Cotton, C.A.		Geomechanics of New Zealand Mountain Building	1956	The New Zealand Journal of Science & Technology v. 38
69	Cotton, C.A.		Geomorphic Contrasts in Central New Zealand	1957
69	Cotton, C.A.		Geomorphic Evidence and Major Structures Associated with Transcurrent Faults in New Zealand	1957	Revue de Geographie Physique et de Geologie Dynamique, vol. 1
69	Cotton, C.A.		Geomorphic Provinces in New Zealand	1945	New Zealand Geographer, vol. I
69	Cotton, C.A.		The Geomorphology of South-Western Wellington	1917	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. L
69	Cotton, C.A.		Hawke Bay Coastal Types	1956	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. 83
69	Cotton, C.A.		Lateral Planation in New Zealand	1939	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. XX
69	Cotton, C.A.		Moraines and Outwash of the Tasman Glacier	1941	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand v. 71
69	Cotton, C.A.		Notes on Wellington Physiography	1911	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. XLIV
69	Cotton, C.A.		Notocenozoic: The New Zealand Cretaceo-Tertiary	1954	Sixth Hudson Lecture. New Zealand Science Review
69	Cotton, C.A.		On the Relations of the Great Marlborough Conglomerate to the Underlying Formations in the Middle Clarence Valley, New Zealand	1914	The Journal of Geology, vol. XXII
69	Cotton, C.A.		The Physiography of the Middle Clarence Valley, New Zealand	1913	The Geographical Journal, September
69	Cotton, C.A.		Pleistocene Shorelines on the Compound Coast of Otago	1957	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. 38
69	Cotton, C.A.		Post-Hokonui Orogeny, Erosion and Planation	1951	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. 33
69	Cotton, C.A.		Preliminary Note on the Uplifted East Coast of Marlborough	1913	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. XLVI
69	Cotton, C.A.		Problems Presented by the Notocene Beds of Central Otago	1919	The New Zealand Journal of Science & Technology v. II
69	Cotton, C.A.		Recent and Sub-Recent Movements of Uplift and of Susidence near Wellington, New Zealand	1912	The Scottish Geographical Magazine, Vol. XXVIII
69	Cotton, C.A.		Review of the Notocenozoic, or Cretaceo-Tertiary of New Zealand	1955	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand v. 82
69	Cotton, C.A.		River Terraces in New Zealand	1918	The New Zealand Journal of Science & Technology May
69	Cotton, C.A.		Seacliffs of Banks Peninsula and Wellington: Some Criteria for Coastal Classification (Part 1)	1951	New Zealand Geographer, vol. VII
69	Cotton, C.A.		Some Peneplantations in Otago, Canterbury, and the North Island of New Zealand	1938	The New Zealand Journal of Science & Technology v. XX
69	Cotton, C.A.		Skeleton Islands of New Zealand and Elsewhere	1969	Earth Science Journal, vol. 3 no. 2
69	Cotton, C.A.	Te Punga, M.T.	Solifluxion and Periglacially Modified Landforms at Wellington, New Zealand	1955	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand v. 82
69	Cotton, C.A.		The Structure and Later Geological History of New Zealand	1916	Geographical Magazine, vol. III
69	Cotton, C.A.		Submergence in the Lower Wairfu Valley	1954	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. 35
69	Cotton, C.A.		Tectonic Features in a Coastal Setting at Wellington	1957	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand v. 84
69	Cotton, C.A.		Tectonic Relief: With Illustrations from New Zealand	1951	The Geographical Journal, vol. CXIX
69	Cotton, C.A.		Tectonic Scarps and Fault Valleys	1949	Compte Rendu du XVIe Congres International de Geographie, Lisbonne
69	Cotton, C.A.		Tectonic Scarps and Fault Valleys	1950	Bull. Of the Geological Society of America v. 61
69	Cotton, C.A.		The Tuamarina Valley: A Note on the Quaternary History of the Marlborough Sounds District	1912	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. XLV
69	Cotton, C.A.		The Warped Land-Surface on the South-Eastern Side of the Port Nicholson Depression, Wellington, N.Z.	1921	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. LIII
69	Cotton, C.A.		The Wellington Coast: An Essay in Coastal Classification	1952	New Zealand Geographer, vol. 8
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Agriculture	1967	New Zealand Topical Geographies 2a parts 1 & 2
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		The Agricultural Regions of New Zealand	1948	The Geographical Journal, vol. CXII
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Climate and Weather	1967	New Zealand Topical Geographies 3b
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Climatic Change or Cultural Interference? New Zealand in Moahunter Times	rec 1962	Land and Livelihood
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Contemporary Population	1966	New Zealand Topical Geographies 1d
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		The Moahunter	1965	New Zealand Topical Geographies 1a
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		The Maori	1965	New Zealand Topical Geographies 1b
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		The European to 1938	1967	New Zealand Topical Geographies 1c
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Settlement Towns and Cities	1969	New Zealand Topical Geographies 1e
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Social and Political Affairs	1966	New Zealand Topical Geographies 1f
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Mining, Fishing, and Forestry	1967	New Zealand Topical Geographies 2b
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Power	1968	New Zealand Topical Geographies 2c
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Industry	1968	New Zealand Topical Geographies 2d
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Transport	1967	New Zealand Topical Geographies 2e
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Trade and External Affairs	1968	New Zealand Topical Geographies 2f
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Structure, Lithology and Landforms	1967	New Zealand Topical Geographies 3a
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Soils	1967	New Zealand Topical Geographies 3c
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Vegetation	1967	New Zealand Topical Geographies 3d
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.	Polaschek, R.J. (Editor)	Planning for Urban Growth in Local Government	1956	Local Government in New Zealand
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Planning for Urban Growth in Local Government	[1956]	Local Government in New Zealand
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.	Pownall, L.L.	The Northland-Coromandel Region	1950	Post-Primary School Bulletin, vol. 4 no. 4
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		New Zealand after Twenty Years: A Geographer's View	1959	The Geographical Journal, vol. 125
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		New Zealand's Prospects in a Changing World	1963	Address to New Zealand Institute of Management, 18th September. (2 copies)
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		New Zealand and the Post-War World	1944	Agenda, vol. 3 No. 1
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		The Nature of Regional Geography. Geographic Regions of New Zealand	1950	Post-Primary School Bulletin, vol. 4 no. 8
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.	Hargreaves, R.P.	Middle Island Ascendant: New Zealand in 1881	1956	New Zealand Geographer, vol. 12 no. 1
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Man in Nature in New Zealand	1961	New Zealand Geographer vol. XVII No. 2
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Landforms in New Zealand, 1960	1960	The New Zealand Junior Encyclopedia vol. I
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		The Future of Northland	1965	Northland Farmers Conference, Whangerei
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Geography and Society	1964	Address to New Zealand Geog Society 14th April
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		High-Country "Run" The Geography of Extensive Pastoralism in New Zealand	rec 1945	Economic Geography
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		"Jimmy Grants" and Mihaneres": New Zealand about 1853	1954	Economic Geography vol. 30
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		The Land and the Future: A Review and Argument	rec 1948
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		A Land Despoiled: New Zealand About 1838	1950	New Zealand Geographer vol. 6
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		The Fiordland--Steward Island Region	1953	Geographic Regions of New Zealand, vol. 7
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		The Farming Future	1969	National Conference of Federated Farmers, Wellington
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		The Farmer and the New Zealand Economy	1968	Waipukurau Farmer's Conference
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Facing the Future: The New Zealand Economy	1963	Address to the Ruakura Farmers Conference, June
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Some Implications of Expanding Agricultural Production in New Zealand	1965	New Zealand Fertiliser Conference
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		Whitcombe's New Zealand in Outline: A Pictorial Geography	1949	Whitcombe and Tombs Ltd.
69	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		New Zealand: Problems and Prospects	1966	An Address delivered in Christchurch and Rotorua
69	Drummond, Jas.		In Maoriland. Old Times in a New Country	rec 1937	New Zealand Booklet Series No. 3
69	N/A		Facts about New Zealand	[1906]	New Zealand Govt. Dept. of Tourist and Health Resorts
69	Farrell, Bryan H.		Ahuriri Lagoon, New Zealand. A Study of Landscape Change and Reclamation	1952	Economic Geography, vol. 28
69	Farrell, Bryan H.		The Geography of Power Resources in the Waikato Region	1926	New Zealand Geographer, vol. 12 no. 2
69	Farrell, Bryan H.		Industrial New Zealand	1957	Current Affairs Bulletin, vol. 21
69	Farrell, Bryan H.		The Thames District	1954	New Zealand Geographer vol. 10 no. 1
69	Fawcett, E.J.		Hill Country Sheep-Farming in the North Island: An Economic Study of the East Coast Farm	1930	The New Zealand Journal of Agriculture, vol. XL No.1
69	Ferrar, H.T.		Classification of New Zealand Soils	1928	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. X
69	Ferrar, H.T.	Grange, L.I.	Geological Reconnaissance in the Murchison Earthquake Area	1929	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. XI
69	Ferrar, H.T.		On the Geological Survey of the Whangarei and Bay of Islands Subdivision	1921-22	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. IV
69	Ferrar, H.T.		Pleistocene Glaciation of Central Otago	1928	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. 59
69	Ferrar, H.T.		Soil-Survey of New Zealand	1926	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. 57
69	Ferrar, H.T.		Soundings in the Seas around New Zealand	1925	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. VII
69	N/A		A Field Lesson at Werribee Gorge, Bachus Marsh	1906	Education Gazette and Teachers' Aid 21st May
69	Firth, C.W.		The Geology of the Northwest Portion of Manukau Country, Auckland	1930	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. 61
69	Fleming, C.A.		Darwinism in New Zealand: Some Examples, Influences and Developments	1958	Hudson Lecture for 1958, Proceedings of the Royal Society of New Zealand, vol. 86
69	Fleming, C.A.		The Geology of the Mokohinau Islands, North Auckland. Part I: General Geology	1950	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand vol. 78
69	Fleming, C.A.		The Geological History of New Zealand	1949	Tuatara, Vol. II
69	Fleming, C.A.		Quaternary Geochronology in New Zealand	1953	Actes du IV Congres International du Quaternaire Rome
69	Fleming, C.A.		Trans-Tasman Relationships in Natural History	1957	Science in New Zealand
69	Gage, Maxwell	Suggate, R.P.	Glacial Chronology of the New Zealand Pleistocene	1958	Bulletin of the Geological Society of America vol. 69
69	Garnier, B.J.		The New Zealand Geographical Society: Its Progress and Purpose	1947	3rd Annual Meeting of the Society, Christchurch June 11
69	Garnier, B.J.		The Climates of New Zealand: According to Thornthwaites Classification	1946	Annals of the Association of American Geographers, Vol. XXXVI
69	Garnier, B.J.		The Application of the Concept of Potential Evaporation to Moisture Problems in New Zealand	1951	New Zealand Geographer, vol. VII
69	Garnier, B.J.		Thornthwaite's New System of Climate Classification in its Application to New Zealand	1951	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand v. 79
69	Garside, L.D.		The Westgate Story	rec 1964	Soil Conservation Authority
69	Gibbs, H.S.		Tunnel-gulley Erosion on the Wither Hills, Marlborough	1945	Soil Survey Division Publication no. 12 New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology vol. 27
69	Gleming, C.A.	Hutton, C.O.	Notes on the Geology of Kapiti Island, Cook Strait, N.Z.	1949	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand, v. 77
69	Goldthwait, Richard P.	McKellar, Ian C.	New Zealand Glaciology	1962	Antartic Research, Geophysical Monograph No. 7
69	Grange, L.I.		A Basic Scheme for Land Classification	1944	Soil Survey Division Publication no. 9 New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology vol. 26
69	Grange, L.I.		Farming in New Zealand	1945	New Zealand Journal of Agriculture, April
69	Grange, L.I.		Rhyslite Sheet Flows of the North Island, New Zealand	1934	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, v. XVI
69	Grant-Taylor, T.L.		Geology of Egmont National Park	rec 1965	Extract from Egmont National Park Handbook
69	Grant-Taylor, T.L.		Geology of the Hutt Valley	1959	Proceedings of the New Zealand Ecological Society v. 6
69	Grant-Taylor, T.L.		New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology	1957	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, vol. 38
69	Grindley, G.W.	Williams, G.J.	15 Geothermal Waters	rec 1965	Economic Geology of New Zealand, vol. 4
69	Abel, D.B.		Offprints from Proceedings Seventh Geography Conference	1972	New Zealand Geographical Society (Inc.) Hamilton
69	Hargreaves, R.P.		Maps in New Zealand Provincial Council Papers	1964	University of Otago Press, Dunedin
69	Harrington, H.J.		The Geology of Naseby District, Central Otago	1955	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology vol. 36
69	Harris, Otto		Sheep in New Zealand	1928	Bull. Of the Geog. Society of Philadelphia vol. XXVI
69	Harris, Otto		Dairying in New Zealand	1928	Bull. Of the Geog. Society of Philadelphia vol. XXVI
69	Hayes, R.C.		Wave Periods in New Zealand Local Earthquakes	1950	Seismological Bull. No. S 95 New Zealand Engineering, 5
69	Hayes, R.C.		Earthquake Origins in New Zealand During the Year 1949	1950	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, vol. 31 no. 4 (2 copies)
69	Hayes, R.C.		Earthquakes in New Zealand During the Year 1948	1949	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, vol. 31
69	Hayes, R.C.		Earthquakes in New Zealand During the Year 1947	1948	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, vol. 30
69	Healy, J.		Structure and Volcanism in the Taupo Volcanic Zone, New Zealand	1962	Crust of the Pacific Basin, Geophysical Monograph No. 6
69	Healy, J.		The Present State of Volcanicity of New Zealand	1947	New Zealand Science Congress
69	Healy, J.		Geology of the Rotorua District	1963	Proceedings of the New Zealand Ecological Society #10
69	Healy, J.		The Geology of the Coastal Strip from Big Bay to Professor Creek, Northwest Otago	1938	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, vol. XX
69	Healy, J.		The Age and Distribution of the Coal Measures in North Auckland	1947	The New Zealand Science Congress
69	Heenan, Brian		The Population of Dunedin	1965	New Zealand Geographer vol. 21
69	Heine, A.J.		Mount Ruapehu Ice and Snow Photo Survey	1963	New Zealand Journal of Geology and Geophysics vol. 6
69	Henderson, J.		Reefton Coalfield. Notes to Accompany a Geological Map of the Cheviot District	1921	The New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology vol. IV
69	Henderson, J.		Notes to Accompany a Geological Sketch-map of the Mount Arthur District	1923	The New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology vol. VI
69	Henderson, J.		Notes on the Geology of the Waikato Valley near Maungatautari	1918	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, Jan.
69	Henderson, J.		Notes on the Geology and Mineral Occurrences of the Wakamarina Valley	1918	The New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, January
69	Henderson, J.		Notes on the Geology of the Cheviot District Marble in Riwaka-Takaka District	1918	The New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology May
69	Henderson, J.		Notes on the Geology of the Murchison District	1918	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, March
69	Henderson, J.	Bartrum, J.A.	Mokau Subdivision; the Taranaki Coalfield/Coal Prospects at Waiwera, Auckland	1919	The New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology vol. II
69	Henderson, J.		The Geology of the Te Kuiti District, with Special Reference to Coal Prospects	1918	The New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, March
69	Henderson, J.		Geological Features Disclosed by Excavations at the Proposed Dam Site at Arapuni, Waikato River	1920	The New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, vol. III
69	Henderson, J.		The Copper Resources of New Zealand	1939	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, vol. XX
69	Henderson, J.		Chrysotile Asbestos in the Upper Takaka District/Notes on the Geology of the Nevis Valley, Otago	1923	The New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, vol. VI
69	Henderson, J.		Te Aroha Thermal Water	1938	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, v. XXIX
69	Hewitt, L.R.	Davidson, M.M.	Mount Cook Alpine Regions/The Southern Alps (Part II)	[1953]	New Zealand Holiday Guides No. 8
69	Hilgendorf, F.W.		The Influence of the Earth's Rotation on the Course of the Rivers on the Canterbury Plains	1906	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. XXXIX
69	Holmes, J. Macdonald		Geographical Factors in the Foundation of New Zealand's Wealth	rec 1934	The Australian Geographer, vol. II No. 3
69	Holloway, John T.		Forests and Climates in the South Island of New Zealand	1954	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand v. 82
69	Hooker, Brian		New Light on the Mapping and Naming of New Zealand	1972	New Zealand Journal of History v. 6 No. 2 U of Auckland
69	N/A		Immigration into New Zealand. Report of a Study Group.	1950	The New Zealand Institute of International Affairs
69	Ishida, Hiroshi		Contemporary Maori Agriculture	1967	The Hiroshima University Studies, vol. 27
69	Jobberns, George		Of Many Things	1959	New Zealand Geographer, vol. XV
69	Johnson, R.W.M.		A Regional Analysis of Future Sheep Production in New Zealand	1970	Agricultural Economics Research Unit Lincoln College
69	Jones, W.M.		Geomagnetic Latitudes and Regional Anomalies in New Zealand and the South Pacific	1948	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology vol. 30
69	Kear, David		Erosional Stages of Volcanic Cones as Indications of Age	1957	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology vol. 38
69	Kear, David		Coastal Sand Deposits--North-Western North Island	1964	New Zealand Journal of Forestry, 9
69	Kellum, Lewis B.		A Michigan Traveler views New Zealand	1942	Quarterly Review Michigan Alumnus v. 48 # 24 July 25
69	Kingma, J.T.		The Tectonic History of New Zealand	1959	New Zealand Journal of Geology and Geophysics vol. 2
69	Kingma, J.T.		The Geological Structure and Tectonic History of New Zealand	1959	The New Zealand Science Review vol. 17
69	Kingma, J.T.		Geology of the Wakarara Range, Central Hawkes Bay	1958	New Zealand Journal of Geology and Geophysics vol. 1
69	King, L.C.		The Relation between the Major Islands of New Zealand (with a Bibliography)	1939	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand vol. 68
69	King, L.C.		Late Pliocene and Pleistocene Tectonic Movements in the Central Region of New Zealand	1939	Proceedings of the Sixth Pacific Science Congress
69	Laird, M.G.		Morphology of New Zealand Limestone Caves	1963	"Helictite" Journal of Australasian Cave Research v. I
69	Lawson, Will.		Mount Egmont and the Gardens of Taranaki	1919
69	Lawson, Will.		Mount Cook and the Grand Motor Tour	1919
69	Lawson, Will.		Marlborough the Golden. A Land of Beauty and Opportunity	1928
69	Lehner, E.		19 Oil and Gas	rec 1965	Economic Geology of New Zealand, vol. 4
69	Lensen, G.J.	Stevens, G.R.; Wellman, H.W.	The Earthquake Risk in the Wellington District	1956	New Zealand Science Review, vol. 14
69	Lloyd, E.F.		The Hot Springs and Hydrothermal Eruptions of Waiotapu	1959	New Zealand Journal of Geology and Geophysics, v. 2
69	Lucas, P.H.C.		Land Development on the West Coast of the South Island	1960	The New Zealand Journal of Agriculture
69	Macpherson, E.O.		German Hill and Blacks No. 2 and 3 Mining-Fields, Otago	1938	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. XIX
69	Macpherson, E.O.		Round Hill Goldfield, Southland	1938	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. XIX
69	Marshall, P.	Speight, R; Cotton, C.A.	The Younger Rock-Series of New Zealand	1910	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, v. XLIII
69	Martin, Josiah	Cowan, Frank	Geyser Eruptions and Terrace Formations/Terraces of Roromahana: Poem	1885
69	Marwick, J.		The Geology of the Wharekuri Basin, Waitaki Valley	1935	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. XVI
69	Mawson, Douglas		Macquarie Island. A Sanctuary for Australasian Sub-Antarctic Fauna	1919	Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of Australasia, South Australian Branch, vol. XX
69	Mawson, Douglas		Macquarie Island and Its Future	1922	Royal Society of Tasmania. Papers and Proceedings
69	McCaskill, Murray		New Zealand	rec 1965	Longmans Australian Geographies No. 21
69	McDermott, P.J.		Market Linkage and Spatial Monopoly in New Zealand Manufacturing	1974	New Zealand Geographer, vol. 30
69	McKay, Alexander		Gold-Deposits of New Zealand	1903	New Zealand Mines Record
69	Mead, A.D.		Wangenui River. The Story of New Zealand's most Romantic and Beautiful River	1957	A.H. and A.W. Reed, Publishers of New Zealand Books, March
69	N/A		Migration to New Zealand	1970	Quarterly Survey, Australia and New Zealand Bank Ltd.
69	Monat, A.H.		Farming in New Zealand. Waitaki County	1951	New Zealand Journal Agriculture, November
69	Morgan, P.G.		Avoca or Whatarama District--Mount Torlesse Collieries	1920	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. III
69	Morgan, P.G.	Henderson, J.	Chrome-Iron Ore, Mica, and Tungsten-Ore in New Zealand	1919	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. II
69	Morgan, P.G.		Commercial Uses of New Zealand Minerals (chiefly Non-Metallic) and Rocks	1918	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology January
69	Morgan, P.G.		Graphite in New Zealand	1919	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. II
69	Morgan, P.G.		Magnesite and Dolomite in Australia and New Zealand	1918	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. I
69	Morgan, P.G.		Notes on the Geology of New Zealand	1922	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. V
69	Morgan, P.G.		Permo-Carboniferous (Maitai) Rocks of the Eastern Part of the South Island of New Zealand	1919	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. II
69	Morgan, P.G.		Preliminary Report on the Resurvey of the Waihi Goldfield	1922	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. V
69	Morgan, P.G.		The Splitting of the Mangatini-Matipo Coal-Seam, Buller-Mokihinui Coalfield. The Application of a Change-of-Volume Factor to the Correlation of Coal-Seams and Coal-Bearing Strata	1919	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. II
69	Morgan, P.G.		The Status of Areal Geological Mapping in New Zealand	1921	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology Nov.
69	Morgan, P.G.		Talc, Manganese-ore, Clay and Fullers' Earth, and Oil-Shale in New Zealand	1919	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. II
69	Morgan, P.G.		Tangarakau Coalfield, North Taranaki	1921	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology January Departmental Report
69	Morgan, P.G.		Tangarakau Coalfield, North Taranaki	1921	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. III
69	Morgan, P.G.		The Tertiary Beds of Central Otago	1920	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. III
69	Murphy, Robert Cushman		The Impact of Man upon Nature in New Zealand	1951	Proceed. of Am. Philosophical Society v. 95 (2 copies)
69	N/A		Natural Gas--The Silent Boom	1970	Australia & New Zealand Bank Ltd. Quarterly Survey Jan
69	N/A		New Zealand: "Brighter Britain of the South"	1926	New Zealand Government Publicity Office
69	N/A		New Zealand: Tours, Excursions	[1898]	New Zealand Government, Resorts Department
69	N/A		The New Zealanders	1851	Blackwood's Magazine vol. 70 October
69	N/A		The New Zealand Dairy Industry	rec 1969	New Zealand Information Service
69	N/A		New Zealand Fact Sheet	1960	Publicity Div, Dept. of Tourist and Publicity, Wellington
69	N/A		The New Zealand Institute of Science Congress. Palmerston North	1921	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology March
69	Ongley, M.		Manawatu Gorge	1935	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. XVI
69	Pascoe, John		The Southern Alps. Part I from the Kaikouras to the Rangitata	1951	New Zealand Holiday Guides No. 3
69	Phillips, Lou A.		New Zealand	rec 1949	Pan-American World Airways
69	Pownall, L.L.	Chapman, June E.	The Location of Factory Industry in New Zealand	1954	Post-Primary School Bulletin, Vol. 8 no. 4
69	Raeside, J.D.	Baumgart, I.L.	Erosion on the Downlands of Geraldine County, South Canterbury	1947	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. 29
69	Raeside, J.D.		The Origin of Salt Pans in Central Otago	1948	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. 30
69	Reed, J.J.		New Zealand Gemstones	1962	The New Zealand Jeweller and Watchmaker, November
69	N/A		Reeds' New Zealand Christmas Annual, 1947-48	rec 1948
69	Robbins, R.G.		Direct Effect of the 1855 Earthquake on the Vegetation of the Orongorongo Valley, Wellington	1958	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand, v. 85
69	Roberts, J.D.S.		Central Otago	1951	New Zealand Holiday Guides No. 4
69	Schnackenberg, E.C.		Extreme Flood Discharges	1949	The New Zealand Institution of Engineers
69	Schofield, J.C.		Notes on Volcanism and Structure in Franklin County	1958	New Zealand Journal of Geology and Geophysics, v. 1
69	Schofield, J.C.		Ground Water in the Waikato	1956	The New Zealand Journal of Agriculture, July 1956
69	Schofield, J.C.		Relation of Climatic Factors and Ground Water Fluctuations Ruakura, New Zealand	rec 1961	International Association of Scientific Hydrology, no. 52
69	Seaward, N.S.		Lakes and Fiords	1955	A.H. and A.W. Reed
69	Seaward, N.S.		The Milford Country	1950	New Zealand Holiday Guides No. 1
69	Seaward, N.S.		Stewart Island	1951	New Zealand Holiday Guides No. 2
69	Shadbolt, Maurice		New Zealand: Gift of the Sea	1962	National Geographic, April
69	Shaw, G.C.	Healy, J.	Geology of the Bay of Plenty-Taupo Region	1962	National Resources Survey, Part II
69	Skey, H.F.	Henderson, J.	Mean Hourly Values of the Magnetic Declination and the Horizontal Magnetic Force Reefton Coalfield	1921	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. IV
69	Smith, S. Percy		Captain Dumont d'Urville's Exploration of Tasman Bay in 1827	1907	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. XL
69	Sparrow, Christopher J.		The Climatic Character of the Auckland Rural Area	1968	Earth Science Journal, vol. 2 no. 1
69	Sparrow, Christopher J.		A Survey of the N.Z. Air Pollution Literature and a Bibliography	1968	Public Health, vol. 83
69	Speight, R.		The Intermontane Basins of Caterbury	1914	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. XLVII
69	Speight, R.		The Modification of Spur-Ends by Glaciation	1921	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute vol. LIII
69	Speight, R.	Cockayne, L; Lain, R.M.	The Mount Arrowsmith District: A Study in Physiography and Plant Ecology	1910	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute vol. XLIII 2 Copies
69	Speight, R.		Note on the Occurrence of Petroleum in New Zealand	1914	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. XLVII
69	Speight, R.		The Orientation of the River-valleys of Canterbury	1915	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. XLVIII
69	Speight, R.		The Post-Glacial Climate of Canterbury	1910	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute vol. XLIII
69	Speight, R.		The Rakaia Valley	1934	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. 63
69	Speight, R.		Recent Changes in the Position of the Terminal Face of the Franz Josef Glacier	1914	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. XLVII
69	Speight, R.		Recent Changes in the Terminal Face of the Franz Josef Glacier	1921	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute vol. LIII
69	Speight, R.		Terrace-Development in the Valleys of the Canterbury Rivers	1907	Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. XL
69	Stevens, G.R.		Earth Movements in the Wellington Area	1956	New Zealand Geographer, vol. 12
69	Stevens, G.R.		Geomorphology of the Hutt Valley, New Zealand	1957	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, vol. 38
69	Stevens, G.R.		Solifluxion Phenomena in the Lower Hutt Area	1957	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, vol. 38
69	Stevens, G.R.		The Wellington Fault	1958	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand, v. 85
69	Stokes, Evelyn		Timber, Pulp, and Paper. Production and Trade, 1950-1964	1966	New Zealand Geographer, vol. 22
69	Suggate, R.P.		Late Quaternary Deposits of the Christchurch Metropolitan Area	1958	New Zealand Journal of Geology and Geophysics, vol. 1
69	Taylor, W.A.		Banks Peninsula. Picturesque and Historic	1948	Bascands, Limited
69	N/A		Century: Dunedin After the First Hundred Years 1848-1948	rec 1950	Published by Junior Chamber of Commerce Dunedin
69	Thompson, R.M.C.		New Zealand Oceanographic Institute. List of Charts	1993	National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research, Ltd
69	Thomson, J.T.		An Exposition of Processes and Results of the Survey System of Otago	1875
69	Trechman, C.T.		New Zealand and My Forbidden Theory of Mountain Uplift	1950	Privately Printed, February
69	Turner, F.J.	Bartrum, J.A.	The Geology of the Takapuna-Silverdale District, Waitemata County, Auckland, New Zealand	1929	Auckland University College, Bulletin No. 7
69	Vine, Ronald		Okahukura. Land Development Experiment. The Story of Okahukura Farm Settlement, Northland	rec 1961	The New Zealand Farmer
69	Wallace, William H.		Transport in New Zealand: A Review	1954	New Zealand Geographer, Vol. 10
69	Waterhouse, J.B.		The Origin of the Opouawe River and Nearby Antecedent Gorges in S.E. Wairarapa	1959	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand, v. 87
69	Waterhouse, J.B.		Rock Fans in South-East Wellington	1957	Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand, v. 85
69	Wellman, H.W.		Data for the Study of Recent and Late Pleistocene Faulting in the South Island of New Zealand	1953	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, vol. 34
69	Willett, R.W.		Calcareous Sinter Deposit near Kaeo	1939	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, vol. XX
69	Willett, R.W.		18 Coal	rec 1965	Economic Geology of New Zealand, vol. 4
69	Willett, R.W.		Preliminary Report on the Lignite Deposits of the Mataura Valley, Eastern Southland Coalfield	1948	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, vol. 29
69	Williamson, J.H.		Quartz Lodes of Oturehua, Nenthorn and Macraes Flat, Otago	1934	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, v. XVI
69	Willis, J.C.		The Distribution of the Plants of the Outlying Islands of New Zealand	1917	Annals of Botany, v. XXXI
69	Wood, B.L.		Geological Factors in Fiordland Ecology	1962	New Zealand Ecological Society, No. 9
70	Abrar, Rene	Aubert de la Rue, Edgar	Sur la presence du Pliocene a l'Ile Malekula (Nouvelles-Hebrides)	1937	Comptes Rendus des Seances de l'Academie des Sciences
70	Abrard, Rene	Aubert de la Rue, Edgar	Sur l'existence du Neogene superieur a Cycloclypeus aux iles Epi et Malekula	1937	Comptes Rendus des Seances de l'Academie des Sciences t. 204
70	Allen, B.C.		Yap	1921	U.S. Nval Institute. Proc. Vol. 47, No. 225
70	N/A		French Polynesia	rec 1972	Ambassade de France
70	N/A		New Caledonia	rec 1974	Ambassade de France Service de Press et d'Information
70	Aubert de la Rue, E.		Le Volcanisme aux Nouvelles Hebrides (Melanesie)	1937	Bulletin Volcanologique, serie II, Tome II
70	Aubert de la Rue, E.		Premiers Resultats d'une Mission Geologique aux Nouvelles Hebrides	1935	Comptes Rendus des seances de l'Academie des Sciences, L. 200
70	Aubert de la Rue, E.		Populations des Nouvelles-Hebrides et leur Civilisation	1937	La Terre et la Vie, 7. Annee
70	Aubert de la Rue, E.		Aux Nouvelles-Hebrides: La Colonisation et le Regime du Comominium	1937	La Geographie, Tome LXVIII
70	Aubert de la Rue, E.		Sur la Nature et l'age probable de l'ile Walpole (Ocean Pacifique Austral)	1935	Societe Geologique de France
70	Aubert de la Rue, E.		Les Manifestations actuelles de l'activite volcanique aux Nouvelles- Hebrides	1937	C.R.S. de la Societe Geologique de France No. 11
70	Aubert de la Rue, E.		Les Iles Wallis et Futuna.. Le pays et les Habitants	1935	La Terre et la Vie, 2
70	Aubert de la Rue, E.		Les Gisements d'or de la Melanesie	1937	Sciences, Mai (2 Copies)
70	Aubert de la Rue, E.		Les Divers Aspects de la vegetation aux Nouvelles-Hebrides	1937	La Terre et la Vie, 7. Annee
70	Aubert de la Rue, E.		Contribution a l'etude geologique des Nouvelles Hebrides	1937	Comptes rendus des seances de l'Academie des Sciences
70	Aubert de la Rue, E.		La constitution geologique des iles Wallis et Futuna	1935	Comptes rendus des seances de l'Academie des Sciences
70	Badcock, W.J.		Agriculture in the British Solomon Islands Protectorate	1946	Agricultural Journal, Fiji vol. 17, No. 3
70	Berge, Edouard		Nouvelle Caledonie. Certaines conditions de Colonisation et d'exploitation agricoles	1948
70	N/A		Bericht des kaiserlichen Gouverneurs v. Bennigsen uber seine Reise zum Zwecke der Uebername des Inselgebietes der Karolinen, Palau und Marianen in deutschen Besitz	1899
70	Biddle, Clement		Some Pacific Ocean Islets Appertaining to the United States. A Brief Historical and Descriptive Narrative	1918	Bulletin of the Geographical Society of Philadelphia, vol. XVI
70	Boschma, H.		Notes on the Coral Reefs near Suva in the Fiji Islands	1950	Proceed. Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, vpl. LIII, No. 3
70	Boykin, James H.		Commercial Motives and American Discoveries in the Pacific	[1966?]	The Society for the History of Discoveries
70	Brown, J. Macmillan		"Polynesian Travel Notes"	1919	Newspaper Clippings
70	Bryan, G.S.		Los Jardines (E.D.)	1940	U.S. Nval Institute. Proceedings Vol. 66, April
70	Brown, Paul	Gajdusek, D. Carleton Morris, J. Anthony	Epidemic A2 Influenz in Isolated Pacific Island Populations without Pre- Epidemic Antibody to Influenza Virus Types A and B. and the Discovery of other still Unexposed Populations	1965	American Journal of Epiemology, vol. 83
70	Canuel, M.A.		Mission on Hydrographique en Nouvell-Caledonie	1938	Annales Hydrographiques
70	Chapman, Murray		Some Results and Implications of a Population Study in South Guadalcanal	1967	A Report of the Western Pacific High Commission, November
70	Churchill, William		Fale'ula Library	1909
70	Colomer, Felix		Mines de Houille de Nouvelles-Caledonie	1903
70	Coulter, John Wesley		The United States Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands	1948	The Journal of Geography, v. XLVII, No. 7, October
70	Coulter, John Wesley		Environment, Race, and Government in South Sea Islands	1947	The Scottish Geographical Magazine, Vol. 63
70	Coulter, John Wesley		Changes in Land Utilisation in South Sea Islands	1942	The Scientific Monthly July
70	Criswell, W.H.		Ganges Island	rec 1943
70	Crossland, Cyril		Exploring the Coral Reefs of Tahiti	1927	Discovery, v. VIII No. 91, July
70	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		The Pacific Ocean and its Island Groups	1949	Post-Primary School Bulletin, vol. 3 No. 5
70	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		The Future of Polynesia	1962	Lunch Hour Lecture Series at the University of Auckland
70	Cumberland, Kenneth B.		About the Pacific/Some Pacific Island Groups Important to New Zealand	1949	Post-Primary School Bulletin, vol. 3 No. 6
70	N/A		French Polynesia	1961	Ambassade de France, New York
70	Davis, John K.		Willis Island Meteorological Station	1922	Govt. of the Commonwealth of Australia
70	Davis, W.M.		Les Cotes et les Recifs Coralliens de la Nouvelle-Caledonie	1926
70	Davis, W.M.	and Others	Pacific Exploration	1916	Proceedings National Academy of Sciences v. 2 No. 7 July
70	Daly, Reginald A.		Petrography of the Pacific Islands	1916	Bulletin of the Geological Society of America vol. 27
70	Doucere, V.		Les Populations Indigenes des Nouvelles-Hebrides	1922
70	Fosberg, F.R.	Flanruw, M.V.C.	Noteworthy Mocronesian Plants, 1	1975
70	Fosberg, F.R.	Sachet, M.H.	Noteworthy Mocronesian Plants, 2	1975
70	Fosberg, F.R.		Atoll Vegetation and Salinity	1949	Pacific Science, col. 3
70	Fosberg, F.R.		Vegetation of Vostok Island, Central Pacific	1936	Proceedings of the Hawaiian Academy of Science, special Publication 30
70	Finsch		Die Rassenfrage in Oceanien	1882	Verhandlungen der Berliner anthropolischen Gesellschaft
70	Fosberg, F.R.	Corwin, Gilbert	A Fossil Flora from Pagan, Mariana Islands	1956	Pacific Science, vol. XII
70	Fosberg, F.R.		Plant Dispersal in the Pacific	rec 1966	Pacific Basin Biogeography--Tropics
70	Fosberg, F.R.		Soils of the Northern Marshall Atolls, with Special Reference to the Jemo Series	1954	Soil Science, vol. 76
70	Fosberg, F.R.		Vascular Flora of Pagan Island, Northern Marianas	1958	Pacific Science, vol. XII
70	Fosberg, F.R.		Vegetation of the Islands of Oceania	1958	Study of Tropical Vegetation, UNESCO
70	Friederici, Georg		Die vorkolumbischen Verbingdungen der Sudsee-Volker mit Amerika	1928	Mitteilungen aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, 36 Band
70	Friederici, Georg		Karl von den Steinen. Die Marquesaner und ihre Kunst	1929	Gottinger gelehrten Anzeige, nr. 6
70	Friederici, Georg		Sidney Herbert Ray: The Languages of Borneo	1928
70	Friederici, Georg		Sudsee-Inseln	1911
70	Friederici, Georg		Zu den vorkolumbischen Verbindumgen der Sudsee-Volker mit Amerika	1929	Anthropos, vol. XXIV
70	Friederici, Georg		Die Susskartoffel in der Sudsee	1936
70	Frisbie, Robert Dean		At Home in Puka-Puka. Life on an Atoll	1928	The Atlantic Monthly, July
70	Fuenzalida-Villegas, Humberto	Mostny, Grete	Exposicion de la Isla de Pascua	1946	Museo Nacional de Historia Natural, Santiago
70	Gaffarel, paul		La France a Taiti et L'Affaire Pritchard	1912	Memoires de la Societe Bourguignonne de Geographie et d'Histoire, tome XXVII Dijon
70	Geiseler		Die ethnologische Untersuchung der Osten-Insel (Rapanni). Eine Statte prahistoischer Kultur in der Sudsee	1883
70	Gibbs, Clarence J.		Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis, Parkinson's Disease and the Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis-Parkinsonism Complex on Guam	1972	Royal College of Pathologists-Host Virus Reactions Symposium Supplement
70	Gill, W.W.		Southsea Island Mythology	1875	Eclectic Magazine, October
70	Gentilli, J.		Climatology of the Central Pacific	1952	Seventh Pacific Science Congress, vol. III
70	Gregory, H.W.	Cox, L.R.; Currie, Ethel D.	[The Geology of the Aru Islands]	1924	Geological Magazine, vol. LXI
70	Hague, James D.		A Doubtful Island of the Pacific	1904	National Geographic Magazine, December
70	Hague, James D.		The Lost Levant. A Mystery of the Pacific	rec 1908	The Magazine of History
70	Hague, James D.		A Recent Report from the "Doubtful Island Region"	1907	National Geographic Magazine, March
70	Hall, James Norman		To the Ice Mountains	1929	The Atlantic Monthly, July
70	Haswell, William		Remarks on a Voyage in 1801 to the Island of Guam	1917	Historical Collections of the Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.
70	Higgins, L.N.		Clipperton is no Picnic	1954	CQ Radio Amateurs' Journal, June
70	Hobbs, William Herbert		In the Mandated Pacific Islands: A Visit Made Soon after the Japanese Took Possession. The Pacific Island Fortresses	1943/1944	Michigan Alumnus Quarterly Review, Winter 1943 and Spring 1944
70	Jouan, M.		Archipel des Marquises	1857	Revue Coloniale, Decembre
70	Kennedy, T.F.		Pacific Islands	1964	Longmans Australian Geographies No. 20
70	Knoche, Walter		Einige Beziehungen eines Marchens der Osterinselaner zur Fischverehrung und zu Fischmenschen in Ozeanien	1939
70	Knoche, Walter		Von der Osterinsel	rec 1915
70	Krauss, N.L.H.		Bibliography of the Ellice Islands, Western Pacific	1969
70	Krauss, N.L.H.		Bibliography of Niue, South Pacific	1970
70	Krauss, N.L.H.		Bibliography of the Phoenix Islands, Central Pacific	1970
70	Krauss, N.L.H.		Bibliography of Nauru, Western Pacific	1970
70	Krauss, N.L.H.		Bibliography of Swains Islands, American Samoa	1970
70	Krauss, N.L.H.		Pacific Islands Studies and Notes No. 3	1971	Bibliography of Ontang Java, Solomon Islands, Sept.
70	Krauss, N.L.H.		Bibliography of Ocean Island (Banaba), Western Pacific	1969
70	Krauss, N.L.H.		Bibliography of the Santa Cruz Islands, Western Pacific	1969
70	Krauss, N.L.H.		Bibliography of the Tokelau or Union Islands, Central Pacific	1969
70	Krauss, N.L.H.		Johnston Island (Central Pacific Ocean) Bibliography	1969
70	Krauss, N.L.H.		Wake Island (Western Pacific) Bibliography	1969
70	Krauss, N.L.H.		Pacific Island Studies and Notes No. 4	1971	Bib. of Rennell and Beliona, Solomon Islands, Sept.
70	Leenhardt, Maurice		Le Catechumene Canaque	1922	Les Cahiers Missionaires, No. 1, Paris
70	Leenhardt, Maurice		De la Mort a la Vie. L'Evangile en Nouvelle-Caledonie	1922	Les Cahiers Missionaires, No. 3, Paris
70	N/A		List of Guano Islands now Appertaining to the United States	1899	Yearbook, Dept. of Agriculture
70	N/A		Die Lokalisation der Claes Pietersz.-Bucht in Neu-Irland. Vier Beitrage zur Entdeckungsgeschichte Melanesiens	1922
70	Lorscheid, Josef		Die von Callao ausgegengenen Entdeckungscfahrten der Spanier in die Sudsee	1902
70	Luke, Harry		The British Pacific Islands	1943	Oxford Pamphlets on World Affairs, No. 64
71	Gregory, Herbert E.		The Pacific Science Congress	1970	Pacific Science Assoc., 50th Anniversary, 1920-70 v. 22
71	Malignac, Georges		Rapport demographique sur la Nouvelle Caledonie	1957	Sciences Humaines Outre-Mer, Paris
71	N/A		Mandate for Nauru. Mandate for German Possessions in the Pacific Ocean Situated South of the Equator other than German Samoa and Nauru	1921	Miscellaneous Nos. 6 and 5
71	Marshall, P.		Alkaline Rocks of the Cook and Society Islands	1912	Australian Assoc. for the Advancement of Science v. XIII
71	Marshall, P.		Coral Reefs of the Cook and Society Islands	1912	Australian Assoc. for the Advancement of Science v. XIII
71	Marshall, P.		Oceania	1911	Handbuch der Regionalen Geologie, VII Band
71	Maude, H.E.		In Search of a Home: From the Mutiny to Pitcairn Island 1789-1790	1959	Smithsonian Report
71	Mayr, Ernst		Borders and Subdivision of the Polynesian Region as Based on Our Knowledge of the Distribution of Birds	1939	Proceedings of the Sixth Pacific Science Congress, vol. IV
71	Mayr, Ernst		The Origin and the History of the Bird Fauna of Polynesia	1939	Proceedings of the Sixth Pacific Science Congress, vol. IV
71	McCulloch, Allan R.		Lord Howe Island--A Naturalist's Paradise	1921	The Australian Museum Magazine, vol. I
71	Meinicke, C.E.		Die Insel Pitcairn	1858
71	Morison, Samuel Eliot		Historical Notes on the Gilbert and Marshall Islands	1944	American Neptune
71	Mowery, Edward J.		Mysterious Truk	1943	New York World Telegram, Feb. 22
71	Muller, Wilhelm		Beitrage zur Kraniometrie der Neu-Britannier	1905
71	Mulloy, William	Figueroa, Gonzalo G.H.	Como fue restaurado el ahu a kivi en la Isla de Pascua por i Mision Universitaria	1961	Boletin, Universidad de Chile
71	N/A		New Caledonia	1962	Ambassade de France, New York
71	N/A		New Zealand. Cook Islands. New Zealand's Tropical Province	1950
71	N/A		New Zealand's Tropical Provinces: Cook Islands, Niue Island, to Kelaus	rec 1962	New Zealand, Tourist and Publicity Department
71	Nordhoff, Charles		Notes on the Off-Shore Fishing of the Society Islands	1930	Journal of the Polynesian Society, vol. 39 Nos. 2 and 3
71	Ojala, E.M.		Grassland Plains Soil of Guadlcanal, British Soloman Islands	1947	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, vol. 29
71	Oliver, Douglas L. (Editor)		Planning Micronesia's Future	1951	Harvard University Press
71	N/A		The Pacific Ocean	rec 1922	Edward Stanford Ltd.
71	N/A		La Isla de Pasion. Un Nuevo Argumento [Clipperton Island]	1931	El Nacional Revolucionario, Mexico
71	Pena, Roman Rodriguez		Espanoles en el Pacifico durante el Siglo XVI	1907	Sociedad Mexicana de Geografia y Estadistica
71	Phillips, James T.		Notes on the Caroline, Marshall, Mariana, and Palau (Pelew) Islands under Japanese Mandate	1944
71	Picking, Sherwood		Wake Island	1922	U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings, vol. 48
71	Plato, C.C.	Gajdusek, D.C.	Dermatoglyphics of the Natives of Tongariki in the New Hebrides	1971	Human Biology in Oceania vol. I No. 2, August
71	Plato, C.C.	Gajdusek, D.C.	Dermatoglyphics of the Amsat and Tjitak Peoples of West New Guinea	1972	Human Biology in Oceania vol. I No. 4
71	Plato, C.C.	Brown, P.;Gajdusek, D.C.	Dermatoglyphics of the Micronesians from the Outer Islands of Yap	1972	Zeitschrift fur Morphologie und Antropologie, bd. 64 Juni
71	Price, Willard		Japan's Islands of Mystery	1942	The Saturday Evening Post. April 25
71	Puls, Casar		Oberflachentemperaturen und Stromungsverhaltnisse des Aequatorialgurtels des Stillen Oceans	1895
71	Rickard, T.A.		The Knowledge and Use of Iron Among the South Sea Islanders	1932	Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, Vol. LXII
71	Ritter, Wm. E.		Problems of Population of the North Pacific Area as Dependent upon the Biology, the Oceanography and the Meteorology of the Area	1919	Science, N.S., Vol. L
71	Robbins, Robert R.		United States Trusteeship for the Territory of the Pacific Islands	1947	Department of State Bulletin
71	Ross, Edward Hunter		Arts of the Pacific	1963	The Museum, Newark vol. 15
71	N/A		International Indian Ocean Expedition R.R.S. Discovery	1963	The Royal Society, London
71	Sachet, Marie-Helene		History of Change in the Biota of Clipperton Island	1963	Pacific Basion Biogeography, Honolulu
71	Schlaginhaufen, Otto		Zur Lage der Claes Pietersz-Bucht in Neu-Irland	1929/30
71	Schlaginhaufen, Otto		Reisen und Forschungen in der melanesischen Sudsee	1919/20
71	Schlaginhaufen, Otto		Zur Anthropologie Der Mikroneschen Inselgruppe Kapingamarangi	1929
71	Schlaginhaufen, Otto		Reisewege und Aufenthalte in Melanesien	1911
71	Schlaginhaufen, Otto		Schadel eines an Gundu erkrankten Melanesiers	1917/18
71	Silverling, Dan L.		Hard Harman: A South Seas Rover of the '40s	1913
71	Simmons, R.T. and others		Blood Group Gene Frequencies in Natives of Cape Gloucester, Western New Britain, and the Gazelle Peninsula, Eastern New Britain	1964	American Journal of Physical Anthropology, vol. 22
71	Simmons, R.T. and others		Blood Group Genetic Variations in Natives of the Caroline Islands and in other Parts of Micronesia	1964
71	Simmons, R.T.	Gajdusek, D.C; Larkin, L.C.	A Blood Group Genetical Survey in New Britain	1960	American Journal of Physical Anthropology, vol. 18
71	Slosson, P.W.		Preliminary Report on the Problem of the Pacific Islands	1918
71	Smith, O.R.	Schaefer, M.B.	Fishery Exploration in the Western Pacific	1949	Commercial Fisheries Review, vol. 11
71	Stanley, G.A.		Physiographic Notes on Some of the British Solomon Islands	rec 1930	The Australian Geographer
71	Stoddardt, D.R.		Geomorphology of the Marovo Elevated Barrier Reef, New Georgia	1969	Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. B 255, 383-402
71	Stoddardt, D.R.		Geomorphology of the Solomon Islands Coral Reefs	1969	Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. B 255, 355-382
71	Stoddardt, D.R.		Sand Cays of Eastern Guadalcanal	1969	Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. B 255, 403-432
71	Thompson, J.P.		The Pacific Islands	1923	The Warwick Daily News, February 11
71	Thurnwald, Richard		Das Rechtsleben der Eingeborenen der deutschen Sudseeinseln, seine geistigen und wirtschaftlichen Grundlagen	1910
71	Thurnwald, Richard		Im Bismarekarchipel und auf den Salomoinseln, 1906-1909	1910	Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie, Heft I
71	N/A		Treaty with Japan Concerning Yap	1922	Congressional Record, vol. 62
71	Urquhart, D.H.		Coffee Growing in New Caledonia	1952	South Pacific Commission Technical Paper No. 38
71	Urquhart, D.H.		Prospects of the Growing of Cacao in the British Solomon Islands	1951	Cadbury Brothers, Ltd. Bournville
71	Visher, Stephen Sargent		Rainfall Conditions as Handicaps to Tropical Development, with Special Mention of Australia and the Pacific	1925	Geographical Review, vol. XV
71	N/A		Wallis and Futuna Islands	1962	Ambassade de France, New York
71	Waterhouse, J.B.		Recent French Contributions to the Geology of New Caledonia	1956	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology, vol. 37
72	Brock, R.W.		Sketch of the Geology of Viti Levu, Great Fiji	1924	Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, vol. XVIII
72	Carolus, Paulus		The Old English Village	[1912]
72	Coulter, John Wesley		Land Utilization by Fijians and East Indians in Fiji	1939	Proceedings of the Sixth Pacific Science Congress vol. IV
72	Davis, W.M.		Extinguished and Resurgent Coral Reefs. The Origin of Certain Fiji Atolls	1916	Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, vol. 2
72	Davis, W.M.		A Migrating Anticline in Fiji	1927	American Journal of Science, vol. XIV
72	Degener, Otto		The Last Cruise of the Cheng'Ho Parts I and II	1943	Journal of the NY Botanical Garden, Vol. 44 nos. 525/526
72	Foye, Wilbur G.		The Geology of the Fiji Islands	1917	Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, v. 3
72	Larsson, Karl Erik		Rewasau-En Bergsby pa Fiji-Oarna	[1966]
72	Smith, A.C.		Reminiscences of Fern Collecting in Fiji	1944	American Fern Journal, vol. 34
72	Thomson, J.P.		The Island of Kadavu	1889	The Journal of the Manchester Geographical Society
72.1	Alexander, W.D.		A Brief Account of the Hawaiian Government Survey, its Objects, Methods and Results	1889	Minister of the Interior of the Hawaiian Kingdom
72.1	Appleton, V.B.		Growth of Kwangtung Chinese in Hawaii	1928	American Journal of Physical Anthropology, vol. XI
72.1	N/A		Hawaii, Center for Services Throughout the Pacific	1956	Bank of Hawaii. Mid-Year Report of the Department of Business Research
72.1	N/A		Hawaii. Potentials and Programs for Island Growth	1957	Bank of Hawaii. Mid-Year Report of the Department of Business Research
72.1	N/A		Islands at Work.	1954	Bank of Hawaii. Department of Business Research
72.1	N/A		Men, Land and Jobs in Hawaii	1952	Bank of Hawaii. 4th Report, Dept. of Business Research
72.1	N/A		Working Dollars in Hawaii. A Mid-Year Report on Wealth, Income, and Growth in Hawaii	1953	Report of Business Research, June
72.1	Blair, Thomas Arthur		Noted on Trade Winds in Hawaii	2923	Monthly Weather Review, October
72.1	Campbell, Douglas Houghton		The Australian Element in the Hawaiian Flora	1928	American Journal of Botanym, vol. XV
72.1	Campbell, Douglas Houghton		The Origin of the Hawaiian Flora	rec 1918	Memoire of the Torrey Botanical Club v. 17
72.1	Carriaga, Roman R.		The Filipinos in Honolulu	1935	Social Science, vol. X
72.1	Chen, Cheng-Siang		Land Use of the Hawaiian Islands (In Chinese with a summary in English)	1953	Institute of Agricultural Geography, Taipei
72.1	Coan, Titus Munson		The climate of Hawaii	1901	Cohen's System of Physiologic Therapeutics, v. IV
72.1	Coan, Titus Munson		The Natives of Hawaii: A Study of Polynesian Charm	1901	American Academy of Political and Social Science, n. 305
72.1	Coulter, John Wesley		Land Utilization in the Hawaiian Islands	rec 1935	Fifth Pacific Science Congress
72.1	Coulter, John Wesley		The Oahu Sugar Cane Plantation, Waipahu	rec 1934	Economic Geography
72.1	Coulter, John Wesley		Pineapple Industry in Hawaii	rec 1935	Economic Geography
72.1	Coulter, John Wesley		The Relation of Soil Erosion to Land Utilization in the Territory of Hawaii	1939	Proceedings of the Sixth Pacific Science Congress, Volume IV
72.1	Cumming, C.F. Gordon		The Greatest Active Volcano	1880/1881	Scribner's vol. 21
72.1	Daly, Reginald A.		Thirteen-foot Model of the World's Most Active Volcano. Faithful Reproduction of the Kilauea District in Hawaii on a Scale of 1:1500	1918	Scientific American, February 9
72.1	Davis, W.M.		The Island of Oahu	1923	The Journal of Geography, vol. XXII
72.1	Dean, L.A.		Relationships between Rainfall and Coffee Yields in the Kona District, Hawaii	1939	Journal of Agricultural Research, vol. 59
72.1	Degener, Otto		Kokoolau, the Hawaiian Tea. Flora Hawaiiensis	1932	Journal of the Pan-Pacific Research Institution vol. VII
72.1	Depew, Chauncey M.		Hawaii	1910	Speech in the Senate of the United States
72.1	Egler, Frank E.		Arid Southeast Oahu Vegetation, Hawaii	1947	Ecological Monographs, 17
72.1	Egler, Frank E.		Vegetation Zones of Oahu, Hawaii	1939	Empire Forestry Journal, vol. 18
72.1	Elschner, Carl		The Leeward Islands of the Hawaiian Group. Contributions to the Knowledge of the Islands of Oceania	1915	The Sunday Advertiser, Honolulu
72.1	Faustino, Leopold A.		The Development of Karst Topography in the Philippine Islands	1932	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 49
72.1	N/A		By Flying Clipper to the Hawaiian Islands	1955	Pan-American World Airways Teacher, October
72.1	Fosberg, F.R.		Derivation of the Flora of the Hawaiian Islands	1948	Insects of Hawaii, vol. I
72.1	Fosberg, F.R.		Observations on Vegetation Patterns and Dynamics on Hawaiian and Galapageian volcanoes	1967	Micronesia 3
72.1	Fosberg, F.R.		Plant Collecting on Lanai, 1935	1936	Mid-Pacific Magazine
72.1	Foster, John W.		The Annexation of Hawaii	1897	Address Delivered Before the National Geographic Society, Washington D.C.
72.1	Foye, Wilbur G.		The Geology of the Lau Islands	1917	American Journal of Science, vol. XLIII
72.1	Freeman, Otis W.		Economic Geography of the Hawaiian Islands	1929	Economic Geography, July
72.1	Freeman, Otis W.		The Peopling of Hawaii	1928	Journal of Geography, vol. XXVII
72.1	Gregory, Herbert E.	Wentworth, Chester K.	General Features and Glacial Geology of Mauna Kea, Hawaii	1937	Bulletin of the Geological Society of America vol. 48
72.1	N/A		Hawaii. Council of Economic Advisors for Hawaii. Expanding and Protecting the Economy of Hawaii	1953	A Report to the 27th Legislature
72.1	N/A		Hawaii. A Geographic Historic Outline	rec 1928	Matson Navigation Company
72.1	N/A		Hawaii National Park	1923	Department of the Interior
72.1	N/A		Kauai County. The Islands of Kauai and Niihau: Facts and Figures-1969	1969	Office of Information and Public Services, State Department of Planning and Economic Development
72.1	N/A		Hawaii. A Primer. Everything about the "Paradise of the Pacific"	1916-17
72.1	Hinds, Norman E.A.		Maui and the Maui Group, Hawaii	rec 1926	Bull. Of the Geographical Society of Philadelphia v. XXIII
72.1	Hinds, Norman E.A.		Wave-Cut Platforms in Hawaii	1929	Journal of Geology vol. XXXVII
72.1	Hitchcock, C.H.		Geology of Diamond Head, Oahu. Mohokea Caldera	1906	Bulletin of the Geological Society of America, vol. 17
72.1	N/A		Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands	rec 1921	Ports of the World, U.S. Navy
72.1	Horwitz, Robert H.	Meller, Norman	Land and Politics in Hawaii	1966	The University of Hawaii Press
72.1	Howay, F.W.	Holder, Frank A/ Blue, G. Vernr	The Hawaiian Islands: Early Relations with the Pacific Northwest/Russia and Russian Alaska/French Kingdom, French Empire, French Republic	1928	Papers read during the Captain Cook Sesquicentennial Celebration, Honolulu, August 17
72.1	Jaggar, T.A.		Seismometric Investigation of the Hawaiian Lava Column	1920	Reprint Bull. of the Seismological Soc. of Am. V. X No. 4
72.1	Jaggar, T.A. Jr.		Lava Flow from Mauna Loa, 1915	1917	The American Journal of Science, vol. XLIII, April
72.1	Jaggar, T.A.		Live aa Lava at Kilauea	1917	Journal of Washington Academy of Science vol. VII
72.1	Jaggar, T.A.		Results of Volcanic Study in Hawaii	1918	Nature, March 21
72.1	Jaggar, T.A. Jr.		Thermal Gradient of Kilauea Lava Lake	1917	Journal of Washington Academy of Science vol. VII
72.1	Jaggar, T.A. Jr.		Volcanologic Investigations at Kilauea	1917	American Journal of Science, vol. XLIV
72.1	Jones, Stephen B.		Geomorphology of the Hawaiian Islands: A Review	1938	Journal of Geomorphology, February
72.1	Kim, Bernice Bong Hee		The Koreans in Hawaii	1934	Soil Science, vol. IX
72.1	Kolb, Albert		Das Bild und Werden der Wirtschaftslandschaft auf den Hawaiischen Inseln	1938
72.1	Larrison, G.K.		Uncle Sam's Dampest Corner	1919	Monthly Weather Review, vol. 47 May
72.1	Leopold, Luna B.		The Annual Rainfall of East Maui	1949	The Hawaiian Planters' Record
72.1	MacCaughey, Vaughan		The Food Plants of the Ancient Hawaiians	1917	The Scientific Monthly, January
72.1	MacCaughey, Vaughan		A Footpath Journey	rec 1918
72.1	MacCaughey, Vaughan		The Genus Artocarpus in the Hawaiian Islands	1917	Torreya, vol. 17
72.1	MacCaughey, Vaughan		The Little End of Hawaii	1916	Journal of Geography vol. 15
72.1	MacCaughey, Vaughan		The One Hundred Most Important Books and Files Relating to the Hawaiian Islands	n.d.
72.1	MacCaughey, Vaughan		The Physique of the Ancient Hawaiians	1917	The Scientific Monthly, August
72.1	MacCaughey, Vaughan		The Phytogeography of Manoa Valley, Hawaiian Islands	1917	American Journal of Botany, 4
72.1	MacCaughey, Vaughan		The Punchbowl: Honolulu's Metropoliyan Volcano	1916	The scientific Monthly, June
72.1	MacCaughey, Vaughan		The Seaweeds of Hawaii	1916	American Journal of Botany, vol. 8
72.1	MacCaughey, Vaughan		A Survey of the Hawaiian Coral Reefs	1918	The American Naturalist, Vol. LII
72.1	MacCaughey, Vaughan		A Survey of the Hawaiian Land Flora	1917	The Botanical Gazette, August
72.1	MacCaughey, Vaughan		Vegetation of Hawaiian Lava Flows	1917	The Botanical Gazette, vol. LXIV
72.1	MacDonald, G.A.	Schepard, F.P.;Cox, D.C.	The Tsunami of April 1, 1946 in the Hawaiian Islands	1947	Pacific Science, January
72.1	Mears, Louise W.		America's Fairyland: The Hawaiian Islands	1922
72.1	Meinesz, F.A. Vening		Gravity over the Hawaiian Archipelago and over the Madeira Area: Conclusions about the Earth's Crust	1941	Proceedings, vol. XLIV
72.1	Palmer, Harold S.		Annual March of the Daily Mean Temperatures at Honolulu	1950	Pacific Science, vol. IV
72.1	Palmer, Harold S.		Das arteische Gebiet von Honolulu	1926
72.1	Palmer, Harold S.		Fault at Waimea, Oahu	1947	Pacific Science, April
72.1	Palmer, Harold S.		Geomorphic Contrast Within the Koolau Range of Oahu, Hawaii		Pacific Science, July
72.1	Palmer, Harold S.		Karrenbildung in den Basaltgesteinen der Hawaiischen Inseln	1927
72.1	Palmer, Harold S.		Loess at Ka Lae, Hawaii	1931	The Volcano Letter, No. 350
72.1	Palmer, Harold S.		Soil Forming Processes in the Hawaiian Islands from the Chemical and Mineralogical Points of View	1931	Soil Science, vol. XXXI (3 copies)
72.1	Palmer, Harold S.		Lapies in Hawaiian Basalts	1927	Geographical Review, October
72.1	N/A		Honolulu International Airport. Summary Report Master Plan Study	1968	Prepared by Peat, Marwick, Lingston and Co. for State of Hawaii Department of Transportation
72.1	Pritchett, Henry S.		Honolulu the Peacemaker	1928	Scribner's Magazine, January
72.1	Price, Saul		The Climates of Oahu	1966	Pacific Orchid Society of Hawaii
72.1	N/A		The Sandwich Islands	1840	From the 31st Annual Report of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, September
72.1	Schmitt, Robert C.		Forecasting Tourism in Hawaii	1969	Hawaiian Chapter American Statistical Association Oct. 2
72.1	Shoemaker, James H.		Opportunities for Hawaii to Produce More and Live Better	1950	Bank of Hawaii
72.1	Skottsberg, C.		Remarks on the Flora of the High Hawaiian Volcanoes	1930	Meddelanden fran Goteborgs Botaniska Tradgard VI
72.1	Stearns, Harold T.		Road Guide to Points of Geologic Interest in the Hawaiian Islands	1966
72.1	Stokes, John F.G.		Hawaii's Discovery by Spaniards	1939	Hawaiian Historical Society, Honolulu
72.1	N/A		The Story of Hawaii	rec 1926	Hawaii Tourist Bureau
72.1	Theaman, John R.		Maximum Rainfalls of Hawaii Territory	1944
72.1	Thurston, Lorrin A.		A Hand-Book on the Annexation of Hawaii	rec 1898	2 copies
72.1	N/A		Tourism in Hawaii Brochures	n.d.	9 different Brochures
72.1	N/A		Tourfax	1924-26	Hawaiian Tourist Bureau
72.1	N/A		A Trip to the Crater of Kilauea	1851	Knickerbocker Magazine, vol. 37
72.1	Visher, Stephen Sargent		Notes on the Hawaiian Islands	1923	The Journal of Geography, vol. XXII
72.1	Wadsworth, H.A.		A Historical Summary of Irrigation in Hawaii	1933	The Hawaiian Planters' Record vol. XXXVII
72.1	Washington, Henry S.		The Density of the Earth as Calculated from the Densities of Mauna Kea and Haleakala	1923	Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences, vol. 13
72.1	Watson, Dudley Crafts		Hawaii-1948	1947	Pan-American World Airways
72.1	Wentworth, Chester K.		The Diamond Head Black Ash	1937	Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, vol. 7
72.1	Wood, Harry O.		Effects in Mokuaweoweo of the Eruption of 1914	1916	Journal of Science, vol. XLI May
72.1	Wood, Harry O.		Notes on the 1916 Eruption of Mauna Loa	1917	Journal of Geology vol. XXV
72.2	N/A		American Samoa. A General Report by the Governor	1916	2 copies
72.2	Angenheister, G.		Die erdmagnetischen Storungen nach den Beobachtungen des Samoa- Observatoriums	1924
72.2	Angenheister, G.		Liste der wichtigsten am Samoa-Observatorium 1913/20 registrierten Erdbeben	1922
72.2	Angenheister, G.		Die Luftelektrischen Beobachtungen am Samoa-Observatorium 1914- 1948 Die Wirkung des Regens auf die Registrierung des Potentialgefalles der Atmosphere	1924
72.2	Austin, J.M.		Comparison of Rain-gauges at Apia	1939	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. XXI
72.2	Capra, Giuseppe		Pago Pago nelle isole Samoa	1939	Le Vie del Mondo, XVII
72.2	Churchill, William		Samoan Kava Custom	1915	Holmes Anniversary Volume, Washington
72.2	Daly, Reginald A.		The Geology of American Samoa	1924	Reprint Pub. No. 340, Carnegie Institution of Washington
72.2	Davis, W.M.		The Coral Reefs of Tutuila, Samoa	1921	Science, N.S., Vol. LIII
72.2	Demandt, Ernst		Seefauna und Fischerei in Samoa	1914
72.2	N/A		Das Deutsche Schutzgebiet Samoa	1911
72.2	Farr, C. Coleridge		Report on Samoan Observatory	1924	New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology vol. VI
72.2	Fiedler, Hermann		Regierung und Nutzbarmachung der Samoanisch en Inseln	1906
72.2	Jensen, H.I.		The Geology of Samoa and the Eruptions in Savaii	1906	Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales
72.2	Krauss, N.L.H.		Bibliography of Rose Atoll, American Samoa	1972	Pacific Islands Studies and Notes, No. 5, May
72.2	Roberts, Quincy F.		The Samoan Islands	1928
72.2	Sapsford, H.B.		Maxima of Potential Gradient at Apia	1936	Terrestrial Magnetism & Atmospheric Electricity, March
72.2	Schultz, E.		Samoanisches Familien-Immobiliar-und Erbrecht	1911
72.2	Seelye, F.T.	Grange, L.I.;Davis, L.H.	The Laterites of Western Samoa	1938	Soil Science, vol. 46
72.2	Thomson, J. Allen		The Geology of Western Samoa	1921	The New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology v. IV
72.2	Urquhart, D.H.		Cocoa Growing in Western Samoa	1953	South Pacific Commission Technical Paper No. 39 January
72.2	Wakeman, E.		Report to W.H. Webb on the Islands of the Samoan Group	1871
73	Doeppers, Daniel F.		The Development of Phillipine Cities Before 1900	1972	Journal of Asian Studies vol. XXXI No. 4
73	Doeppers, Daniel F.		Changing Patterns of Aglipayan Adherence in the Philippines, 1918- 1970	1977	Philippine Studies vol. XXV 3rd qtr. Pp. 265-277
73	McDonnell, Percy G.		The Battle of the Block-Houses. The War with the Insurgents at Manila	1899	Scribner's Vol. XXV
73	Mott, T. Bentley		The Fall of Manila	1898
73	Osmna, Sergio		The Constitutional Development of Philippine Autonomy	1924	2 copies
73	Retana, W.E.		La literatura historica de Filipinas de los siglos XVI y XVII	1924	Revue Hispanique, Tome LX
73	Robertson, James Alexander		The Philippines since the Inauguration of the Philippine Assembly	1917	The American Historical Review, vol. XXII No. 4, July
74	Ablan, Guillermo L.	Montilla, Jose R; Martin, Basilio M.	The Salt-Making Industry of Northwestern Luzon	1940	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 72
74	Alicante, M.M.		The Abo-Abo Soil of Occidental Negros	1928	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 35
74	Alicante, M.M.	Rosell, D.Z.	Index of Texture and Classification of Philippine Soils	1936	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 59
74	Alvir, A.D.		Geology and Underground-water Resources of Central Panay	1930	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 42
74	N/A		The Anti-Imperialist. Articles on U.S. Role in Philippines	1899	Edward Atkinson, vol. I
74	Apacible, G.		To the American People	1900	For the Central Filipino Committee, Toronto, June
74	Bartlett, Harley Harris		The Geographic Distribution, Migration, and Dialectical Mutation of Certain Plant Names in the Philippines and Netherlands India, with Special Reference to the Materia Medica of a Mangyan Mediquillo	1939	Proceedings of the Sixth South Pacific Science Congress, Vol. IV
74	von Benko, Jerolim Freheern		Das Datum auf den Philippinen	1890
74	Bitting, Clarence R.		Some Notes on the Philippine Islands	rec 1938
74	Brinton, Daniel G.		The Peoples of the Philippines	1898	American Anthropologist, October (2 copies)
74	Brinton, Daniel G.		Professor Blumentritt's Studies of the Philippines	1899	American Anthropologist, vol. 2
74	Christie, Emerson B.		Notes on Irrigation and Cooperative Irrigation Societies in Ilocos Norte	1914	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. IX
74	N/A		Customs "Administration"	1929	The Journal of Commerce, New York
74	Cutshall, Alden		Mineral Resources of the Philippine Islands	1942	The Scientific Monthly, April
74	Cutshall, Alden		The Philippine Islands and Their People	1942	The Journal of Geography, vol. XLI
74	Deily, Earle A.		Maps of the Philippine Islands	1953	The Journal, Coast and Geodetic Survey, June
74	Domantay, Jose S.		The Fishing Industry of Margosatubig	1940	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 72
74	Domantay, Jose S.		The Fishery Industries of Zamboanga	1940	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 71
74	Dwyer, D.J.	Luna, T.W. Jr; Salita, D.C.	The Case for More Geography in Philippine Universities	1961	Philippine Studies, Vol. 9 No. 4
74	Dwyer, D.J.		The Problem of Immigration and Squatter Settlement in Asian Cities: Two Case Studies, Manila and Victoria-Kowloon	1964	Asian Studies, vol. II
74	Dyer, L.C.		Philippine Independence. Extension of Remarks in the House of Representatives	1924
74	N/A		Facts about the Philippines	1957	Standard-Vacuum Oil Company, Philippine Division
74	Fajardo, T.G.		Plant-Disease Problems Confronting Truck Farmers in Trinidad Valley and the Vicinity of Baguio, Mountain Province, Philippine Islands	1934	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 53
74	Faustino, Leopold A.		Correlation of the Tertiary Formations of the Philippines with Those of Europe, Asia and America	1928	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 35
74	Faustino, Leopold A.	Maso, M. Saderra	The Negros Earthquake of 1925	1927	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 34
74	Faustino, Leopold A.		Notes on Cebu Coals	1927	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 33
74	Faustino, Leopold A.		Notes on Mayon Volcano	1930	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 43 No. 4, Dec.
74	Faustino, Leopold A.		Philippine Coal Resources and Their Exhaustion	1927	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 33
74	Faustino, Leopold A.		Two New Madreporarian Corals from California	1931	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 44
74	Feliciano, Jose M.		Concretions in Water-Laid Tuff in the Philippine Islands	1929	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 38
74	Ferguson, Henry G.		The Gold Deposits of the Philippine Islands	1911	Economoic Geology, vol. VI
74	Ferguson, Henry G.		Physiography of the Philippine Islands. III Western Masbate	1909	The Philippine Journal of Science vol. IV
74	Galang, Ricardo E.		Ethnographic Notes on the Isinaes of Nueva Vizcaya	1935	The Philippine Journal of Science vol. 58, no. 4 Dec.
74	Galang, Ricardo E.		Ethnographic Study of the Yugads of Isabela	1935	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 56 no. 1
74	Gannett, Henry		The Peoples of the Philippines	n.d.	Eighth Internation Geographic Congress
74	Goode, J. Paul		The Forests of the Philippines	1912	Bull. Of the American Geographical Society vol. XLIV
74	Graff, Margaret		Philippine Reminiscences	1945
74	Herre, Albert W.		The Fisheries of Lake Taal (Bombon) Luzon and Lake Naujan, Mindoro	1927	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 34 No. 3 November
74	Kienholz, Raymond		An Ecological-Anatomical Study of Beach Vegetation in the Philippines	1926	Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society v. 77
74	Kienholz, Raymond		Environmental Factors of Philippine Beaches with Particular Reference to the Beach at Puerto Galera, Mindoro	1928	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 36 no. 2 June
74	Low, Seth		The Effect of Colonial Rule on Population Distribution in the Philippines, 1898-1941	1956
74	Lyman, Benjamin Smith		The Philippines, a Letter	1907
74	McIntyre, Frank		The General Trade Relations Between the United States and the Philippines	1929	Congressional Record of March 12
74	Maso, Miguel Saderra		The Relation of Seismic Disturbances in the Philippines to the Geologic Structure	1913	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. VIII
74	N/A		Manila and the Philippine Islands. An Up-to-Date Handbook of Facts	1899	The Philippines Company, New York
74	Martin, Claro		Methods of Smoking Fish Around Manila Bay	1934	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 55
74	Melencio, Jose P.		Arguments against Philippine Independence and Their Answers	1919	The Philippine Press Bureau
74	Melencio, Jose P.		Scuttling the Philippine Ships	1920	The Century, December
74	Meredith, Frederic Charles (Ed.)		Iti Dalan Ti Santa Nga Kruz	1911	Sagada, Philippine Islands
74	Pendleton, Robert L.		Here and There in Southern, Central and Northern Luzon	1935	The Philippine Agriculturist, vol. XXIV
74	N/A		The Philippine Islands: Export Timbers, Forest Resources	[1915]	Panama Pacific International Exposition, San Francisco
74	N/A		Philippine Islands	1915	Ohio State Library, monthly Bulletin vol. 10
74	N/A		Philippines	rec 1961	First National City Bank
74	Pitt, Harold M.		Reciprocal Trade. A Demonstration of the Possibilities in the Philippines of Trade for the United States under a Reciprocal Tariff	1908	Publicity Committee of Manila Merchants-Association, Manila
74	Portes, Enrique		An Air View of the Philippines Today	rec 1949	Pan-American World Airways
74	Reyes, F.D.		The Lime Industry of the Philippine Islands	1928	The Philippine Journal of Science vol. 36
74	Reyes, Jose R.		Las Particulardades de la pronunciacion tagala y signilizacion ortografica	1938	Publications of the Institute of National Language, vol. IV
74	Ridder, Joseph E.		Survey of the Economic and Political Future of the Philippines	1945	Journal of Commerce
74	Rosell, Dominador		Bulacan Province. Random Notes of a Student of Soil Geography	1936	Philippine Magazine, vol. XXXIII
74	Rosell, Dominador		Genisis and Morphology of the Sandy Soils of Pmpanga and Tarlac Provinces, Philippines	1939	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 69
74	Rosell, D.Z.	Urguelles, A.S.	The Soil of Tagaytay ridge, Cavite	1935	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 57
74	Sherman, P.L.		Abaca-Soil Conditions in Two Districts of the Philippine Islands and their Relation to Fiber Production	1928	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 37
74	Switzer. John M.		A Square Deal for the Philippine Islands	1929	Philippine-American Chamber of Commerce, Inc.
74	Talavera, Florencio		Pearl Fisheries of Sulu	1930	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 43
74	Turbanqu, Marcos A.		Observations on the Geographical Distribution of Hookwork Parasites and Hookworm Disease in the Philippines and others	1935	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 58
74	Umali, Agusyin F.		The Fishery Industries of San Miguel Bay	1937	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 63 No. 2 June
74	Umali, Agusyin F.		The Fishery Industries of Southwestern Samar	1934	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 54
74	Vanoverbergh, Morice		Iloko Constructions	1937	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 62
74	villadolid, Deogragias V.		The Fisheries of Lake Taal, Pansipit River, and Balayan Bay, Batangas Province, Luzon	1937	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 63 No. 2 June
74	Waters, H.J.		The Development of the Philippines	1915
74	Wells, A.H. and others		Composition of Philippine Pineapples	1928	The Philippine Journal of Science vol. 36 no. 2 June
74	Wernstedt, Frederick L.		Cebu: Focus of Philippine Interisland Trade	1956	Economic Geography, vol. 32 No. 4
74	Wernstedt, Frederick L.		Philippine Interisland Shipping	1955	Geography Branch, Office of Naval Research, An. Report
74	West, Augustus P.		Philippine Camphor	1930	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 41
74	Whiteley, John		Hong Kong and the Philippines	1968	Longmans Australian Geographies No. 30
74	Yeater, Charles Emmet		Facts and Figures About the Philippines	1920
75	Abriol, Rufino		Correlation of Death Rates from Certain Diseases with Certain Economic and Housing Factors in the Philippine Islands	1922	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 21
75	Adams, Wallace	Montalban, H.R;Martin, C.	Cultivation of Bangos in the Philippines	1932	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 47
75	Aguilar, R.H.		Concrete Value of Philippine Sand, Gravel, and Crushed Stone	1927	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 32 No. 4
75	Alicante, M.M.		Nitrifying Power of Some Philippine Soils	1927	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 32 No. 1
75	Alvir, A.D.		Antamokite, a New Gold-Silver Telluride	1930	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 41 No. 2
75	Becker, George F.		Are The Philippines Worth Having?	1900	Scribner's
75	Cole, Howard Irving		Manufature of Industrial Alcohol and Motor Fuel in the Philippine Islands	1922	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 21 no. 1
75	Conklin, Harold C.		An Ethnoecological Approach to Shifting Agriculture	1954	Trans. Of the NY Academy of Sciences Ser. II Vol. 17 No. 2
75	Conklin, Harold C.		Ifugao Ethnobotany 1905-1965: The 1911 Beyer-Merrill Report in Perspective	1967	Economic Botany, vol. 21
75	Crapo, G.R.		The Philippine Fiber Industry	1926	United States Naval Institute Proceedings vol. 52
75	Dickerson, Roy E.		The Development of Baguio Plateau. A Study in Historical Geology and Physiography in the Tropics	1923	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 23 no. 5
75	Dickerson, Roy E.		Floristic and Faunistic Provinces and Subprovinces of the Philippines. Geologic Aspects of Philippine Hydrography	1924
75	Dickerson, Roy E.		Tertiary Paleography of the Philippines	1924	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 25 no. 1
75	Doeppers, Daniel F.		Hispanic Influences on Demographic Patterns in the Centrail Plain of Luzon. 1565-1780	1968	J of E. Asiatic Studies [U of Manila] vol. 12 September
75	Elizalde, Manuel Jr.	Fox, Robert B.	The Tasaday Forest People of Mindanao	1972	Series: Cultural Minorities of the Philippines
75	Espinosa, Jose C.		Bending and Compressive Strengths of the Common Philippine Bamboo	1930	Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 41 No. 2
75	Fernandez, P.	de Juan, J.	The Social and Economic Development of Nueva Viscaya, Philippines 1571-1898	1969	Acta Manilana, Series B.
75	Foote, H.E.		The Recovery of Fosil Oil in the Philippines	1924	The Philippine Journal of Science vol. 25
75	Frear, James A.		A National Pledge. Why Have not the Philippines been given their Independence?	1924
75	Guevara, Celso N.		The Tenancy Problem in the Philippines	1969	Acta Manilana, Series B.
75	Hawke, R.	Duncan, J.	Spatial Aspects of HYV Diffusion	rec 1970
75	Josephson, Aksel G.S.		Bibliographies of the Philippine Islands	1899	Bulletin of Bibliography Pamphlets, No. 7
75	Kalaw, Maximo M.		A Guide Book to the Philippine Question	1919
75	Karny, H.H.		Cricket-Locusts (Gryllacridae), Chiefly from the Philippine Islands	1925	The Philippine Journal of Science vol. 28
75	Kneeland, Samuel		Manila and its Surroundings	1890	Harpers New Monthly Magazine, March
75	Lanzas, Pedro Torres		Relacion Descriptiva de los Mapas, Planos, etc. de Filipinas	1897
75	Lessa, William A.		Francis Drake in Mindanao?	1974	The Journal of Pacific History. Vol.9
75	N/A		Library of Congress. Public Affairs Information Service. A Short List of Recent References on the Philippin Islands	1924
76	Manalang, C.		A Hookworm Campaign in Cebu	1925	The Philippine Journal of Science vol. 27 no. 4
76	Mendoza-Guazon, Maria Paz		Schistosmiasis in the Philippine Islands	1922	Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 21
76	Merrill, Elmer D.		Additions to Our Knowledge of the Philippine Flora I	1925	Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 26 no. 4
76	Merrill, Elmer D.		Additions to Our Knowledge of the Philippine Flora II	1926	Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 29 no.4
76	Merrill, Elmer D.		Additions to Our Knowledge of the Philippine Flora III	1926	Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 30 no.4
76	Miley, J.C.		Aguinaldo's Capital. Why Malolos was Chosen	1899	Scribner's
76	Various Authors		Muslims in the Philippines	1973	Philippines Quarterly Vol. 5 No. 3
76	Palmer, Frederick		White Man and Brown Man in the Philippines	1900	Scribner's
76	N/A		The Philippines, a Handbook of Information	1965	Philippines' Department of Foreign Affairs, Manila
76	N/A		Philippines Resources and Opportunities	1921	Philippine Government Commercial Agencies, New York
76	Powell, E. Alexander		America at the Eastern Crossroads	1921	Harpers Monthly Magazine vol. CXLIII
76	Pyle, Frank Wilkes		An Ancient People and Their Problems	rec 1920	Philippine Press Burea, Washington
76	Rousse, P.W.		The Philippine Islands	1876	Harpers New Monthly Magazine, 54
76	Ruiz, D. Adolfo Pupa		Filipinas. Descripcion General de la Provincia de Cagayan	1885
76	Sammons, Robert L.		The Philippines: A World of Difference	n.d.	Philippine Tourist and Travel Association
76	Sanz, Carlos		Primitivas Relaciones de Espana con China y Filipinas	1968	ABC Madrid
76	Senden, Francis	Ramirez, Mina	Post-War Social Change in the Philippines	1972	Asian Pacific Quarterly, vol. 3 no. 4 Spring
76	Simmons, James Stevens	St. John, Joe H. Reynolds, Francois H.K.	Transmission of Dengue Fever by Aedes Albopictus Skuse	1930	Philippine Journal Science, vol. 41 No.2
76	Smith, Warren D.		Geologic Reconnaisance of the Pidatan Oil Field, Cotabato Province, Mindanao	1922	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 20 no. 1
76	Tegengren, F.R.		The Calambayungan and Larap Iron-ore Deposits of Mambulao, Camarines Norte Province, Philippine Islands	1927	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 32 no. 2
76	Ullman, Edward L.		Trade Centers and Tributary Areas of the Philippines	1960	Geographical Review, April
76	Vargas, Benito		The Camiguin NO. 2 Island. Its History and Resources	1968	Acta Manilana, vol. 4
76	Wells, A.H.	Agacoli, F; Orosa, Maria Y.	Philippine Citrus Fruits	1925	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 28 no. 4
77	Radovanovic, Min. S.		The Historical, Geographical and Economic Basis of Japanese Imperialism. Northern Japan. The Evolution of 1853-1932. Modern Japan. (In Russian)	1932
77	Szczesniak, B.		Russian Knowledge of Japanese Geography During the Reign of Peter the Great	1956	Monumenta Nipponica, vol. XII, Tokyo
77	Treat, Payson J.		The Mikado's Ratification of the Foreign Treaties	1918	The American Historical Review, vol. XXIII
77	Willson, David Harris		A Royal Request for Trade. A Letter of King James I to the Emperor of Japan	[1958]
78	N/A		Ambitious Project for Creating "Pastures of the Sea"	1968	Japan Report vol. 14 No. 8
78	Ackerman, Edward		Japanese Resources and United States Policy	1948	Committee on Foreign Affairs
78	Ackerman, George F.		The Japanese Silk Industry	1931	Financial Analysts Journal
78	N/A		An Adventure in Japan	1911	Scribner's
78	N/A		Adventures in Japan	1852	Harpers New Monthly Magazine, vol. V
78	Appleton, John B.		Trends in Japan's Trade and Industries	1930	Bulletin of International Relations
78	Arakawa, H.		Dates of First or Earliest Snow covering for Tokyo Since 1632	1956	Quarter Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society v. 82
78	Arakawa, H.		Two Minima of the Average Rainfall at about the Turn of the Century and at about 1940 in the Far East	1956
78	Asai, Tatsuro		Geographic Studies on Disasters in Japan	1966	Japanese Geography
78	N/A		Atami and the Izu Peninsula	rec 1947	Japanese Tourist Bureau
78	Atumi, K.		La Deviation de la Verticale au Japon	1933	Japanese Journal of Astronomy and Geophysics vol. X
78	Bank, Ted II		The Ainu of Hokkaido	1970	University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee Magazine
78	Bank, Ted II		Sea of Okhotsk Eskimoids	1970	University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee Magazine
78	Belknap, George E.		The Depths of the Pacific on the East Coast of Japan, with a Comparison of Other Oceanic Depths	1890	Asiatic Society of Japan at Yokohama, October 15
78	Brewin, E.		Details Rise and Fall of Japanese Industrial Empire	1946	The Iron Age, vol. 158 No. 16 October 17
78	Bullard, Arthur		Expanding Japan	1919	Harpers Monthly Magazine
78	Bartz, Fritz		Die Seefischerei von Tschiba	1940	Geographische Zeitschrift, 46 Jahr
78	Burch, Guy Irving		Japan's Way Out	1932	The New Republic, August 24
78	Callahan, Margaret		Bibliography of Japan	1911	The Educational Bi-Monthly, October
78	Carl, Katherine A.		With the Empress Dowager	n.d.	The Century Magazine
78	N/A		Chemical Corn Exchange Bank. Japan	1956	International Economic Survey No. 106
78	Cooper, Clayton Sedgwick		The Bible in the Far East. An Awakening in Japan	1910	The Century Magazine
78	Cushing, Sumner W.		Coastal Plains and Block Mountains in Japan	1914	Annal of the Association of American Geographers, v. III
78	Davis, W.M.		Drowned Coral Reefs South of Japan	1923	Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, v.9
78	Dean, Bashford		Japanese Oyster-Culture	1902	U.S. Fish Commission Bulletin
78	N/A		Developments in Japanese Agriculture. White Paper Outlines Conditions, Indicates Problems	1970	Japan Report, Vol. XVI
78	N/A		Doshisha Sketch	1903
78	Dutton, Dorothy T.		The Little Brown Man as He Is	n.d.	The Pacific Monthly
78	N/A		The Earth Sciences in Japan	rec 1970
78	N/A		Earthquake Research Institute 1962	1962	Tokyo
78	Edholm, L.M.		A Japanese Volcano in Eruption (Mount) Sakurajima	1915	St. Nichols, vol. 42
78	Elchibegoff, Ivan		Japanese Forest Resources and Requirements for Timber	1938	Paper Trade Journal June 2
78	Emerson, Edwin Jr.		The Spirit of Japan	1906	Pacific Monthly vol. XV
78	Erkes, Ed.		Japan und die Japaner	1915
78	Eyre, John D.		Japanese Rice Flows	1955	Office of Naval Research, Report No. 17
79	N/A		Family and Religion in Japan. Understanding Japan	1965	Bull. 12 International Society for Educational Information
79	Fischer, Emil S.		From North Chica to Japan and Back	rec 1926	Tientsin, North China
79	Fischer, Emil S.		The Tokyo Bunko or the Oriental Library. The Morrison Collection	1934
79	N/A		Fishing Industry in Japan	1968	Japan Reference Series No. 3
79	Friis, Herman R.		Pioneer Economy of Sakhalin Island	1939
79	Furness, William H. 3d		Life in the Luchu Islands	1899	Bull. the Free Museum of Science & Art, Upenn v. II No. 1
79	N/A		A Germano-Japanese Alliance?	1917	Japan Society, Bulletin No. 42
79	N/A		The Goldston Guide to Japan	1968
79	Gowland, William		The Dolmens and Burial Mounds in Japan	1897
79	Griffiths, W.E.		Guide Book of Yedo. The Tokio Guide	1874
79	Guernsey, Alfred H.		The Mikado's Empire	1876	Harpers New Monthly Magazine, 54
79	N/A		Guide to Kobe and Its Environs	n.d.	Tourist Dept. of Kobe City Office, Kobe, Japan
79	Gundert, W.		Nihonsiki R Omazi. Die Japanisch-nationale Lateinschrift	1931
79	Gourou, Pierre		Le Probleme fondamental du Japon et l'avenir economique de l'Asie des Moussons	1950-51	Revue de l'Universite de Bruxelles
79	Hall, Robert Burnett	Watanabe, Akara	Landforms of Japan	1392	Papers of the Michigan Academy of Science, vol. XVIII
79	Hall, Robert Burnett		Sado Island	1931	Papers of the Michigan Academy of Science, vol. XVI
79	Hall, Robert Burnett		The Yamato Basin, Japan	1932	Reprint Annals of Assoc. of Am. Geog v. 22 pp. 211-230
79	Hallock, W.H.		Summer in Japan	1868	Paper read before Brooklyn Historical Society, Dec. 29th
79	Hannah, R.T.		Japanese Wool Textile Industry	1954	Quarterly Review of Agricultural Economics, v. VII
79	Hawes, Charles, H.		A Visit to the Island of Sakhalin	1903	The Scottish Geographical Magazine, April
79	Heurteau, Ch. E.		Les Charbons du Japon, de Petchili et de la Mandchourie. Notes de Voyage	1904
79	Horie, Shoji		Paleolimnology of Lake Biwa and the Japanese Pleistocene	1972	First Edition
79	Hubbard, George D.		An Economic Future for Japan	rec 1945	Economic Geography
79	Huntington, Ellsworth		Geographical Environment and Japanese Character	1912	The Journal of Race Development, vol. II No. 3 (2 copies)
79	House, E.H.		The Shimonoseki Affair. A Chapter of Japanese History	rec 1876
79	Imamura, A.		On the Destructive Tango Earthquake of March 7, 1927: A Stereometrical Study of the Seismic Origin	1927	Proceedings of the Imperial Academy, 3
79	Imamura, A.		On the Secular Variation of Land-Level in the Littoral of Central Edigo/On the Block Movement Accompanying and Following the Great Kwando Earthquake of 1923/On the Recent Destructive Idu Earthquake	1930	Proceedings of the Imperial Academy, VI
79	Imamura, A.		On the Block Movements that Preceded and Accompanied the Severe Tokyo Earthquake of May 21, 1928--Active Faults Across the City of Tokyo	1931	Japanese Journal of Astronomy and Geophysics vol. VIII
79	Imamura, A.	Kawase, Z.	A New Volcano off the East Coast of Alaid Island	1934	Japanese Journal of Astronomy and Geophysics, vol. XI
79	Imamura, A.		Past Tsunamis of the Sanriku Coast	1934	Japanese Journal of Astronomy and Geophysics, vol. XI
79	Imamura, A.		Further Notes on the Northward Movement of Crustal Deformation along the Western Boundary of the Kwanto Plain with Special Reference to the Block Movement Responsible for the Disastrous Earthquake of September 21, 1931	1934	Japanese Journal of Astronomy and Geophysics, vol. XI
79	Imamura, A.		On Chronic Movements of the North-West Osaka Block	1933	Proceedings of the Imperial Academy, IX
79	Imamura, A.		On Crustal Deformations in the Kii and Moroto Peninsula	1934	Proceedings of the Imperial Academy, X
79	Imamura, G.		Geomorphology of the Japanese High Mountains. Approximate Height of the Climatic Snow-Line in the Ice age	1934	Proceedings of the Imperial Academy, X
79	Imamura, G.		Study of Yaku Sima, II. Some Notes on the Climate of the Satu-nan Islands	1932
79	Imamura, G.	Fukul, E.	Study of Yaku Sima, I. Preliminary Notes on the Coastal Terrace--A Physiographical Study in Japanese. Resume in English	rec 1932
79	Imamura, G.	Okayama, Toshio	Geomorphology of the Japanese High Mountains	1933	Proceedings of the Imperial Academy, IX
79	Ishida, Hiroshi		Geographical Studies on Pasturage and Pastoral Areas in Japan	1962	Bull. School of Education Okayama University no. 12 pt. 1
79	Ishida, Hiroshi		Geographical Studies on Pasturage and Pastoral Areas in Japan	1962	Bull. School of Education Okayama University no. 13 pt. 2
79	Ishida, Hiroshi		A Geographical Study of Pastoralism and Traditional Rough Grazing Areas in Japan	1965	Bulletin of the School of Education Okayama University no. 18
79	Ishida, Hiroshi		Mechanization of "Up Oxen" Trade to Kinai Plains from Chugoka Mountains--with Special Reference to Cattle Dealers and Markets (In Japanese, English Summary)	1961	Bulletin of the School of Education Okayama University no. 11
79	Ishida, Hiroshi		The Pasturage and Cowboys in Japan and Special Reference to the Stubble Grazing (In Japanes, Resume in English)	1960	Bulletin of the School of Education Okayama University no. 10
79	Ishida, Hiroshi	Sato, Yuichiro	A Study on a Cattle Fair in Chugolus Mountain Region (In Japanese, Summary in English)	1959	Bulletin of the School of Education Okayama University no. 7
79	Isida, Tatuziro		The Population of the Japanese Empire Since the Meizi Restoration, 1868	1937	Papers Presented by the Japanese Prep. Committee at the Geography Section, Tokyo
79	Izeki, Kotaro		The Sea Level of the Early Jona- (prehistoric) Period and Its Relative Change (In Japanese)	1957	Nagoya University, Research Paper vol. 17 No. 6
79	Izeki, Kotaro		Relation Between the Continental Shelf Area of Japan and the Alluvial Level (In Japanese)	1956	Nagoya University, Research Paper vol. 14 No. 5
79	N/A		John Bull in Japan	1860	Harpers New Monthly Magazine, vol. 21
79	Johnston, Bruce F.		Agricultural Productivity and Economic Development in Japan	1951	The Journal of Political Economy, vol. LIX
79	Juen, Shingo		A Study of Terrace topography of the Musashino Upland along the Tama River -- An Instance of Calculating the Tilting-Quantity of the Terrace Plains.. 183	1966	Memoirs of the Defense Academy (Earth Science) vol. VI No. 2 Yokosuka, Japan
79	Kajita, Masaru		Land Reform in Japan 2. Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries Productivity Conference	rec 1959	Agricultural Development Series
79	N/A		Karuizawa, Kusatsu & Ikao/Hakone and Kamakura	n.d.	Japan Tourist Bureau
79	Kawakarada, Reijero		Studies on the Characteristics of Ground Water in the Shirasu Region (In Japanese, resume in English)	1964	Bulletin of the Faculty of Agriculture, Lagoshima University No. 15
79	Kish, George		The Japan on the "Mural Atlas" of the Palazzo Vecchio, Florence	1951
79	Kish, George		Some Aspects of the Missionary Cartography of Japan during the Sixteenth Century	1949
79	Kish, George		Two Fifteenth-Century Maps of "Zipangu." Notes on the Early Cartography of Japan	1966	The Yale University Library Gazette, vol. 40, April
79	Kiss, George		The Cartography of Japan During the Middle Tokugawa Era: A Study in Cross-Cultural Influences	1947	Annals of the Association of American Geographers, Vol. XXXVII
79	Koto, Bundjiro		The Iwatsuki Seismic Zone as a Factor of the Great Tokyo Earthquake of 1923	1929	Proceedings of the Imperial Academy, V
79	Koto, Bundjiro		The Iwatsuki Seismic Zone	rec 1931	Gerlands Beitrage zur Geophysik, vol. 22
79	Koto, Bundjiro		The Iwatsuki Seismic Zone as a Factor of the Habitual Tokyo Earthquake	1929	Proceedings of the Imperial Academy, V
79	Koto, Bundjiro		The Seven Islands of Izu Province: A Volcanic Chain	1931	Journal of the Faculty of Science, Imperial University of Tokyo, v. III
79	N/A		Kobe and Osaka	rec 1927	Japan Tourist Bureau
79	Krippner, R.W.C.		Japan	1966	Longmans Australian Geographies No. 25
79	Kuichi, Shinzo		A Brief Survey of Japanese Geography	1964	Assoc. for Overseas Technical Scholarship
79	Kublin, Hyman		What Shall I Read on Japan	1963	Japan Society, New York
79	N/A		Kyooto, Tourists' Mecca	1971	Japan Illustrated, vol. 9
79	N/A		Itineraries n Japan	n.d.	Japan Tourist Bureau
79	N/A		Are the Whales Threatened with Extinction?	rec 1974	Japan Whaling Association
79	N/A		History, Constitutions, and Activities	1937	Institute for Research of Population Problems in Japan
79	N/A		The Inland Sea	rec 1927	Japan Tourist Bureau
79	N/A		Jaunts in Japan	[1871]	Scribner's, vol. II
79	N/A		Japan and South Manchuria	n.d.	Japan Tourist Bureau
79	N/A		Japan's Position on Unsettled Questions between Japan and the Soviet Union. The Northern Territorial Issue	1968	Japan Reference Series No. 5
79	N/A		Japan. Ministry of Foreign Affairs. The Northern Islands. Background Problems in the Japanese-Soviet Negotiations	1955	Public Information Bureau
79	N/A		Japan Through the Eyes of [Five Authors]	n.d.
79	N/A		Japan's Agriculture Today Part I	1967	Japan Report, vol. 13
79	N/A		Japanese Zen. Understanding Japan	1965	Bulletin of International Society for Educational Info, 14
79	N/A		Japanese Sentiment After the War	n.d.	The Pacific Monthly
79	N/A		The Japanese, or Shimonoseki Idemnity	rec 1876
79	N/A		The Japanese Economy in Review. Present Outlook and Prospects for the Future, January 1968	1968	Japanese Reference Series No. 2
79	N/A		Japan's Population Problem	1955	Consulate General of Japan, New York
79	N/A		Japan and the Next World War. Tanaka Memorial	1927	The China Critic, Shanghai
79	N/A		Japan at Home and Abroad	1930	The Living Age
79	N/A		Japan Earthquake 1891, Report to the Department of Physical Geography and Geology in the College of New Jersey	1892
79	N/A		Japan. Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Japan's Agriculture Today	1967	Japan's Reference Series No. 5-67
79	N/A		Japan	rec 1929	In Japanese
79	N/A		Japan	rec 1927	Japan Tourist Bureau
80	Ladd, George Trumbull		Mental Characteristics of the Japanese	1895
80	Leclercq, Jules		L'Ame Japonaise	1910	Revue Generale
80	Lievre, Daniel		Une Eruption volcanique au Japon, 15 Mars, 1890	1896	Bulletin de la Societe de Geographie Commerciale
80	N/A		Life among the People of Japan	n.d.
80	Lyman, Benjamin Smith		Metallurgical and Other Features of Japanese Swords	1896	Journal of the Franklin Institute, January
80	Macnab, John		Choba--A Japanese Village	1966	Longmans, The World Villages No. 3
80	Matsui, I		A Statistical Study of the Distribution of Scattered Villages in Two Regions of the Tonami Plain, Toyama Prefecture	1932	Japanese Journal of Geology and Geography, vol. IX
80	McCune, Shannon		The Ryukyu Islands: Geographic Aspects of a Change in Sovereignty	1972	The Journal of Geography vol. LXXI, No. 6 September
80	Mecking, L.		Die Vergrossstadterung im raumlich-zeitlichen Bilde Japans	rec 1948	Gottinger Geographische Abhandlungen, Heft 1
80	Mecking, L.		Japans Siedlungsraume	1931
80	Morrison, Paul Cross		Viticulture in the Kofu Basin, Japan	1962	Festschrift, No. 6
80	N/A		Motoring to and about Nikko	rec 1927
80	Mukergi, G.		Courtship and Marriage Customs of Japan	n.d.	The Pacific Monthly
80	Murata, S.		Distribution in Japan	rec 1974	The Wheel Extended-A Toyota Quarter. Review v.III no.2
80	Murray, David		Japan Education	1876	New York, Appleton
80	N/A		Mt. Fuji. Guide to the Ascent and Tour of the Fuji Lakes	n.d.	Japan Tourist Bureau
80	Nachod, O.		Bibliography of Japan for 1914	1922	Asia Major, London
80	Nachod, O.		Bibliography of Japan for 1915/16	1924	Asia Major, vol. II
80	Nakagawa, Masayuki		Examination of Melting of the Snow in the Arimine Plateau (1,150m) Half-Way up Mt. Yakushi of the North Alps	1964	Synthetic Science Research Organization of Toyama University
80	Nakamura, Sawemontaro		On the Hakone Earthquakes in January 1917	1917
80	Nakanishi, C.		Physical Distribution in Large Cities	rec 1974	The Wheel Extended-A Toyota Quarter. Review v.III no.2
80	Naumann, Edmund		Fujisan	1887
80	N/A		A New Guide to the Tokaido Line	1906	Japanese Imperial Government Railways
80	N/A		Nikko	n.d.	Japan Tourist Bureau
80	Nippold, Otfried		Die Entwicklung Japans in den letzten funfzig Jahren	1904
80	Nippold, Otfried		Ein Blick in das europafreie Japan	1905
80	Nishikawa, O.		Japan. Strukturwandel seiner Landwirtschaft	1958/59
80	Odauti, T.		Regional Study of the Population of Four Prectures in Japan (In Japanese)	rec 1932
80	Odauti, T.		Overpopulation of Japan	1934
80	Odauti, T.		Le caratere regional de la population rurale et urbaine au Japon (in Japanese)	rec 1932
80	Odauti, T.		The Teaching of Geograpy at the Primary and Secondary Schools in Japan	1934	Department of Education of Japan
80	Odauti, T.		Literature on Geography	rec 1934	Bibliography
80	Ogasahara, Kazuo		Snow Survey of Mt. Tateyama and Mt. Tsurugi of the Japanese North Alps	1964	Synthetic Science Research Organization of Toyama University
80	Ogasahara, Kazuo		Hydrometeorological Analysis of the Shogawa Water System of Toyama Prefecture Points to Consider for the Comprehensive Development of Water Resources	1964	Synthetic Science Research Organization of Toyama University
80	Ogasahara, Kazuo		Characteristics of the Glaciers in the Japanese Alps at the Time of the Glacial Age	1964	Synthetic Science Research Organization of Toyama University
80	Orchard, John E.		Contrasts in the Progress of Industrialization in China and Japan	1937	Political Science Quarterly vol. LII
80	Orchard, Dorothy G.		An Analysis of Japan's Cheap Labor	1929	Political Science Quarterly vol. XLIV
80	Orchard, Dorothy G.		Agrarian Problems of Modern Japan	1929	The Journal of Political Economy, vol. XXXVII
80	Orchard, John E.		A Means of Curbing Japan	1937	Independent Journal of Columbia University, v. 5
80	Oseki, K.		Some Notes on Glacial Phenomina in the North Japanese Alps	1915	The Scottish Geographical Magazine, vol. XXXI
80	Olds, Louise		The Japanese Alps	1936
80	Onishi, N.	Akamatu, T.	Seasonal Correlation at Hankow in the Yangtzevalley and Kohu in Central Japan/Correlation Between the Barometric Pressure Gradient at Nafa in the Riukiu Islands	1917
80	Perkins, P.D.		The Paper Industry and Printing in Japan	1940	Japan Reference Library, New York
80	Price, Willard		Japan's Island Wall	1935	The Living Age
80	Pollog, Carl Hanns		Der japanische Luftverkehr	1934
80	N/A		Picturesque Japan	[1906]
80	N/A		Present-Day Osaka, Japan	1915	The Osaka Municipality
80	N/A		Population of Japan	1937
80	N/A		Present-Day Japan Overseas Trade Number	1929	English Supplement of the Osaka Asahi and Tokyo Asahi
80	N/A		Many Facets of Mt. Fuji. Japan's Passenger and Sports Cars	1970	Japan Illustrated The Japan Times Quarterly Mag, v. 8 n.1
80	Odauti, T.		Paysages du japon et aspects de la aire japonaise (In Japanese)	rec 1932
80	N/A		Oji Sishi Kabushiki Kaisha (Oji Paper Mfg. Co.)	n.d.	Eiraku-cho Itchome, Kojimachi-ku, Tokyo
80	N/A		Japan 1932-33. today and Tomorrow	1933	The Osaka Mainichi
80	N/A		Japan Today and Tomorrow 1935-36. Featuring "The Spiritual Backbone of the Japanese Nation" and Silk Production, Japan's Major Industry	1936?
80	N/A		Japan Today and Tomorrow 1934	[1934]	The Osaka Mainichi
80	N/A		The Past and Present of the Yoshida Reclaimed Rice Field	1931	Postcards with 2 business cards and a "Brief History"
80	N/A		Japan Today and Tomorrow 1930-31	1931	The Osaka Mainichi
80	N/A		Japan Today and Tomorrow 1937	1937	The Osaka Mainichi
80	N/A		Present-Day Japan, Activities and Advancement 1931	1931	English Supplement of the Asahi Osaka and Tokyo
80	N/A		Present-Day Japan Industry and commerce. Beauty and Romance	1930	English Supplement of the Osaka Asahi and Tokyo Asahi
80	N/A		Present-Day Japan Coronation Number	1928	English Supplement of the Osaka Asahi and Tokyo Asahi
80	N/A		Present-Day Japan at the Opening of a New Reign	1927	English Supplement of the Osaka Asahi and Tokyo Asahi
80	N/A		Present-Day Japan Industrial and Commercial	1926	English Supplement of the Osaka Asahi and Tokyo Asahi
80	N/A		The Nippon Life Assurance Co. Ltd.Japan Today and Tomorrow	[1929-30]	In English
80	Pye, Norman	Beasley, W.G.	An Undescribed Manuscript Copy of Ino Chukei's Map of Japan	1951	The Geographical Journal vol. CXVII
81	Reday, Joseph Z.		What of Japan?	1955	United States Naval Institute Proceedings vol. 81
81	Redway, Jacques W.		The Dust of the Gobi	1921	Ecology, vol. II
81	Reeds, Chester A.		The Japanese Earthquake Explained	1923	Natural History, vol. XXIII
81	Rivetta, P.S.		L'Espansione Coloniale Giapponese e la Guerra	1918	Istituto Coloniale Italiano
81	Roberts, Brian		The Kuril Islands (Chishima)	1946	The Polar Record, No. 31
81	Rogers, Alma A.		The Color-Prints of Japan	n.d.	The Pacific Monthly
81	Ruellan, Francis		La Decomposision et la desagregation du granite a biotite au Japon et en Coree et les formes du modele qui en resultant	1931	Comptes Rendus du Congres International de Geographie, Paris tome II
81	Ruellan, Francis		La Decomposision et la desagregation du granite a biotite au Japon et en Coree et les formes du modele qui en resultant	1931	Comptes rendus des seances de l'Academie des Sciences
81	Ruellan, Francis		Les Deformations Transversales dans le Relief de l'Archipel Japonais	1932	Comptes rendus des seances de l'Academie des Sciences
81	Ruellan, Francis		Le Relief et la structure du Japon du Sud-Ouest	1932	Annales de Geographie, XLI
81	Ruellan, Francis		La vigueur de l'erosion normale au Japon	1926	Proceedings of the Third Pan-Pacific Science Congress, Tokyo
81	Scheidl, Leopold G.		Flugverkehr in Japan	1938
81	Scheidl, Leopold G.		Das Gebiet von Nikko in Mittel-Japan	1939
81	Scheidl, Leopold G.		Die geographischen Grundlagen des japanischen Wesens	1937
81	Scheidl, Leopold G.		Japan's Agriculture, as Seen from a European Viewpoint	1959	Journal of Geography, vol. 68
81	Scheidl, Leopold G.		Das Japanische Bevolkerungsproblem	rec 1959
81	Scheidl, Leopold G.		Neuere Beitrage zur Siedlungsgeographie Japans	1955
81	Scheidl, Leopold G.		Die Rohstoffversorgung Japans in den Jahren 1932-1936	1938
81	Scheidl, Leopold G.		Shimoda	1939
81	Scheidl, Leopold G.		The Soil of Japan (in Japanese)	1938	"Chirigaku" (Geography) vol. VI
81	N/A		Scenic Trio of Japan/Tokyo and Yokohama	n.d.
81	Scheinpflug, Alfons		Die Japanische Kolonisation in Hokkaido	1935
81	Schenck, Hubert G.		Conservation for Peace	1951	Contemporary Japan
81	Schenck, Hubert G.		Natural Resources Problems in Japan	1948	Science, vol. 108
81	Schmitthenner, Heinrich		Das Land und das Volk	1940
81	Serrurier, L.		Prof. Schlegel's Zoogenaamde Kritiek van het Japansch-Nederlandsch	1893
81	Sewall, John S.		With Perry in Japan. Personal Recollections of the Expedition of 1853- 54	n.d.	The Century Magazine
81	Shepard, Francis P.		Depth Changes in Sagami Bay During the Great Japanese Earthquake	1933	The Journal of Geology, vol. XLI
81	Shepard, Francis P.	Niino, Hiroshi/ Chamberlain, Theodore K	Submarine Canyons and Sagami Trough, East-Central Honshu, Japan	1964	Bulletin Geological Society of America vol. 75
81	Simmons, D.B.		Cholera Epidemics in Japan. With a Monograph on the Influence of the Habits and Customs of Races on the Prevalence of Cholera	1880
81	Smith, J. Gordon		The Governor's Visit. A Story of Present-Day Japan	n.d.	The Pacific Monthly
81	N/A		Social Security and Population (In Japanese)	rec 1952
81	N/A		Statistics Relative to Government and Private Railways in Japan Proper	1926
81	Suzuki, Tokio		Ubersicht auf die alpinen und subalpinen Pflanzengesellschaften im inneren Kurabe-Gebiet	1964	Synthetic Science Research Organization of Toyama University
81	Swanson, C.L.W.		Fertilizers and Food Production in Japan	rec 1948
81	Swanson, C.L.W.		Fertilizer Experiments and Crop Yields in Japan and Some Comparisons with those in the United States	1950	The American Fertilizer, vol. 112 (2 copies)
81	Swanson, C.L.W.		Garden Farming in Japan	1950	The Science Counselor, March (2 copies)
81	Swanson, C.L.W.		Preparation and Use of Composts, Night Soil, Green Manures, and Unusual Fertilizing Materials in Japan	1949	Agronomy Journal, vol. 41
81	Swanson, C.L.W.		Reconnaissance Soil Survey of Japan	1946	Soil Science Society of America, vol. II
81	Swanson, C.L.W.		Reconnaissance Soil Survey Work in Japan	1947	Science, vol. 106
81	Szczesniak, Boleslaw		The Antoine Gaubil Maps of the Ryukyu Islands and Southern Japan	1955	Imago Mundi, XII
81	Smith, Hugh M.		The Seaweed Industries of Japan. The Utilization of Seaweeds in the United States	1904	Bulletin of the Bureau of Fisheries
81	Kong-Sut, Sum		Rice Cultivation in Japan and its Related Problems	1971	Institute of Geography, Faculty of Science, Tohoku U.
81	Kong-Sut, Sum		Changing Structural Patterns in Japanese Agriculture with Special Reference to Tohoku	1972	Institute of Geography, Faculty of Science, Tohoku U.
81	Suzuki, Hideo		Climatography of Shimokita Peninsula by Lunar Calendar	1970	Bull. Of the Dept. of Geography University of Tokyo No. 2
81	Taeuber, Irene B.		Population Increase and Manpower Utilization in Imperial Japan	1950	The Milbane Memorial Fund Quarterly. V. XXVIII
81	Takaoka, Kumao		Die Innere Kolonisation Japans	1904
81	Tanaka, Kaoru		Remarkable Glaciated Rocks Found in the High Mountains of the Central Upland of Japan	rec 1941	Proc. Imp. Acad. Tokyo, vol. XII
81	Tanakadate, A.		Circumstances of Introducing Roman Characters into Japanese Writing	1928
81	Tanakadate		[Pamphlet on the Transliteration of Japanese] in Japanese	1929?
81	Tanakadate, M.		Recommendation des Caracteres Romains pour l'ecriture nationale du Japan	1920	Societe Franco-Japonaise de Paris, Bulletin XLVI
81	Tomita, Toru	Sakai, Eigo	Cenozoic Geology of the Huzina-Kimati District, Izumo Province, Japan- -A Contribution in the Igneous Geology of the East-Asiatic Province of Cenozoic Alkaline Rocks	1938	Journal of the Shanghai Science Institute, vol. II
81	Tsujimura, Taro		Distribution Maps on the Regional Geographical Study of Japan	1952
81	Twitchell, H.		The Land of Divorce	1911	The Pacific Monthly
81	Van Zandt, Howard F.		Geographical Enclaves in Japan	1959	Bulletin, the Asiatic Society of Japan, June
81	Watanabe, Akira		The Geomorphology of the Coastal District of South-eastern Sikoku; a Contribution to the Knowledge of the Recent Crustal Movements of the Area under Discussion	1932	Earthquake Research Insitute, X
81	Wertheimer, Fritz		Die Japanische Kolonialpolitik	1910
81	Weston, Walter		Rural Japan	1921	Discovery, vol. II No. 21 September
81	Weston, Walter		Some Social Survivals of Rural Japan	1921	Discovery, vol. II No. 24 December
81	N/A		The Wheel Extended A Toyota Quarterly Review v. 1 No. 2	1971
81	Worden, William L.		The Curious Case of the Doomed Tribe [Ainus]	1951	Saturday Evening Post, Nov. 10
81	Yamaguchi, H.S.K.		Inns and Hotels in Japan	rec 1951
81	Yamasaki, N.		Glaciation of the Mountains of Japan	1922	American Journal of Science, vol. III
81	Yamasaki, N.	Tada, Fumio	The Oku-Tango Earthquake of 1927	1928	Bull of the Earthquake Research Institute, v. IV (2 copies)
81	Yamasaki, N.		Physiographical Studies of the Southeastern Part of Boso Peninsula	1925	The Journal of the Faculty of Science, Imperial University of Japan vol. I
82	N/A		Annual Report on Reforms and Progress in Chosen, Korea	1920
82	Arakawa, H.		On the Secular Variation of Annual Totals of Rainfall at Seoul from 1770 to 1944	1956
82	Barker, Lady		An Excursion in Formosa	1876
82	Bartz, Fritz		Die Seefischerei Koreas	1940	Zeitschrift fur Erdkunde, 8 Jahrg
82	Big, Ching-Chang		Physical Geography of Taiwan	1964	Chinese Culture, vol. VI
82	Brown, Arthur Judson		Unhappy Korea	1904	The Century Magazine
82	Capra, Giuseppe		L'Isola di Formosa	1938	La Vie del Mondo, XVI
82	du Chaillaud, Romanet		La colonisation Espagnole dans le nord de l'Ile de Formose (1626- 1642)	1890	Congres de Limoges
82	Chen, Cheng-Siang		Cities and Rural Towns of Taiwan	1953	Memoirs of the College of Ag. Ntnl Taiwan U. v. 3 No.2
82	Chen, Cheng-Siang		The Economic Development and Geographical Changes in Taiwan	1962	Hermann von Wissmann Festschrift
82	Chen, Cheng-Siang		Keelung	1954
82	Chen, Cheng-Siang		Scattered Settlements in the Taipei Basin	1953	Memoirs of the College of Ag. Ntnl Taiwan U. v. 3 No.1
82	Chen, Cheng-Siang		The Urban Growth in Taiwan	1962	Industry of Free China
82	N/A		Land Reform in Free China	1953	The Free China Review, Taipei, Taiwan
82	Chang, S.S.		Six-Year Hydraulic Construction in Taiwan	1951	Free China Review, September
82	Chiang, Tao-chang		A Geographical Appraisal of the Taiwan Tea Industry	1966	Bulletin of Taiwan Normal University, vol. XI
82	Chiang, Tao-chang		Sin Chuang: An Old River Port in Northern Taiwan	1959	The Continent Magazine, vol. 19, No. 12
82	Chiang, Tao-chang		The Status of Teachers of Geography in the Secondary Schools in Taiwan	1965
82	Chiang, Tao-chang		Taiwan's Walled Towns Built During the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries (In Chinese with a Summary in English)	1967	Journal of Nanyang University, No. 1
82	Chiang, Tao-chang		Tamsui, Taiwan (In Japanese)	1961	Taiwan Wen Shian, Quarterly, vol. 12
82	Chiang, Tao-chang		Walled Towns of Taiwan: A Study in Historical Geography	1966	Geographical Studies, No. 1
82	N/A		The Four Year Economic Development Plan of Taiwan: An Effort to Self-Support	rec 1955	China Industrial Development Commission
82	N/A		Forestry Taiwan	rec 1955	China Industrial Development Commission
82	N/A		Taiwan Fisheries	rec 1955	China Industrial Development Commission
82	N/A		Taiwan's Handicrafts	rec 1955	China Industrial Development Commission
82	N/A		Taiwan Sugar	rec 1955	China Industrial Development Commission
82	N/A		Petroleum in Taiwan	1955	China Industrial Development Commission
82	N/A		Taiwan's Textile Industry	rec 1955	China Industrial Development Commission
82	N/A		Taiwan Guide	rec 1967	China Travel Service
82	N/A		The Climate of Korea	1946	The Voice of Korea, vol. III
82	Fahrenberg, Hans		Die Insel Formosa nach Oberflache, Aufbau und Klima	1925
82	Fischer, Emil S.		Beobachtungen auf Reisen in Korea und der Manchurei	1936?	Geographischen Gesellschaft in Wien
82	Fitzgerald, C.F.		Korea. The Background	1950	Current Affairs, No. 116
82	N/A		The Historical Experience of Agrarian Reform in Our Country	1974	Foreign Language Publishing House
82	N/A		Formosa (Taiwan). Description of Rural Prefectures (In Japanese or Chinese)	1944
82	Frazar, Everett		Korea, and her Relations to China, Japan, and the U.S.	1884
82	Gagel, C.		Das Erdbeben von Formosa am 17. Marz 1906	1911
82	Hedges, Frank H.		Changing Korea	1927	The Living Age
82	N/A		How Happy Were the Koreans: An Appeal to Soviet-American Justice	1946	The Voice of Korea, vol. III
82	Hsieh, Chiao-min		The Aborigenes of Taiwan	1953
82	Hulbert, Homer B.		Korea, the Bone of Contention	n.d.	The Century Magazine
82	Hulbert, Homer B.		Korean Inventions	1899	Harpers New Monthly Magazine, 99 June
82	N/A		L'Ile de Formose	1949	Notes et Etudes Documentaires
82	Kano, Tadao		Contribution to the Glacial Topography of the Tugitaka Mountains. Formosa I (In Japanese. Resume in English)	1934-35	Geographical Review of Japan vols. X and XI
82	Kao, H.		Taiwan Fishery Rehabilitation Administration	1951	Free China Review, November
82	Kawakami, K.K.		A Defense of Japanese Rule in Korea	1909
82	Kawakami, K.K.		Formosa -- Japan's Experiment	1929	Atlantic Monthly, December
82	Kobayashi, Teiichi		A Sketch of Korean Geology	1933	American Journal of Science, vol. XXVI
82	Koh, Whang-Kyung		Korea through British Eyes	1952
82	N/A		Korea: A Nation Rebuilds	1957	Excerpt: NY Times, Sunday, August 11
82	Ku, Tun-jou		Hsinchuang Village. A Study of a Taiwanese Village in the Political Context of Lungching Township	1966	Chinese Culture, vol. VII
82	N/A		Land of Korea. Korean Report	1961	Korean Report vol. 1, Nos 3 &4, August
82	Lautensach, Hermann		Zur Geographie der kunstlichen Bewasserung in Korea	1940
82	Lee, Young-Ho		Economic Development & Environmental Quality: An Analysis of Korean Attitudes	1972	Korea Journal, vol. 12 No. 6, June
82	Liao, Joshua		Formosa Speaks	1950	The Formosan League for Re-Emancipation
82	McCune, George M.		Gold Minin in Korea	1946	The Voice of Korea, vol. III
82	McCune, George M.		The Island of Quelpart	1946	The Voice of Korea, vol. III
82	McCune, Shannon		A Basic Bookshelf of English Language Materials on Korea	1947	The Voice of Korea, vol. IV
82	McCune, Shannon		Geographic Publications of Hermann Lautensach on Korea	1946	The Far Eastern Quarterly, May
82	McCune, Shannon		Geomorphology of Korea; A Selected Bibliography	1941	Research Monographys on Korea, Series C No. 1
82	McCune, Shannon		Maps of Korea	1946	The Far Eastern Quarterly, May
82	McCune, Shannon		The "Moksa" Goes to the Country	1939	The Missionary Review of the World, July
82	McCune, Shannon		Old Korean Geographical Works, a Bibliography	rec 1948
82	McCune, Shannon		Physical Basis for Korean Boundaries	1946	The Far Eastern Quarterly, May
82	McCune, Shannon		Southeastern Littoral of Korea	rec 1948
82	McCune, Shannon		The Thirty-Eighth Parallel in Korea	1949	World Politics, vol. I
82	Mendiola, N.B.		Rice Culture in Taiwan	1949	The Philippine Journal of Agriculuture, vol. 14
82	N/A		Manifesto to the Spirit of Justice Throughout the World, Korea Herein Expresses Her Cause	rec 1919
82	N/A		North Korean Economy: A Survey Part I	1958	The Voice of Korea, vol. XV
82	Oliver, Robert T.		Divided Korea	1947
82	Pearcy, G. Etzel		Geographic Regions of Asia: South and East	1960	Reprint from the Department of State Bulletin
82	Pitts, Forrest R.		A Factorial Ecology of Taegu City	1971	A City in Transition
82	Pitts, Forrest R.		Mechanization of Agriculture in the Republic of Korea	1960
82	Prjevalsky, N.		Bibliography. Review of Work on Mongola (In Russian)	rec 1885
82	Preyer, Dr.		Die Eisenbahnen in Korea	1914
82	N/A		Report on Korea	1946	The Voice of Korea vol. III
82	Scheidl, Leopold G.		Wirtschaftsgeographische Beobachtungen in Taiwan 1936 und 1958	1960
82	Schenk, Hubert G.		Visitors in Formosa	1955	The Pacific Spectator, vol. IX
82	Schwind, M.		Taiwan	1958/59	Geographisches Taschenbuch
82	Sheng, C.L.		Taiwan Power Company in Progress	1951	Free China Review, vol. I No. 9 December
82	Stopel, K. Th		Eine Reise in das Innere der Insel Formosa	1905
82	Taintor, Edward C.		The Aborigenes of Northern Formosa	1874	Paper read at N China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society
82	N/A		Taiwan Agriculture in Progress	rec 1955	Industrial Development Commission
82	N/A		Taiwan Electric Power in Expansion	1955	Taiwan Power Company, April
82	N/A		Taiwan. Land of Opportunity	1955	Industrial Development Commission
82	Takahashi, Ryoichi		Coccidae of Formosa	1928	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 36
82	Tanaka, K.	Kano, T.	Some Observations on the Glacial Topography in the Kankotaigan Mountain Group of Formosa (in Japanese)	1934	Geographical Review of the Association of Japanese Geographers, vol. X
82	Thrower, N.J.W.	Kim, Il Young	Dong-Kook-Yu-Ji-Do: A Recently Discovered Manuscript of a Map of Korea	1967	Imago Mundi, XXI
82	N/A		Korean Reconstruction Agency History and Culture of the Korean People	1953
82	Veber, K.I.		The Corean Languuage and the Corean Reading of Chinese Hieroglyphs (in Russian)	1907
82	Veber, K.I.		Tentative Transliteration of the Names of Towns in Corea	1907
82	Yin, K.Y.		The Outlook of Taiwan's Production	1952	Free China Review
82	Yin, K.Y.		The Recovery of Taiwan Sugar Industry	1952	Free China Review, vol.2
83	Andrews, Roy Chapman		Hunting the Great Ram of Mongolia	1921	Harpers Magazine, February
83	Andrews, Roy Chapman		The Lure of the Mongolian Plains	1920	Harpers Magazine, September
83	Andrews, Roy Chapman		Urga, The Sacred City of the Living Buddha	1920	Harpers Magazine, vol. CXLI, July
83	Berkey, Charles P.	Morris, Frederick K.	Basin Structures in Mongolia	1924	Bull. Am. Museum of Nat History, vol. LI art. V p. 103-127
83	Berkey, Charles P.	Morris, Frederick K.	Basin Structures in Mongolia	1924-25	Bull. The Am. Museum of Natural History, vol. LI
83	Birkner, F.		Zur Anthropologie der Mongolen	1904
83	Cressey, George B.		The Ordos Desert of Inner Mongolia	1933	Reprint Dennison U. Bull, Jrnl of Scientific Labs. V. XXVIII
83	N/A		Dead Heart of Asia	1964	Md Medical Magazine, vol. 8
83	N/A		Les decouvertes du professeur Sapojnikoff dans l'Altai de Mongolie	1912	Revue Contemporaine 3e annee No. 42
83	Fischer, Emil S.		Aus dem religiosen Leben der Mongolen	1930
83	Fischer, Emil S.		Inner Mongolia Visited	1930	Peking and Tientsin Times (2 copies)
83	Grano, J.G.		Uber die geographische Verbreitung und die Formen der Altertumer in der Nordwestmongolei	1912	Journal de la Societe Finno Ougrienne, XXVIII
83	Gregory, William K.		Did Man Originate in Central Asia? (Mongolia the New World, Part V)	1927	The Scientific Monthly, May
83	Gregory, William K.		The Mongolian Age of Mammals (Mongolia the New World, Part IV)	1927	The Scientific Monthly, vol. XXIV
83	Gregory, William K.		Mongolia the New World. Part I	1927	The Scientific Monthly, vol. XXIV
83	Gregory, William K.		The Mongolian Life Record	1927	The Scientific Monthly, vol. XXIV
83	Gregory, William K.		Mongolian Mammals of the "Age of Reptiles"	1927	The Scientific Monthly, vol. XXIV
83	Horner, Nils G.		Die Heutige und ehemalige Vergletscherung im Richthofengebirge, Zentralasien	1936	Verhandlungen der III. Internationalen Quatar-Konference
83	Kasakyevich, V.A.		Modern Mongolian Toponymy	1934	Publ of the Academy of Sciences of the Soviet Union
83	Larson, Frans August		The Lamas of Mongolia	1930	Atlantic Monthly, March
83	Larson, Frans August		The Mongolian Nobility	1930	The Atlantic Monthly, February
83	Lattimore, Owen		Camels and Camel Pullers	1929	Atlantic Monthly, January
83	Lattimore, Owen		The House of the False Lama	1928	Atlantic Monthly, December
83	Lattimore, Owen		The Steppes of Mongolia and the Characteristics of Steppe Nomadism	1951	Inner Asian Frontiers of China
83	Lattimore, Owen		On the Wickedness of Being Nomads	1935	T'ien Hsia Monthly, Vol. I
83	Lyman, Benjamin Smith		Silver-Mining and Smelting in Mongolia	1902	Transactions of the Institute of Mining Engineers
83	Norin, Erik		The Relief Chronology of the Chinab Valley	1926	Geografiska Annaler, H. 4
83	Moser, Charles		Hunting the Geese of Mongolia	1917
83	Osborn, Henry Fairfield		The Explorations of the American Museum of Natural History in China and Mongolia	1923	Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society v. LXII
83	Pulle, Francesco L.		Studi Italiani de Filologia Indo-Iranica	1913	Anno IX vol. IX
83	Redway, Jacques W.		The Dust of the Gobi	1921	Ecology, vol. II No. 1
83	Trager, George L.	Mutziger, John G.	The Linguistic Structure of Mongolian Placenames	1947	Journal of the American Oriental Society vol. 67
83	Verbrugge, R.		Les Progres de nos Connaissances sure la geologie de la Mongolie	1933	Bulletin de la Societe Royale de Geographie d'Anvers
83	Waln, Nora		From Tientsin to Mongolia	1929	The Atlantic Monthly, February
83	Yetts, W. Perceval		Discoveries of the Kozlov Expedition	1926	The Burlington Magazine, April. Reprint and Original
83	Young, C.C.		On the Gobi Plane of Deflation --The Gobi Erosion Plane	1931	Bulletin of the Geological Society of China, Peiping v. XI
84	Burrard, Sidney		The Geographical Representation of the Mountains of Tibet	1930	Proceedings of the Royal Society, vol. 127
84	Connolly, Louise		Tibet. The Country, Climate, People, Customs, Religion, Resources	1921	The Newark Museum Association
84	Dahlgren, E.W.; Rosen, Karl D.P.	H.W:son Ahlman	Sven Hedins Forskningar I Sodra Tibet 1906-1908	1918
84	Gelder, Stuart and Roma		Revolution on the Roof of the World	1963	Eastern Horizon, vol. II
84	Ghisleri, Arcangelo		L'ultima esporazione di Sven Hedin al Tibet	1909	La Comunicazioni di un Collega. Anno XV
84	Gregory, J.W.	Gregory, C.J.	The Alps of Chinese Tibet and their Geographical Relations	1923	The Geographical Journal March
84	Hanson-Lowe, J.		A Journey Along the Chinese-Tibetan Border	1940	Geographical Journal, Vol. XCV
84	Hedin, Sven		Early European Knowledge of Tibet	1919
84	Herrmann, A.		Der Manasarovar und die Quellen der Indischen Strome	1920
84	Hsu, Ginn-Tse		A Note on the Climatic Conditions of Lhasa	1941	Bull. Of the American Meteorological Society, vol. 22
84	Huntington, Ellsworth		Pangong: A Glacial Lake in the Tibetan Plateau	1906	Journal of Geology
84	Kerr, J.G.		The Canton Directory	1873
84	Lamb, Alastair		The Indo-Tibetan Border	1960	Politics and History, vol. VI
84	Laufer, Berthold		Was Odoric of Pordenone Ever in Tibet?	1914	T'oung-pao, vol. XV
84	N/A		Lhasa and the Monasteries of Tibet (In Russian)	1903	Imperial Russian Geographical Society, Tome XXXIX
84	Lipton, Barbara		The Western Experience in Tibet 1327-1950	1972	The Museum-New Series Spring, Summer
84	N/A		Notes of an Excursion from Canton up the West River into the Province of Kwang-Si	1865
84	Oestrich, Karl		Die englische Mission nach Tibet	1907	Geographische Zeitschrift, 13 Jahr
84	Rockhill, W. Woodville		Driven out of Tibet. An Attempt to Pass from China through Tibet into India	n.d.
84	Rockhill, W. Woodville		Northern Tibet and the Yellow River	rec 1918
84	Stout, Arthur Purdy		The Penetration of Yun-Nan	1912	Bulletin of the Geographical Society of Philadelphia, v. X
84	Tai, Tse Tsan		The Late Brigadier General Pereira [Tibetan Exploration]	1923	South China Morning Post
84	N/A		Tibetan Life Described by Rev. T. Sorensen	1927	Peking and Tientsin Times
84	Van Manen, Johan		A Contribution to the Bibliography of Tibet	1922	Journal and Proceedings Asiatic Society of Bengal v. XVIII
84	Younghusband, Francis		Tibet is in Search of its Soul	1934	New York Times Magazine, July
85	Adachi, Kinnosuke		Tales of Three Cities in Manchuria	1933	South Manchuria Railway Company
85	Ahlenius, Karl		En Kinesisk Varldskarta fran 17 de Arhundhadet (resume in German)	[1903]	Uppsala and Leipzig
85	N/A		Alphabetical Index of Chinese Cities	rec 1905
85	Andrews, Roy Chapman		Camps in China's Tropics	1918	Harpers Magazine
85	Andrews, Roy Chapman		The Frontier of the Forbidden Land	1918	Harpers Magazine, May
85	Andrews, Roy Chapman		Traveling Toward Tibet	1918	Harpers Magazine, vol. CXXXVI
85	Appleton, Vivia B.		Growth of Chinese Children in Hawaii and in China	1927	American Journal of Physical Anthropology, vol. X
85	N/A		Associated Chambers of Commerce of the Pacific Coast. A Visit to China	1911
85	N/A		Audi Alteram Partem	rec 1884	The Japan Gazette
85	Ayscough, Florence		Friendly Books on Far Cathay. A Synopsis of Chinese History	1921
85	Baker, O.E.		Land Utilization in China	1927	Read at dinner of Chinese Group, March
85	Barbour, George B.		Physiographic Stages of Central China	1934	Bulletin of the Geological Society of China v. XIII
85	Benedict, Paul K.		A Cham Colony on the Island of Hainan	1941	Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies, vol. 6 no. 2
85	Bernard, Henri		Les etapes de la cartographie scientifique pour la Chine et les pays voisins depuis le XVIe jusqu'a la fin du XVII siecle	1935	Monumenta Serica, vol. I
85	Bernauer, Karl		Handelsverhaltnisse in der Mandschurei	1908	Kommerzielle Berichte, Wien
85	Bien, M.N.		On the Cenozoic Deposits of the Lower Huangho Valley	1934	Bulletin of the Geological Society of China, vol. XIII
85	Bishop, C.W.		The Problem of the Min River Caves	1926	The Chinese Social and Political Science Review, vol. X
86	Black, Davidson		Evidences of the Use of Fire by Sinaathropus	1931	Bulletin of the Geological Society of China, vol. XI
86	Blackwelder, Eliot		The Geologic History of China and its Influence upon the Chinese People	1913	Popular Science Monthly, January
86	Bland, J.O.P.		China: and Yet Again	1927	The Atlantic Monthly, July
86	N/A		Boundary Treaty between the People's Republic of China and the People's Republic of Mongolia	1963	American Consulate General, Hong Kong, No. 707, April
86	Boxer, Baruch		Space, Change and Feng-Shui in Tsuen Wan's Urbanization	1968	Journal of Asian and African Studies, vol. 3
86	Breul, Par H.		Le feu et l'Industrie Lithique et Osseose a Choukoutien	1931	Bulletin of the Geological Society of China, vol. XI
86	Brock, R.W.		China and its Mineral Resources	1928	Economic Geology, vol. XXIII
86	N/A		Bulletin of International News. A Short Chronology of Events in China from 1911-1927	1927	Association for International Understanding, vol. III
86	Cadbury, Wm. W.		Height, Weight, and Chest Measurements of Mongolian Peoples with Especial Reference to Southern Chinese	1924	The Philippine Journal of Science, vol. 25
86	Carl, Katharine A.		With the Empress Dowager	1905	The Century Magazine vol. LXX
86	Carpenter, Frank G.</